US20050230575A1 - Mobile fluid delivery system with detachable pedestal - Google Patents
Mobile fluid delivery system with detachable pedestal Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20050230575A1 US20050230575A1 US10/955,246 US95524604A US2005230575A1 US 20050230575 A1 US20050230575 A1 US 20050230575A1 US 95524604 A US95524604 A US 95524604A US 2005230575 A1 US2005230575 A1 US 2005230575A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- fluid
- platform
- pedestal
- male
- superstructure
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M39/00—Tubes, tube connectors, tube couplings, valves, access sites or the like, specially adapted for medical use
- A61M39/10—Tube connectors; Tube couplings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61G—TRANSPORT, PERSONAL CONVEYANCES, OR ACCOMMODATION SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR PATIENTS OR DISABLED PERSONS; OPERATING TABLES OR CHAIRS; CHAIRS FOR DENTISTRY; FUNERAL DEVICES
- A61G7/00—Beds specially adapted for nursing; Devices for lifting patients or disabled persons
- A61G7/05—Parts, details or accessories of beds
- A61G7/0503—Holders, support devices for receptacles, e.g. for drainage or urine bags
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/007—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests for contrast media
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
- A61M5/14212—Pumping with an aspiration and an expulsion action
- A61M5/14228—Pumping with an aspiration and an expulsion action with linear peristaltic action, i.e. comprising at least three pressurising members or a helical member
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/168—Means for controlling media flow to the body or for metering media to the body, e.g. drip meters, counters ; Monitoring media flow to the body
- A61M5/16877—Adjusting flow; Devices for setting a flow rate
- A61M5/16881—Regulating valves
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/178—Syringes
- A61M5/31—Details
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M2005/1401—Functional features
- A61M2005/1402—Priming
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
- A61M5/145—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps using pressurised reservoirs, e.g. pressurised by means of pistons
- A61M5/1452—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps using pressurised reservoirs, e.g. pressurised by means of pistons pressurised by means of pistons
- A61M5/14546—Front-loading type injectors
- A61M2005/14553—Front-loading type injectors comprising a pressure jacket
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/178—Syringes
- A61M5/31—Details
- A61M2005/3128—Incorporating one-way valves, e.g. pressure-relief or non-return valves
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M39/00—Tubes, tube connectors, tube couplings, valves, access sites or the like, specially adapted for medical use
- A61M2039/0009—Assemblies therefor designed for particular applications, e.g. contrast or saline injection, suction or irrigation
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M39/00—Tubes, tube connectors, tube couplings, valves, access sites or the like, specially adapted for medical use
- A61M39/10—Tube connectors; Tube couplings
- A61M2039/1033—Swivel nut connectors, e.g. threaded connectors, bayonet-connectors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/11—General characteristics of the apparatus with means for preventing cross-contamination when used for multiple patients
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/1413—Modular systems comprising interconnecting elements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/14—Infusion devices, e.g. infusing by gravity; Blood infusion; Accessories therefor
- A61M5/142—Pressure infusion, e.g. using pumps
- A61M5/14212—Pumping with an aspiration and an expulsion action
- A61M5/1424—Manually operated pumps
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M5/00—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests
- A61M5/36—Devices for bringing media into the body in a subcutaneous, intra-vascular or intramuscular way; Accessories therefor, e.g. filling or cleaning devices, arm-rests with means for eliminating or preventing injection or infusion of air into body
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to fluid delivery systems for supplying fluids during medical diagnostic and therapeutic procedures, further, to fluid transfer sets and flow controlling and regulating devices associated therewith used with fluid delivery systems for conducting and regulating fluids flows.
- Angiography is used generally in the detection and treatment of abnormalities or restrictions in blood vessels.
- a radiographic image of vascular structure is obtained through the use of a radiographic contrast medium, sometimes referred to simply as contrast, injected through a catheter.
- contrast a radiographic contrast medium
- the vascular structures in fluid connection with the vein or artery in which the contrast is injected are filled with contrast.
- X-rays passing through the region of interest are absorbed by the contrast, causing a radiographic outline or image of blood vessels containing the contrast.
- the resulting images can be displayed on, for example, a monitor and recorded.
- a typical manual contrast injection mechanism includes a syringe in fluid connection with a catheter connection.
- the fluid path also includes, for example, a source of contrast fluid, a source of saline, and a pressure transducer P to measure patient blood pressure.
- the source of contrast is connected to the fluid path via a valve V 1 , for example, a three-way stopcock.
- the source of saline and pressure transducer P may also be connected to the fluid path via additional valves V 2 and V 3 , respectively.
- valve V 3 The operator of the manual system of FIG. 1 , manually controls the syringe and each of the valves V 1 and V 2 to draw saline or contrast into the syringe and to inject the saline or contrast into the patient through the catheter connection.
- the pressure transducers used in such procedures are extremely sensitive to even moderately high pressures generated during activation of the syringe, so the operator must close valve V 3 to isolate pressure transducer P from the fluid path when the syringe is activated to prevent damage to pressure transducer P. While the syringe is not activated, valve V 3 is usually open to monitor patient blood pressure.
- the operator of the syringe of FIG. 1 may adjust the flow rate and volume of injection by altering the force applied to the plunger of the syringe.
- Manual sources of fluid pressure and flow used in medical applications such as syringes and manifolds thus typically require operator effort that provides feedback of the fluid pressure/flow generated to the operator. The feedback is desirable, but the operator effort often leads to fatigue.
- fluid pressure and flow may vary depending on the operator's strength and technique.
- Automatic contrast injection mechanisms typically include a syringe connected to a powered injector having, for example, a powered linear actuator.
- a powered injector having, for example, a powered linear actuator.
- an operator enters settings into an electronic control system of the powered injector for a fixed volume of contrast material and a fixed rate of injection.
- a change in flow rate in such systems occurs by stopping the machine and resetting the parameters. Automation of angiographic procedures using powered injectors is discussed, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,460,609, 5,573,515 and 5,800,397.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,800,397 discloses an angiographic injector system having high pressure and low pressure systems.
- the high pressure system includes a motor-driven injector pump to deliver radiographic contrast material under high pressure to a catheter.
- the low pressure system includes, among other things, a pressure transducer to measure blood pressure and a pump to deliver a saline solution to the patient as well as to aspirate waste fluid.
- a manifold is connected to the syringe pump, the low pressure system, and the patient catheter.
- a flow valve associated with the manifold is normally maintained in a first state connecting the low pressure system to the catheter through the manifold, and disconnecting the high pressure system from the catheter and the low pressure system.
- the injector system of U.S. Pat. No. 5,800,397 also includes a handheld remote control connected to a console.
- the control includes saline push button switches and a flow rate control lever or trigger. By progressive squeezing of the control trigger, the user provides a command signal to the console to provide a continuously variable injection rate corresponding to the degree of depression of the control trigger.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,165 discloses a handheld pneumatic controller for producing a variable control signal to control a rate of fluid disbursement to the patient in an angiographic system.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,515,851 discloses an angiographic system with a finger activated control pad to regulate the injection of fluids.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,026 discloses, an injection system in which an electronic control system is connected to the contrast delivery system and a tactile feedback control unit.
- the tactile feedback control unit includes a disposable syringe that is located within a durable/reusable cradle and is in fluid connection with the fluid being delivered to the patient.
- the cradle is electrically connected to the electronic control system and is physically connected to a sliding potentiometer that is driven by the plunger of a disposable syringe.
- the operator holds the cradle and syringe and, as the operator depresses the sliding potentiometer/syringe piston assembly, the plunger is moved forward, displacing fluid toward the patient and creating a pressure in the syringe.
- a sliding potentiometer tracks the position of the syringe plunger.
- the electronic control system controls the contrast delivery system to inject an amount of fluid into the patient based on the change in position of the plunger. As the fluid is injected, the pressure the operator feels in his or her hand is proportional to the actual pressure produced by the contrast delivery system.
- the force required to move the piston provides the operator with tactile feedback on the pressure in the system. The operator is able to use this feedback to ensure the safety of the injection procedure.
- the injection system of U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,026 does not require the operator to develop the system pressure and flow rate.
- the operator develops a smaller, manually applied pressure that corresponds to or is proportional to the system pressure.
- the required manual power output (that is, pressure ⁇ flow rate) is decreased as compared to manual systems, whereas the tactile feedback associated therewith is retained.
- While manual and automated injectors are know in the medical field, a need generally exists for improved fluid delivery systems adapted for use in medical diagnostic and therapeutic procedures where fluids are supplied to a patient during the procedure.
- a specific need generally exists for an improved fluid delivery system for use in fluid injection procedures, such as angiography.
- a need generally exists for fluid transfer sets and flow controlling and regulating devices associated therewith that may be used with fluid delivery systems for conducting and regulating fluids flows.
- a continuing need exists in the medical field to generally improve upon known medical devices and systems used to supply fluids to patients during medical procedures such as angiography, computed tomography, ultrasound, and NMR/MRI.
- the present invention provides an injector system including a powered injector, a pressurizing chamber in operative connection with the powered injector, a fluid path in fluid connection with the pressurizing chamber, and a manual control in fluid connection with the fluid path.
- the manual control includes at least one actuator for controlling the injector through application of force by an operator.
- the actuator provides tactile feedback of pressure in the fluid path to the operator via direct or indirect operative or fluid connection with the fluid path (i.e., pressure in the fluid path transfers a corresponding or a proportional force to the operator).
- the actuator is adapted to stop an injection procedure if no force is applied to the actuator.
- the manual control may, for example, include a chamber in fluid connection with the fluid path.
- the actuator may be a button or a plunger in operative connection with a piston disposed within the chamber.
- the actuator may be biased in an off position.
- the manual control includes a first actuator for controlling the injector in a low pressure mode through application of force by an operator.
- the first actuator provides tactile feedback of pressure in the fluid path to the operator via fluid connection with the fluid path as described previously.
- the first actuator also provides control of flow rate by changing the force thereon.
- the manual control also may include a second actuator having an on state and an off state. The second actuator causes the injector to enter into a preprogrammed high-pressure injection mode when placed in the on state.
- the manual control may also include a third actuator for controlling flow of saline in the fluid path.
- the actuator provides tactile feedback of fluid pressure and is also in operative connection with an audible feedback unit that provides audible feedback of fluid pressure and/or fluid flow to the operator.
- the manual controls of the present invention may be purged of air before injection via, for example, a purge valve.
- the present invention also provides a system for injection of fluid into a patient including a multi-patient reusable section and a per-patient disposable section.
- the multi-patient reusable section and the per-patient disposable section are removably connectable via a connector or connectors, for example, via a high-pressure connector.
- the multi-patient reusable section includes a powered injector in fluid connection with a source of a first injection fluid and a first fluid path connecting the injector and a high-pressure connector.
- the per-patient disposable section includes a second fluid path adapted to connect the high-pressure connector and the patient in fluid connection.
- the per-patient disposable section further includes a manual control as described above including a connector to place the manual control in fluid connection with the second fluid path.
- the multi-patient reusable section may further include a valve mechanism connecting the injector, first fluid source, and the first fluid path.
- the multi-patient reusable section further includes a source of a second injection fluid and a pumping mechanism in fluid connection with the second fluid source for pressurizing the second fluid.
- the pumping mechanism is preferably in fluid connection with the valve mechanism.
- the manual control includes a first actuator providing control of flow rate of the first fluid by changing the force on the first actuator and a second actuator, the second actuator causing the injector to enter into a preprogrammed high pressure injection mode when placed in an on state.
- the system may further include a pressure sensor in fluid communication with the second fluid path via a pressure-activated isolator that isolates the pressure sensor from pressures in the second fluid path above a set pressure.
- the per-patient disposable section may include a check valve in the second fluid path separating components of the per-patient disposable section from the multi-patient reusable section to reduce or eliminate flow of contaminated fluid into the multi-patient reusable section.
- the present invention further provides a method of injecting a fluid into a patient including the steps of: removably connecting a multi-patient reusable section to a per-patient disposable section via a high-pressure connector, the multi-patient reusable section including a powered injector in fluid connection with a source of a first injection fluid and a first fluid path connecting the injector and the high-pressure connector, the per-patient disposable section including a second fluid path adapted to connect the high-pressure connector and the patient in fluid connection; connecting a manual control including a connector to the second fluid path to place the manual control in fluid connection with the second fluid path, the manual control including at least one actuator for controlling the powered injector through application of force by an operator, the actuator being adapted to provide tactile feedback of pressure in the second fluid path to the operator via fluid connection with the second fluid path; and injecting a fluid into a patient.
- the method may further include the step of connecting a pressure sensor in fluid communication with the second fluid path via a pressure activated isolator that isolates the pressure sensor from pressures in the second fluid path above a set pressure.
- the present invention provides a per-patient disposable set for use in an injection procedure including a fluid path adapted to form a fluid connection between a high-pressure connector and the patient, and a manual control in fluid connection with the fluid path.
- the manual control includes at least one actuator for controlling the powered injector through application of force by an operator.
- the actuator is adapted to provide tactile feedback of pressure in the fluid path to the operator via fluid connection with the fluid path.
- the per-patient disposable set further includes a pressure sensor in fluid connection with the fluid path via a pressure activated isolator adapted to isolate the pressure sensor from pressures in the fluid path above a set pressure.
- the manual, for example, handheld controllers of the present invention provide a number of advantages including, but not limited to the following: tactile feedback of actual fluid path pressure via fluid communication with the fluid path, compact size and small priming volume; dead man switch capability; ergonomic design for control of both contrast and saline; injection pressure feedback linked to variable flow and audible feedback; rigid material construction; actuator control providing a progressively increasing flow rate as the actuator is pushed or depressed through its range of motion; and high-pressure injections that are greater in pressure than could be generated or tolerated by an operator's hand.
- the present invention provides an injection system for use in angiography including a powered injector in fluid connection with a source of injection fluid and a pressure sensor in fluid connection with the powered injector via a pressure activated isolator adapted to isolate the pressure sensor from pressures in the fluid path above a set pressure.
- the pressure sensor elevation is independent of or independently variable of the position of the remainder of the injection system, including the position or elevation of the powered injector.
- the present invention provides an angiographic injection system for injecting an injection fluid into a patient including a pressurizing device for supplying injection fluid under pressure; a low pressure fluid delivery system; and a pressure isolation mechanism having a first port for connection to the pressurizing device, a second port for connection to the patient, and a third port for connection to the low pressure fluid delivery system.
- the pressure isolation mechanism includes a valve having a first state and a second state different from the first state.
- the first state and the second state are mutually exclusive of each other.
- the first state occurs when the second and third ports are connected and the first and third ports are connected.
- the second state occurs when the first and second ports are connected and the first and third ports are disconnected.
- the valve is normally biased to the first state via, for example, a spring, and is switchable to the second state when fluid pressure from the syringe pump reaches a predetermined pressure level.
- the first and second ports remain connected in the first state and in the second state.
- the system preferably further includes a valve in line between the pressurizing device and the first port of the pressure isolation mechanism to control flow of the injection fluid.
- the valve is an automated valve.
- the valve is preferably operable to minimize or eliminate the effects of compliance of the pressurizing device and related tubing.
- the low pressure delivery system may include a source of saline or other suitable flushing medium, a drip chamber in fluid connection with the source of saline, and a detector to sense the amount of saline in the source of saline.
- the system may further include a saline control valve and an air detector in line between the saline drip chamber and the pressure isolation mechanism.
- the pressurizing device may be in fluid connection with a source of injection fluid via an injection fluid drip chamber.
- the system may further include a detector to sense the amount of injection fluid in the source of injection fluid.
- the system may also include an injection fluid control valve and an air detector in line between the injection fluid drip chamber and the pressure isolation mechanism.
- the system further includes a handheld controller to control injection of injection fluid and injection of saline.
- the handheld controller may include a first control having a first mode to control injection of injection fluid in a low pressure mode, the flow rate of the injection corresponding to, for example, being proportional to, the distance the first control is depressed.
- the low pressure injection is ceased if the first control is released while in the first mode.
- the first control may, for example, have a second mode to control injection of injection fluid in a high pressure mode.
- the high pressure mode injection is preferably ceased if the first control is released while in the second mode.
- the hand controller may further include at least a second control to control injection of saline.
- the injection of saline is ceased if the second control is released during injection of saline.
- the system preferably further includes a pressure transducer in fluid connection with the third port of the pressure isolation mechanism.
- the present invention provides an injection system for use in angiography including a source of saline, a pump in fluid connection with the source of saline to pressurize the saline, a saline valve in fluid connection via a first port thereof with an outlet of the pump, a first connector in fluid connection with a second port of the saline valve, a source of contrast, a contrast valve in fluid connection with the source of contrast via a first port of the contrast valve, a powered injector in fluid connection with a second port of the contrast valve, a second connector in fluid connection with a third port of the contrast valve, and a pressure isolation mechanism.
- the pressure isolation mechanism has a lumen having a first port in fluid connection with the second connector and a second port in fluid connection with a patient catheter.
- the isolation mechanism further has a third port in fluid connection with the first connector and with the lumen.
- the pressure isolation mechanism further includes a valve having a first state and a preferably mutually exclusive second state—the first state occurring when the lumen and the third port are connected, and the second state occurring when the lumen and the third port are disconnected.
- the valve is preferably normally biased to the first state and is switchable to the second state when fluid pressure from the powered injector reaches a predetermined pressure level.
- the first and second ports of the lumen preferably remain connected whether in the first state or in the second state.
- the system further includes a pressure transducer in fluid connection with the third port of the pressure isolation mechanism.
- the system may also include a first air or air column detector in fluid connection between the saline valve and the first connector and a second air detector in fluid connection between the contrast valve and the second connector.
- the system may also include a first drip chamber in fluid connection between the source of saline and the pump and a detector in operative connection with the first drip chamber to sense the amount of saline in the source of saline.
- the system may include a second drip chamber in fluid connection between the source of contrast and the contrast valve and a detector in operative connection with the second drip chamber to sense the amount of injection fluid in the source of injection fluid.
- the present invention provides a pressure isolation mechanism for use in a medical procedure.
- the pressure isolation mechanism or pressure isolator includes a lumen, an isolation port in fluid connection with lumen, and a valve having a first state and a second state.
- the first state occurs when the lumen and the isolation port are connected.
- the second state occurs when the lumen and the isolation port are disconnected.
- the lumen remains open for flow of fluid therethrough in the first state and in the second state.
- the valve is normally in the first state and is switchable to the second state when fluid pressure in the lumen reaches a predetermined pressure level.
- the valve may, for example, be biased to the first state, for example, via a spring or other mechanism suitable to apply a biasing force as known in the art.
- a pressure sensor or transducer can be in fluid connection with the isolation port of the pressure isolation mechanism as described previously.
- the valve may be switched between the first state and the second state by the force of the fluid pressure.
- an electromechanical actuator in operative connection with a pressure sensor may control the state of the valve as a function of the fluid pressure.
- the pressure sensor may, for example, be a pressure transducer in fluid connection with the isolation port as described previously.
- the pressure isolation mechanism is useful in any medical procedure in which is it desirable to isolate a fluid pathway or fluid path component from fluid flow above a certain fluid pressure.
- the fluid pathway or fluid path component is placed in fluid connection with the isolation port of the pressure isolation mechanism.
- a pressure transducer may be placed in connection with the isolation port to protect the pressure transducer form damage as a result of exposure to excess fluid pressure.
- the present invention provides a fluid delivery system including a manually operated syringe and a pressure isolation mechanism as described above.
- the present invention provides in another aspect a method of adding a patient pressure transducer to a fluid path used in a medical procedure to deliver fluid to a patient.
- the method includes the step of placing a lumen of a pressure isolation mechanism as described above in the fluid path via, for example, a first port and a second port of the lumen.
- the method also includes the steps of connecting a pressure transducer to the third or isolation port of the pressure isolation mechanism.
- the method is useful, for example, in adding a patient pressure transducer to an angiographic fluid delivery system including a manual syringe.
- the present invention is further directed to a fluid path set for use generally in a fluid delivery system.
- the fluid path set generally includes a first section generally adapted for association with a pressurizing device such as a syringe, and a second section adapted for removable fluid communication with the first section.
- the first section may be a multi-patient section of the fluid path set
- the second section may be a single or per-patient section of the fluid path set and be disposable after use with a single patient.
- the multi-patient section may be disposable after a preset number of uses with the fluid delivery system.
- the multi-patient section may be provided as a single patent set or section, disposed of after use with a single patient or injection procedure.
- the first and second sections of the fluid path set may be re-sterilized after each use or injection procedure.
- the first section may be adapted for connection to a source of fluid to be loaded into a pressurizing device.
- the first section may comprise a multi-position valve adapted to selectively isolate the fluid source and the second section.
- the connector for use in a fluid delivery or transfer system or arrangement, and generally adapted to reduce the likelihood of contamination at connection points in the fluid path set when changing components in the fluid path set.
- the connector may be used with the fluid path set for providing removable fluid communication between the first section and the second section.
- the connector is configured to reduce contamination when connecting one or more typically disposable second sections with a typically multiple-patient first section in the fluid path set.
- the connector generally includes a first connector member and a second connector member, which are generally adapted to removably connect with one another.
- the first and second connector members may be associated with either the first section or the second section. Thus, if the first connector member is associated with the first section, the second connector member is associated with the second section, and vice versa.
- the first connector member includes an outer housing and a first threaded member disposed in the outer housing.
- the second connector member includes a second threaded member.
- the first threaded member and second threaded member cooperate to securely and releasably connect the first member to the second member, when the first connector member is connected to the second connector member.
- the connection of the first connector member with the second connector member generally establishes the removable fluid communication between the first section and the second section, when the connector is used therewith.
- the second threaded member is preferably received in the outer housing of the first connector member when the first connector member is connected to the second connector member.
- the first threaded member may be recessed within the outer housing.
- the first threaded member may be formed as an externally-threaded luer, which may be recessed within the outer housing.
- the second member may include a luer disposed in the second threaded member and adapted to cooperate with the first threaded member.
- the luer may be recessed within the second threaded member.
- the first threaded member may be formed as an externally-threaded female luer
- the second member may include a male luer disposed in the second threaded member, such that the male luer cooperates with the female luer when the first connector member is connected to the second connector member.
- One or both of the female luer and the male luer may be recessed within the outer housing and the second threaded member, respectively.
- the first threaded member may be externally-threaded and the second threaded member may be internally-threaded.
- the second threaded member may include at least one circumferentially-extending raised structure on an external surface thereof.
- the raised structure may define a tortuous path with an inner wall of the outer housing for inhibiting liquid flow between the outer housing and the second threaded member when the first connector member is connected to the second connector member.
- the raised structure may define a chamber with the inner wall of the outer housing and the first threaded member when the first connector member is connected to the second connector member.
- Protective caps may be associated with the first connector member and the second connector member, respectively, prior to connecting the first connector member and the second connector member.
- the first and second connector members may each include a raised tab adapted to cooperate with a corresponding groove defined internally in the protective caps, for securing removable engagement between the first and second connector members and the respective protective caps.
- the protective caps may be disposable or reusable items.
- An additional aspect of the present invention is directed to a pressure isolation mechanism that may be used, for example, with the fluid path set.
- the second section of the fluid path set may include the pressure isolation mechanism.
- the pressure isolation mechanism generally comprises a lumen, a pressure isolation port, and a valve member.
- the valve member includes a biasing portion biasing the valve member to a normally open position permitting fluid communication between the lumen and the pressure isolation port.
- the valve member is movable to a closed position when fluid pressure in the lumen reaches a predetermined pressure level sufficient to overcome the biasing force of the biasing portion of the valve member.
- the pressure isolation mechanism may have a housing that defines the lumen and the pressure isolation port.
- a pressure transducer may be associated with the pressure isolation port.
- the valve member may comprise a seat member and a base portion engaged with the seat member.
- the biasing portion of the valve member may be a generally cone-shaped portion of the seat member.
- the generally cone-shaped portion preferably has a predetermined spring force.
- the piston may include a seat member and a base portion engaged with the seat member.
- the base portion may be adapted to engage a housing of the pressure isolation mechanism in the closed position of the valve member.
- the seat member may define an aperture and the base portion may be formed with a projection engaged with the aperture for connecting the base portion to the seat member.
- the base portion may be joined to the seat member by mechanical connection therewith or bonded to the seat member, for example with an adhesive.
- the pressure isolation mechanism may have a multi-piece housing, such as a two-piece housing including a first portion cooperating with a second portion.
- the first portion may be in an interference fit engagement with the second portion.
- the first portion and second portion may be formed to define a tortuous or shear interface therebetween to enhance strength.
- a still further aspect of the present invention is directed to an improved drip chamber that may be used as part of the fluid path set.
- one or more drip chambers may be used with the first section, or the second section.
- the first section includes an intervening drip chamber between the primary fluid source and the syringe.
- the drip chamber generally comprises a projection useful for determining a level of fluid in the drip chamber.
- the projection is preferably raised from the body of the drip chamber, and may extend longitudinally or laterally along the body of the drip chamber.
- the first section may be adapted for connection to a secondary source of fluid to be delivered to a patient, such as saline.
- An intervening drip chamber may also be associated with the secondary fluid source and the first section.
- the drip chamber associated with the secondary fluid source preferably also has a projection for determining a level of fluid in the drip chamber, which is also preferably raised from the body of the drip chamber.
- the second section may be further adapted for removable fluid communication with the first section, such that the secondary fluid source is in fluid communication with the pressure isolation port.
- the intervening drip chamber associated with the secondary fluid source may be located between the secondary fluid source and the pressure isolation port.
- the present invention is further directed as a method of preparing a fluid delivery system for association with a patient.
- the method generally includes providing the fluid delivery system including an injector, associating a syringe with the injector, and providing the fluid path set comprising the first section and the second section.
- the first section may be connected with the syringe, and the second section connected to the first section to provide removable fluid communication therebetween.
- the first section may be removably connected to the second section with the connector described previously.
- the second section is generally placed in removable fluid communication with the first section by connecting the first connector member and the second connector member of the connector.
- the second threaded member of the second connector is received in the outer housing of the first connector member when the first connector member and second connector member are connected.
- the present invention is a method of delivering fluid to a patient, generally providing a fluid delivery system including an injector, associating a syringe with the injector, and providing the fluid path set comprising the first section and the second section.
- the first section may be connected with the syringe, and the second section connected to the first section to provide removable fluid communication therebetween.
- the second section may then be connected to the patient and the injector actuated to deliver fluid to the patient.
- the injector may be deactuated to terminate delivery of fluid to the patient, and the second section of the fluid path set may be disconnected from the patient.
- the first section may be removably connected to the second section with the connector described previously.
- the second section is generally placed in removable fluid communication with the first section by connecting the first connector member and the second connector member of the connector.
- the second threaded member of the second connector is received in the outer housing of the first connector member when the first connector member and second connector member are connected.
- the method of delivering fluid to the patient may further include disconnecting the second section from the first section and providing a new second section.
- the new second section may be connected to the existing first section to provide removable fluid communication therebetween.
- the new second section may be connected to the same patient or a new patient, and the injector may be actuated to deliver fluid to the patient.
- the present invention is additionally directed to an injection system including a source of injection fluid, a pump device, and a fluid path set, summarized previously, disposed between the source of injection fluid and the pump device.
- the first and second sections of the fluid path set may be connected using one or more of the connectors discussed previously.
- the present invention is also an injector system that generally includes a source of injection fluid, a pump device, a fluid path set disposed between the source of injection fluid and the pump device, and a fluid control device.
- the fluid path set includes a multi-position valve.
- the fluid control device is operatively associated with the fluid path set and includes a valve actuator adapted to operate the multi-position valve.
- the valve actuator is adapted to close the multi-position valve to isolate the pump device from a patient and stop flow of the injection fluid to the patient at substantially any pressure or flow rate generated by the pump device for delivering a sharp bolus of the injection fluid to the patient.
- the valve actuator may be further adapted to selectively place the pump device in fluid communication with the source of injection fluid for supplying the injection fluid to the pump device.
- the valve actuator may include a position indicator indicating a position of the multi-position valve.
- the valve actuator may include a sensor indicating presence of the multi-position valve in the valve actuator.
- the valve actuator may include a retainer for removably supporting the multi-position valve.
- the fluid path set may include a drip chamber and the fluid control device may include a fluid level sensing mechanism operatively associated with the drip chamber for sensing the injection fluid level in the drip chamber.
- An air column detector may be operatively associated with the fluid path set.
- the pump device of the injector system may be a powered injector.
- a source of medical fluid may be associated with the fluid path set, and a pump operatively associated with the source of medical fluid for supplying the medical fluid to the patient via the fluid path set.
- the fluid path set may include a drip chamber and the fluid control device may include a fluid level sensing mechanism operatively associated with the drip chamber for sensing the medical fluid level in the drip chamber.
- a shut-off valve may be associated with the pump for stopping flow of the medical fluid to the patient. The shut-off may be an automated pinch valve.
- the pump may be a peristaltic pump.
- the fluid control device may further include guides for securing the fluid path set in association with the pump.
- a hand held control device may be associated with the pump device or the fluid control device for controlling the flow rate of the injection fluid from the pump device.
- the injector system may further include a drip chamber having a body with a projection, and a fluid level sensing mechanism.
- the fluid level sensing mechanism may include a drip chamber support for supporting the drip chamber body, and a fluid level sensor associated with the drip chamber support.
- the drip chamber support is generally adapted to support the drip chamber body such that the projection is operatively associated with at least one fluid level sensor.
- the fluid level sensor may be an ultrasonic or optical fluid level sensor.
- the drip chamber support may be adapted to support the drip chamber body such that the projection is in contact with the fluid level sensor.
- the injector system may further include an indicator light associated with the fluid level sensor for illuminating the drip chamber.
- the fluid level sensing mechanism is adapted to cause the indicator light to intermittently operate if a fluid level in the drip chamber is at an unsafe level
- the present invention further encompasses an air detector assembly for the fluid control device comprising.
- the air detector assembly includes an air column detector adapted to detect the presence of air in medical tubing, and a retaining device for securing the medical tubing in operative association with the air column detector.
- the retaining device generally includes a base adapted for association with the air column detector, and a closure member connected to the base and adapted to secure the medical tubing in operative association with the air column detector.
- the closure member is generally movable from a closed position wherein the closure member secures the medical tubing in operative association with the air column detector, to an open position allowing the medical tubing to be disassociated from the air column detector.
- the closure member is preferably biased to the open position and secured in the closed position by a releasable locking mechanism.
- the closure member may be secured in the closed position by a releasable locking mechanism.
- the closure member may be formed of substantially clear plastic material to permit viewing of the medical tubing.
- the present invention is also a fluid control device for connecting a pump device to a source of injection fluid.
- the fluid control device includes a fluid path set comprising a multi-position valve adapted to associate a patient and the source of injection fluid with the pump device, and a valve actuator adapted to operate the multi-position valve to selectively isolate the pump device from the patient, and place the pump device in fluid communication with the source of injection fluid for supplying the injection fluid to the pump device.
- the present invention is a method of preparing the fluid delivery system to deliver an injection fluid to a patient, generally including providing a pump device for supplying the injection fluid to the patient under pressure, providing a fluid control device, associating a fluid path set with the fluid control device, and connecting the pump device with the source of the injection fluid via the fluid path set.
- the pump device may be a syringe actuated by a powered injector.
- the step of associating the fluid path set with the fluid control device may include associating a multi-patient set or section with the fluid control device and removably connecting a per-patient set or section with the multi-patient set or section.
- the multi-patient set and per-patient set may be removably connected by at least one connector.
- the step of associating the multi-patient set with the fluid control device may include associating a multi-position valve associated with the multi-patient set with a valve actuator associated with the fluid control device.
- the pump device may be connected with the source of the injection fluid via the multi-patient set.
- the method may further include connecting the fluid path set to a source of medical fluid, associating the fluid path set with a pump adapted to deliver the medical fluid to the patient, and actuating the pump to purge air from the portion of the fluid path set associated with the source of medical fluid.
- the method may further include connecting the fluid path set to a patient catheter.
- a hand held control device may be associated with the pump device for controlling the pump device as part of the method.
- the method may include actuating the fluid control device to permit fluid communication between the pump device and the source of injection fluid, actuating the pump device to draw injection fluid from the source of injection fluid into the pump device, and actuating the pump device to purge air from the fluid path set into the source of injection fluid.
- the fluid control device and pump device may be controlled according to instructions programmed in a control unit operatively connected to the fluid control device and the pump device.
- the control device may be a graphical interface display.
- the first step or act of actuating the pump device includes moving a syringe plunger in a proximal direction within the syringe to draw injection fluid into the syringe from the source of injection fluid.
- the second step or act of actuating the pump device may include reversing the direction of the syringe plunger in the syringe to purge air from the fluid path set.
- the fluid control device may be in the form of a valve actuator adapted to actuate a multi-position valve associated with the fluid path set.
- the method may include deactuating the pump device and actuating the fluid control device to isolate the pump device from the source of injection fluid.
- the present invention is a method of delivering an injection fluid to a patient, generally including providing a fluid delivery system comprising a source of injection fluid, a pump device, and a fluid path set comprising a fluid control device disposed between the source of injection fluid and the pump device; actuating the fluid control device to prevent fluid communication between the pump device and the source of injection fluid, and to permit fluid communication between the pump device and the patient; actuating the pump device to deliver pressurized injection fluid to the patient; and monitoring a level of injection fluid in a container associated with the fluid path set and in fluid communication with the source of injection fluid.
- the method may additionally include continuously monitoring the fluid path set for presence of air during the delivery of the pressurized injection fluid.
- the method may further include actuating the fluid control device to stop fluid communication between the pump device and the patient at substantially any pressure or flow rate generated by the pump device.
- the pump device may be a syringe or a peristaltic pump.
- the step or act of actuating the pump device may include moving a syringe plunger in a distal direction within the syringe to force fluid out of the syringe and into the patient via the fluid path set.
- the fluid control device may be an automated multi-position valve.
- the pump device may be actuated by a hand held control device operatively connected to the pump device.
- the fluid control device and pump device may be controlled according to instructions programmed in a control unit operatively connected to the fluid control device and the pump device.
- the method may further include connecting the fluid path set to a source of medical fluid, and delivering the medical fluid to the patient associating with a pump associated with the fluid control device.
- the pump device may be a syringe and the method may further include actuating the fluid control device to permit fluid communication between the syringe and the source of injection fluid, and refilling the syringe with injection fluid from the source of injection fluid.
- the method may further include actuating the fluid control device to close fluid communication between the pump device and the source of injection fluid and to permit fluid communication between the pump device and the patient, and actuating the pump device to again deliver pressurized injection fluid to the patient.
- the method may include monitoring a level of injection fluid in a container associated with the fluid path set and in fluid communication with the source of injection fluid.
- the pump device may be a syringe
- the method may include actuating the fluid control device to isolate the syringe from the source of injection fluid and the patient, and retracting a syringe plunger in the syringe to reduce fluid pressure in the syringe.
- the injector system may also be a mobile injector system including a mobile pedestal and a fluid delivery superstructure detachably connected to the pedestal.
- the fluid path set operatively connects or associates the pump device with the fluid control device.
- the pedestal may include wheels for mobility and brakes for maintaining the pedestal in a static position.
- the pedestal preferably includes a handle for moving the pedestal.
- a lift assist mechanism or device may be included in the pedestal for raising and lowering the superstructure.
- a locking device may be used to releasably lock the superstructure to the pedestal.
- the fluid delivery superstructure may include an interface link adapted to detachably connect the superstructure to the pedestal.
- the superstructure may further include a support column connected to the interface link and supporting the pump device and fluid control module.
- the pump device may be pivotally connected to the support column and the fluid control device non-pivotally connected to the support column.
- the support column may be pivotally connected to the interface link.
- the superstructure may also include a user display pivotally connected to the interface link via a support arm. The user display may be detachably connected to the support arm.
- the interface link may include a pedestal interface for interfacing with the pedestal and a platform interface for interfacing with a patient examination platform.
- the pedestal interface is adapted to detachably connect the interface link to the pedestal.
- a locking device may be used to releasably lock the pedestal interface to the pedestal.
- the pedestal interface may be configured as a male insert for engaging a receiving opening in the pedestal.
- the male pedestal insert and receiving opening may be correspondingly tapered to guide entry of the male pedestal insert into the receiving opening.
- the male pedestal insert and the receiving opening may be generally D-shaped.
- the platform interface is adapted to detachably connect the interface link to a patient examination platform.
- the platform interface may also be configured as a male insert for engaging a receiving opening associated with the patient examination platform.
- the male platform insert and receiving opening may be correspondingly tapered and/or generally D-shaped as described previously in connection with the male pedestal insert and corresponding receiving opening.
- the male platform insert may be formed as a plate shaped member and the corresponding receiving opening may be formed as a receiving recess adapted to receive the plate-shaped male platform insert.
- the plate and receiving recess may be correspondingly tapered to accommodate sliding, typically horizontal, entry of the plate into the receiving recess.
- the patient examination platform may have a rail and a rail mount connected to the rail.
- the platform interface is preferably adapted to detachably connect the interface link to the rail mount.
- the rail mount may include a locking device for releasably locking the platform interface to the rail mount.
- the platform interface may be in the form of a male insert for engaging a receiving opening in the rail mount.
- the male insert and receiving opening may be correspondingly tapered and/or generally D-shaped in a manner analogous to the male pedestal insert and corresponding receiving opening.
- the rail mount may be movably connected to the rail and include a locking device for releasably locking the rail mount at a desired location on the rail.
- the rail mount includes a main body with an elongated recess for engaging the rail of the patient examination platform.
- the main body is adapted to detachably support a support member of the fluid delivery superstructure, such as the interface link.
- the main body defines the receiving opening for supporting the male insert portion of the support member.
- An additional locking device may be used to releasably lock the male insert portion in the receiving opening.
- the receiving opening and the male insert portion may be generally D-shaped, and/or correspondingly tapered to guide entry of the male insert portion into the receiving opening.
- An elongated spacer element or member may be provided in the elongated recess to accommodate different sized rails that may be available from different manufacturers of patient examination platforms.
- the present invention is further directed to the combination of the rail mount and the fluid delivery superstructure.
- the present invention does not intend to limit the rail mount to be associated with an examination platform rail and could be in the form of a bracket or clamp that is attachable to any type of patient examination platform.
- the present invention should not be limited in scope to a “rail” mount, clamp, or bracket.
- the fluid delivery superstructure is intended to encompass other fluid delivery devices or arrangements beyond the arrangement including the pump device and fluid control module identified previously.
- the fluid delivery superstructure could take the form of an IV pole that is adapted for detachable connection to the rail mount.
- the IV pole may include a base member that is adapted to engage the receiving opening in the rail mount, and telescoping member connected to the base member for adjusting the height of the IV pole.
- the IV pole is just one example of an alternative fluid delivery superstructure in accordance with the present invention.
- the mobile injector system of the present invention may be used as part of a method for preparing for a medical fluid injection procedure.
- a method for preparing for a medical fluid injection procedure may include the steps of providing the injector system comprising the mobile pedestal and the fluid delivery superstructure detachably connected to the mobile pedestal, associating the superstructure with the patient examination platform, and detaching the pedestal from the superstructure.
- the method may include releasably locking the superstructure to the patient examination platform.
- the step of associating the superstructure with the patient examination platform may include connecting the platform interface to the patient examination platform. This step may further include inserting the male platform insert into the receiving opening to connect the superstructure to the patient examination platform. The male platform insert may be locked in the receiving opening.
- the method may include sliding the plate-shaped insert into the receiving recess to connect the superstructure to the patient examination platform.
- the patient examination platform may include a rail mount defining the receiving opening.
- the step of associating the superstructure with the patient examination table may include using the rail mount to complete the association.
- the method may include removing the pedestal after the step of detaching the superstructure from the pedestal.
- FIG. 1 illustrates an embodiment of a known manual injector system
- FIG. 2 illustrates one embodiment of an injection system of the present invention
- FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment of a pressure activated isolator assembly of the present invention
- FIG. 4 illustrates an embodiment of a handheld controller or hand piece of the present invention
- FIG. 5 illustrates another embodiment of a handheld controller of the present invention in which the handheld controller is connected to the fluid path via a “T” connection;
- FIG. 6A illustrates another embodiment of a handheld controller of the present invention including a control switch for pressure feedback in low pressure injection, a switch for high pressure injection, and a switch for saline injection;
- FIG. 6B illustrates another embodiment of a handheld controller of the present invention, which is wearable on a finger of the user;
- FIG. 7A illustrates a schematic representation of another embodiment of an injection system of the present invention.
- FIG. 7B illustrates a side view of an embodiment of a portion of the injection system of FIG. 7A in which a pressure transducer is in the fluid path;
- FIG. 7C illustrates a side view of an embodiment of a portion of the injection system of FIG. 7A in which a pressure transducer is separated from the fluid path by a T-connector and a length of tubing;
- FIG. 7D illustrates a side cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a pressure isolation valve of the present invention in which the valve is in a first, “open” state;
- FIG. 7E illustrates a side cross-sectional view of the pressure isolation valve of FIG. 7D in which the valve is in a second, “closed” state
- FIG. 7F illustrates a perspective view of the pressure isolation valve of FIGS. 7D and 7E ;
- FIG. 7G illustrates a front view of the injection system of FIG. 7A ;
- FIG. 7H illustrates a front view of the handheld controller of the injection system of FIG. 7A ;
- FIG. 8A illustrates an angiographic injection system of the present invention including a manual syringe and a pressure isolation mechanism or valve of the present invention, in which the pressure isolation mechanism is closed to isolate a pressure transducer from the fluid path;
- FIG. 8B illustrates the angiographic injection system of FIG. 8A in which the pressure isolation mechanism is open to place the pressure transducer in operative communication with the fluid path;
- FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a fluid delivery or injection system in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention and including generally analogous components to the injection system of FIG. 7G ;
- FIG. 10 is a side and partially perspective view of a fluid path set used with the fluid delivery system of FIG. 9 ;
- FIG. 11 is a perspective view of a drip chamber in accordance with the present invention and adapted for use in the fluid path of FIG. 10 ;
- FIG. 12 is a perspective view of another embodiment of the pressure isolation mechanism or valve of the present invention and provided in the fluid path set of FIG. 10 ;
- FIG. 13 is a cross section view taken along lines 13 - 13 in FIG. 12 ;
- FIG. 14 is an exploded perspective view of the pressure isolation mechanism of FIG. 12 ;
- FIG. 15 is a perspective view of a biasing valve member used in the pressure isolation mechanism of FIG. 12 ;
- FIG. 16 is a perspective view of a connector in accordance with the present invention and adapted for use in the fluid path set of FIG. 10 , and showing first and second connector members of the connector disconnected from one another;
- FIG. 17 is a longitudinal cross sectional view of the connector of FIG. 16 , showing the first and second connector members connected together;
- FIG. 18 is a longitudinal cross sectional view of the first connector member of the connector of FIGS. 16 and 17 ;
- FIG. 19 is a longitudinal cross sectional view of the second connector member of the connector of FIGS. 16 and 17
- FIG. 20 is a perspective view of a fluid control module or device in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 21 is a second perspective view of the fluid control module or device shown in FIG. 20 ;
- FIG. 22 is a longitudinal cross sectional view of a valve actuator of the fluid control module or device shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 ;
- FIG. 23 is an exploded perspective view of the valve actuator of FIG. 22 ;
- FIG. 24 is a perspective view of a fluid level sensing mechanism of the fluid control module or device shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 ;
- FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective view of the fluid level sensing mechanism of FIG. 24 ;
- FIG. 26 is a transverse cross sectional view of the fluid level sensing mechanism of FIG. 24 ;
- FIG. 27 is an exploded perspective view of a peristaltic pump of the fluid control module or device shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 ;
- FIG. 28 is an exploded perspective view of a pinch valve assembly of the fluid control module or device shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 ;
- FIG. 29 is a perspective view of an air detector assembly of the fluid control module or device shown in FIGS. 20 and 21 ;
- FIG. 30 is a longitudinal cross sectional view of the air detector assembly of FIG. 29 ;
- FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the air detector assembly of FIGS. 29 and 30 ;
- FIG. 32 is an elevational view of the fluid delivery or injection system of FIG. 9 associated with a hospital examination table;
- FIG. 33 is a top perspective view of the fluid delivery or injection system of FIG. 32 ;
- FIGS. 34-36 are respective graphical user interface displays of a setup wizard control system used to control the fluid delivery or injection system of the present invention
- FIG. 37 is a perspective view of a mobile fluid delivery system in accordance with the present invention.
- FIG. 38 is a perspective view of a fluid delivery superstructure of the fluid delivery system of FIG. 37 ;
- FIG. 39 is a perspective view of a mobile pedestal of the fluid delivery system of FIG. 37 ;
- FIG. 40 is a perspective view showing the fluid delivery superstructure connected to a patient examination platform
- FIG. 41 is a perspective view showing the fluid delivery superstructure connected to the patient examination platform with a user display of the superstructure positioned at a different location on the patient examination platform;
- FIG. 42 is perspective view showing the interface between the fluid delivery superstructure and the mobile pedestal
- FIG. 43 is a perspective view showing the interface between the fluid delivery superstructure and a rail mount associated with the patient examination platform;
- FIG. 44 is a cross sectional view of the interface between the fluid delivery superstructure and rail mount shown in FIG. 43 ;
- FIG. 45 is a perspective view of the rail mount shown in FIGS. 42 and 43 , shown detached from the patient examination platform;
- FIG. 46 is a plan view of the rail mount shown in FIG. 45 ;
- FIG. 47 is a perspective view of an alternative configuration of the rail mount
- FIG. 48 is a perspective view showing an alternative configuration for the interface between the fluid delivery superstructure and rail mount
- FIG. 49 is a perspective view of the interface shown in FIG. 48 with the fluid delivery superstructure shown connected to the rail mount;
- FIG. 50 is a perspective view showing the fluid delivery superstructure in the form of an IV pole adapted to detachably connect to the rail mount;
- FIG. 51 is a perspective view showing the IV pole shown in FIG. 50 connected to the rail mount.
- the present invention provides an energy/signal source to generate fluid pressure/flow while also providing to the user tactile and/or audible feedback of the fluid pressure generated, allowing the user to modulate the fluid pressure/flow.
- the powered injection system of the present invention is capable of providing, for example, both precise low-flow/low-pressure fluid delivery for powered coronary injections and high-flow/high-pressure fluid delivery for ventricle injections.
- FIG. 2 illustrates one embodiment of the present invention in which injector system 10 is preferably divided into two sections: a multi-patient section or set A and a per-patient disposable section or set B.
- Section or set A and section or set B are preferably separated and removably coupled into fluid connection by a high-pressure connector or by a high-pressure, “aseptic” connector 20 such as the septum connector disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,096,011, assigned to the assignee of the present invention, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- the aseptic coupler or connector of U.S. Pat. No. 6,096,011 is suitable for repeated use (coupling and uncoupling) at relatively high pressures.
- Aseptic connector 20 preferably maintains a leakproof seal at high pressures after many such uses and can, for example, include a surface that can be disinfected (for example, between patients) by wiping with a suitable disinfectant.
- a high-pressure aseptic connector suitable for use in the present invention is disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/553,822, filed on Apr. 21, 2000, assigned to the assignee of the present invention, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Multi-patient set A preferably includes a powered injector 30 which is typically an electromechanical drive system for generating fluid pressure/flow via, for example, a pressurizing chamber such as a syringe 40 as known in the art.
- a powered injector 30 which is typically an electromechanical drive system for generating fluid pressure/flow via, for example, a pressurizing chamber such as a syringe 40 as known in the art.
- Suitable powered injectors and syringes for use in the present invention are disclosed, for example, in PCT Publication No. WO 97/07841 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,677,980, assigned to the assignee of the present invention, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- the injector drive is an electromechanical device that creates linear motion acting on a syringe plunger (not shown in FIG. 2 ) to provide the generation of fluid pressure/flow.
- a source of injection media 60 for example, a contrast bottle, is in fluid connection with the syringe via, for example, an electromechanical valve actuator assembly 50 for controlling and directing fluid flow by acting upon preferably disposable valves 52 and 54 .
- Valves 52 and 54 are preferably multi-position valves that are fluid wetted. Valves 52 and 54 can alternatively or additionally be manually operated.
- Contrast bottle or container 60 can be prepackaged contrast media, often distributed in a glass or plastic container with a rubber septum for allowing connections via IV spikes.
- An interim container or reservoir 70 is preferably placed between contrast bottle 60 and electromechanical valve assembly 50 to provide an air gap in the fluid path to enable purging of air from the system and to allow level detection of contrast source 60 which helps to prevent reintroduction of air once purged.
- Interim reservoir 70 can operate in conjunction with a contrast level detection system as described in further detail below.
- a contrast level detector 80 can, for example, include one or more electrical, optical, ultrasound, or mechanical sensors that detect the presence of fluid at a certain level in interim reservoir 70 .
- ultrasonic bubble detection can be used to detect the presence of air in the fluid path.
- backlighting can facilitate air bubble detection by the operator. In the backlighting method of bubble detection, the injector side of the fluid path is illuminated to increase visualization of the fluid path, fluid presence and air presence.
- At least one source 90 of another fluid can also be provided. Additional fluid sources, such as therapeutic fluids, can also be provided. Additional fluid sources such as saline supply 90 are preferably in operative or fluid connection with a pressurizing mechanism such as a powered injector or a peristaltic pump 100 .
- peristaltic pump 100 in operative connection with the saline source 90 is in fluid connection with the fluid path of injector 30 via electromechanical valve actuator assembly 50 .
- a controller unit 200 provides power to injector 30 and to peristaltic pump 100 in a controlled manner. Controller unit 200 provides communication between the various system components.
- a graphical user interface display 210 is preferably provided in connection with controller unit 200 to display information to the user and to enable the user to set and adjust device parameters.
- An audible feedback source 220 can be provided, for example, to provide feedback to the user of the rate of flow provided by injector 30 . For example, a sound can increase in pitch, volume and/or frequency as flow rate is increased.
- Per-patient disposable set B includes fluid wetted components of the fluid delivery path.
- Per-patient disposable set B preferably includes a waste port 310 , for example through which patient blood can be drawn, a pressure measurement port 320 , and an interface 330 to a catheter 340 , for example, a connector such as a standard luer connector.
- Waste port 310 can, for example, include a manually activated or automated valve to allow discharge of unwanted fluid and connection of, for example, manually operated syringes.
- a powered aspiration mechanism for example a peristaltic pump 314 connected via tubing to a waste bag 316 , can be connected to waste port 310 via, for example, a standard connector 312 , to aspirate fluid from the system as well as to draw blood from the patient. Drawing fluid from the system and blood from the patient into a waste bag 316 assists in eliminating air from the fluid delivery system.
- Pressure port 320 preferably includes a pressure-activated isolator 350 for pressure transducer isolation as, for example, illustrated in FIG. 3 .
- Pressure-activated isolator 350 is a fluid activated assembly that is located in line with the injection flow.
- a valve 352 within the assembly isolates pressure transducer 360 by shutting off during high-pressure injections.
- a biasing member or mechanism such as a spring 354 returns valve 352 to its original open position when the injector system is not injecting at high pressure, thus opening the fluid path to pressure transducer 360 .
- pressure-activated isolator 350 transitions to a closed position to isolate only pressure transducer 360 , which is not in fluid connection with contrast source 60 or saline source 90 other than through pressure-activated isolator 350 .
- Pressure transducer 360 can, for example, be located near the patient to substantially reduce or remove pressure signal dampening resulting from intervening tubing, fluid and system components and thereby improve accuracy as compared to other pressure measurement systems currently used in angiographic procedures.
- pressure transducer 360 is separated by a minimum, for example by no more than approximately three feet, of tubing from the patient/catheter connector.
- the pressure transducer assembly and the remainder of per-patient disposable set B are preferably located downstream of a double check valve 370 to provide continuous measurements.
- a pressure isolation mechanism such as described above is required to isolate pressure transducer 360 from high pressure during power injection.
- the system also includes a manually operated, for example, a handheld or hand operated, control 400 that can, for example, generate or process a control signal that is electrical, mechanical, pneumatic, optical, radio frequency, audible or any combination thereof to effect control of injector 30 and preferably to also effect control of peristaltic pump 100 .
- Handheld control 400 also preferably provides feedback, for example, tactile, visual, audible, etc., of the injected fluid pressure and flow to the operator.
- Handheld control 400 preferably provides at least one type of feedback, for example, tactile feedback.
- the handheld control or hand piece is in operative communication with the fluid flow and allows the user to feel the pressure in the fluid path line.
- an electrical switch allows the user to turn on/off and modulate the fluid/flow pressure of the system for low-pressure/low-flow coronary injections only.
- High-pressure injection is activated, for example, using either display 210 or a separate, second control on the handheld control.
- the handheld control thus provides pressure feedback to the user while controlling the low-pressure/low-flow coronary injections.
- the handheld controls of the present invention can, for example, include a fluid path containment chamber in which a movable element is able to travel a pre-determined distance.
- the moveable element is preferably in direct contact with the fluid path and is affected by fluid flow and pressure.
- the movable element incorporates a mechanism to process a signal, which can be used to control the fluid pressure/flow source remotely.
- the handheld device is capable of being used with a signal processor related to the movement of the moveable element as known in the art.
- a handheld control device 500 incorporates a moveable piston 510 slideably disposed within a chamber 520 in a direction generally perpendicular to the direction of fluid flow as illustrated in FIG. 4 .
- Chamber 520 and piston 510 can be directly in the fluid path or can be spaced from the fluid path by a length of tubing (see, for example, FIG. 5 ).
- Handheld device 500 allows moveable piston 510 to be positioned under one finger while device 500 is held in the hand.
- Piston 510 preferably incorporates a switch 530 , that when compressed, controls the fluid flow generated by an external fluid pressure/flow source, for example, injector 30 . Upon generation of the pressure, piston 510 is displaced by increased pressure, which is detectable by the operator.
- piston 510 Further compression of piston 510 by the operator preferably increases the signal to the fluid flow/pressure generator, resulting in an increase in the pressure/flow and an increased pressure on piston 510 , which is felt by the operator.
- Backpressure or tubing occlusion causes increased pressure in the system, upward movement of piston 510 and tactile feedback to the operator, thereby alerting the operator to potential problems in the injection procedure.
- the system can also provide audible and/or visual feedback of the flow rate via, for example, user display 210 that is preferably controlled by the position of piston 510 .
- a handheld control 500 ′ can be connected in a “T” 550 ′ off of the main line for more flexibility.
- a purge valve 540 ′ can be located at the end of handheld control 500 ′ for air elimination during system purge. Air can also be purged from the handheld control 500 ′ before it is connected to the fluid path.
- FIG. 5 also illustrates a second switch 560 ′ for initiation of a high pressure injection. An additional switch or switches can also be provided to, for example, control delivery of saline.
- FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate other, ergonomic handheld controls.
- Handheld control 600 of FIG. 6A includes a chamber 620 that can be in fluid connection with the injection system fluid path as described above.
- a low pressure control switch 610 similar in operation to piston 510 is slideably disposed within chamber 620 to control low-pressure injections of contrast.
- Chamber 620 can, for example, be formed to conform to the hand of the user.
- a switch 630 to begin a high pressure injection via injector 30 is provided on handheld control 600 .
- a switch 640 to control delivery of saline is provided on handheld control 600 .
- FIG. 6B illustrates an embodiment of a finger-wearable handheld control 700 .
- a finger of the user's hand passes through passage 710 in control 700 while control 700 is held in the user's hand.
- a rotating switch 720 controls low-pressure injection.
- a high pressure injection switch 730 and a saline switch 740 are also provided.
- System 10 can also include a manually operated foot controller 420 including one or more actuators 430 in communication with controller 200 .
- Foot controller 420 can, for example, be used to control flow through system 10 in conjunction with or independently of handheld controller 400 .
- FIGS. 7A through 7H Another embodiment of an injector system 800 is illustrated in FIGS. 7A through 7H .
- a fluid control module 810 is in operative connection with a powered injector 830 to which a syringe 840 is connected as described above.
- Syringe 840 is in fluid connection with an automated valve 852 of fluid control module 810 , which is also in fluid connection with a source of contrast 860 via an intermediate drip chamber 870 (see FIG. 7A ).
- Drip chamber 870 preferably includes a fluid level sensing mechanism 880 .
- a preferably automated valve/stopcock 852 such as known in the art is also in fluid connection with a first, inlet port of a lumen 954 of a pressure isolation valve 950 (see, for example, FIGS. 7D through 7F ).
- Valve 852 prevents saline and/or contaminated fluids from entering syringe 840 and enables the operator to stop flow of injection fluid (for example, contrast) from syringe 840 quickly at any pressure or flow rate. This ability to substantially immediately stop flow of injection fluid at any pressure and flow rate substantially removes the effects of system compliance and enables delivery of a “sharp” bolus.
- An air column detector 856 can be placed in line between stopcock 852 and pressure isolation valve 950 .
- Fluid control module 810 further includes a source of saline 890 in fluid connection with a peristaltic pump 900 via an intervening drip chamber 910 .
- Drip chamber 910 preferably includes a fluid level sensing mechanism 920 .
- Peristaltic pump 900 is in fluid connection with a preferably automated valve/stopcock 854 , which is in fluid connection with pressure isolation valve 950 .
- valve 854 prevents contaminated fluids from reaching peristaltic pump 900 and saline source 890 .
- An air column detector 858 can be placed in line between stopcock 854 and pressure isolation valve 950 .
- a controller 970 and a display 974 are also in operative connection with injector 830 as described above.
- handheld controller 1000 is in operative connection with injector 830 and thereby with fluid control module 810 .
- handheld controller 1000 does not provide tactile feedback of system pressure to the operator.
- a handheld controller providing such tactile feedback can readily be used in connection with system 800 .
- a foot controller as described above can also be provided.
- the preferably per-patient disposable portion or set of system 800 is illustrated within dashed lines in FIGS. 7A, 7B , and 7 C.
- Two connectors 990 a and 990 b (which are preferably aseptic connectors as described above) are used to connect the multi-patient fluid path set with the per-patient fluid path set.
- Use of two separate/parallel fluid lines and two separate connectors to connect the multi-patient set with the per-patient disposable set affords a number of benefits over current angiographic injection systems including decreased contrast waste and avoidance of injecting potentially hazardous amounts of contrast into the patient during saline purges.
- system 800 facilitates close placement of pressure transducer 980 to the patient, improving measurement accuracy as compared to currently available systems.
- handheld controller 1000 in the embodiments of FIGS. 7A through 7H is not in direct connection with the fluid path, it is preferably disposable because of contamination with bodily fluids that typically occurs from operator handling thereof.
- Lumen 954 , via a second, outlet port thereof, of pressure isolation valve 950 is preferably in fluid connection with an automated or manual valve/stopcock 994 , which preferably includes a waste port 996 as described above.
- Catheter 1100 is preferably connected via a rotating luer connection 998 .
- FIG. 7B illustrates a portion of a fluid path set for use in system 800 of FIG. 7A in which a pressure transducer 980 is directly in the saline fluid path.
- FIG. 7C illustrates a fluid path set for use in system 800 of FIG. 7A in which pressure transducer 980 is separated from the saline fluid path by a “T” connector 982 and a length of tubing 984 .
- spikes 976 a and 976 b are used to connect to contrast source 860 and saline source 890 , respectively.
- standard luer connections are used to connect most of the components of system 800 .
- FIGS. 7B and 7C several of these luer connections are illustrated in a disconnected state.
- one or more of the illustrated connections can, for example, be non-luer or bonded connections.
- Pressure isolation valve 950 includes a housing 952 with a high pressure lumen 954 , through which fluid passes under pressure. Pressure isolation valve 950 also includes a port 956 to which pressure transducer 980 and saline source 890 are connected. A piston 958 acts to isolate pressure transducer 980 once a given pressure is reached in lumen 954 of pressure isolation valve 950 . In an “open” or rest state, as shown in FIG. 7D , there is hydraulic or fluid communication between lumen 954 , including catheter 1100 and injector 840 connected thereto, and isolation port 956 , including pressure transducer 980 and the saline fluid path connected thereto.
- the clearances and apertures within pressure isolation valve 950 are sufficiently generous to transmit changes in pressure that normally occur during normal heart function quickly, as to not damp or attenuate the signal.
- the pressure effect on piston 958 of the flow of injection fluid from syringe 840 through lumen 954 is illustrated with dashed arrows in FIG. 7D while the flow of saline through pressure isolation mechanism 950 is illustrated with solid arrows.
- piston 958 responds by moving to the right in the orientation of FIGS. 7D and 7E , compressing a spring 960 until a seal portion 962 at the left end of piston 958 contacts a sealing seat 964 as illustrated in FIG. 7E .
- lumen or port 956 is isolated from lumen 954 and any additional increase in pressure acts to increase or improve the effectiveness of the seal 962 .
- spring 960 reopens pressure isolation valve 950 by pushing piston 958 to the left.
- fluid does not flow through port 956 .
- pressure isolation valve 950 only isolates the tubing and devices distal to port 956 from high pressure and does not control flow.
- Pressure isolation valve 950 of the present invention is suited for use in any medical fluid path in which it is desirable to automatically isolate a pressure sensitive fluid path component, for example, a pressure transducer or other fluid path component or fluid pathway from pressures above a certain predetermined pressure.
- a pressure sensitive fluid path component for example, a pressure transducer or other fluid path component or fluid pathway from pressures above a certain predetermined pressure.
- the pressure at which pressure isolation valve 950 isolates port 956 from lumen 954 can be readily and easily adjusted through variation of a number of variables as known to those skilled in the art, including, for example, various valve dimensions and the properties of spring 960 , for example, the force constant thereof. Connection of pressure isolation valve 950 into any fluid path is quite simple.
- lumen 954 is simply placed in the fluid path via connection of ports 954 a and 954 b to disconnected or open ends of the fluid path without any other change to the fluid path or to pressure isolation valve 950 .
- Standard connections such as luer connections as known in the medical arts can be used to connect lumen 954 to the fluid path.
- Valve 950 can also be incorporated into or embedded within other devices such as a manifold, a pressure transducer or a connector.
- valve piston 958 can also be controlled via an electromechanical mechanism.
- a pressure sensor such as pressure sensor or transducer 980 (see, for example, FIG. 7B ) can send a signal to an actuator, for example, in the operative position of and functioning in a similar manner to spring 960 as known in the control art to control the position of valve piston 958 and thereby control fluid flow through port 956 .
- FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrate use of pressure isolation valve 950 to automatically isolate a pressure transducer P from increased pressures in a manual injection system such as set forth in FIG. 1 .
- Valve V 3 used for manual isolation of a pressure transducer as described previously, can be removed from the fluid path or retained therein.
- application of a force F to the syringe plunger extension causes pressurized fluid to flow from the syringe into the fluid path.
- the elevated pressure causes pressure within lumen 954 to increase.
- piston 958 responds by moving to the right in the orientation of FIGS.
- saline is used occasionally during routine catheterization procedures.
- controls 1020 a or 1020 b on handheld control 1000 can send a signal to control the flow of saline.
- the parallel line configuration of the contrast delivery and saline deliver fluid paths of present invention assist in preventing such undesirable injections.
- the pressures required to force saline through catheter 1100 are much less than that of contrast.
- Protection of the saline line from high pressure is accomplished by connecting the saline line to port 956 of pressure isolation valve 950 to introduce the saline flow as illustrated with solid arrows in FIG. 7D .
- port 956 is normally open, permitting the flow of saline therethrough, when required, as well as the monitoring of the patient blood pressure.
- pressure isolation valve 950 functions as described above and protects pressure transducer 980 and the low-pressure saline line from the high contrast injection pressures.
- pressure transducer 980 is preferably positioned such that it changes elevation with catheter 1100 and is not dependent upon the position of the injection system, including the position of injector 830 .
- handheld controller 1000 included a plunger or stem control 1010 that, when in a first/low pressure mode, is depressed by the operator to control the flow of contrast from syringe 840 .
- the operator can use graphical user interface display 974 to change the mode of plunger 1010 to a second mode in which it causes injector 830 to initiate a high pressure injection as preprogrammed by the operator. In this second/high pressure mode, the operator maintains plunger 1010 in a depressed state to continue the injection.
- Handheld controller 1000 also includes at least one switch to control saline flow in system 800 .
- handheld controller 1000 includes two saline switches 1030 a and 1030 b on either side of plunger 1010 for ease of access by the operator.
- switches 1030 a and 1030 b include resilient cantilevered members 1032 a and 1032 b , respectively, which are depressed by the operator to deliver saline through system 800 .
- one of switches 1030 a or 1030 b must be maintained in a depressed state by the operator to continue delivery of saline. If the depressed switch is released, saline flow is preferably stopped substantially immediately, for example, via control of valve 854 .
- system 800 can be supported on a mobile stand 805 .
- Injector 830 is preferably rotatable about stand 805 as indicated by the arrow of FIG. 7G .
- stopcocks were obtained from Medical Associates Network, Inc., a distributor for Elcam Plastic, under product number 565302; spikes were obtained from Qosina under product numbers 23202 and 23207, tubing was obtained from Merit Medical under product numbers DCT-100 and DCT-148; connectors were obtained from Merit Medical under product number 102101003, a rotating hub was obtained from Medical Associates Network, Inc., a distributor for Elcam Plastic, under product number 565310; a peristaltic pump from Watson-Marlow was obtained having a product number of 133.4451.THF; and fluid level sensor from Omron were obtained under product number EESPX613.
- the first step in an injection procedure is replacing air in the fluid path with fluid.
- the powered injector causes the syringe plunger to move rearward toward the powered injector, thereby creating a negative pressure at the connection point to a control valve in proximity to the contrast interim container.
- the control valve is positioned to allow fluid flow from the contrast bottle, into the interim container and into the syringe.
- the injector drive preferably reverses direction creating a positive pressure and fluid movement in the direction of the contrast container or the catheter, which is not connected to a patient, to drive any entrapped air out of the fluid path into an “air gap” established in the interim container or through the catheter.
- Air is further preferably initially purged from the system during start-up by, for example, distributing a fluid such as saline through the fluid path, sometimes referred to as “priming”.
- the system is preferably maintained air-free during an injection procedure. Priming is preferably done once per patient or once per multi-patient, depending on disposable fluid path configuration.
- the system can include, for example, “contrast low” level (need for refill) and “stop filling” limit sensors on the interim reservoir as described above to help ensure that air is not aspirated into the contrast syringe during a fill cycle.
- An ultrasonic air column sensor or sensors and/or other types of sensors can also be included downstream of the injector to detect air gaps within the line as a secondary safety sensor.
- a second fluid pump connected to a bulk source of saline, typically a prefilled bag, provides fluid flow in the direction of patient catheter. Enough saline is preferably pumped throughout disposable set to achieve elimination of all visible air during priming.
- a handheld controller that is in fluid connection with the fluid path to provide tactile feedback as described previously can, for example, be purged of air by opening an integral bleed valve. After priming is complete the bleed valve is closed.
- the system can be connected to the patient via the catheter.
- the system preferably has a range of parameters for flow, pressure, variable flow, alarms and performance limits as known in the art.
- depressing a first button, piston or other controller on the handheld controller initiates flow of contrast and in some embodiments provides feedback, for example, tactile and/or audible feedback. Further depressing the button on the hand controller preferably increases the flow rate of contrast. If at any time the button is released, the fluid flow preferably stops and any feedback ends.
- This “dead-man” operability can be provided, for example, by biasing, for example spring loading, the first control or actuator toward the off position.
- the minimum and maximum flow are preferably established by the parameters set using a graphical user interface on the display.
- a separate switch or second actuator/controller on the hand control is preferably depressed.
- a second mode of the first actuator/controller can be entered to control high pressure flow.
- the handheld control provides tactile feedback during low-pressure injection
- no such tactile feedback is provided during high pressure flow.
- other feedback such as an audible tone feedback different than any audible tone provided during the low-pressure mode can be provided.
- the high-pressure/high-flow function is preferably first input/selected from the parameters input/set using the graphical user interface on the display.
- the high-flow and high-pressure injection is preferably preprogrammed and the flow cannot be varied. As discussed above, any direct, tactile feedback is preferably eliminated, as the pressure is often over 1000 psi. If at any time the second button is released, the injection preferably stops.
- a second or third switch, controller or actuator on the hand controller is preferably selected, causing saline flow at a pre-selected flow rate.
- a single controller or actuator having three different control modes can be used.
- the saline flow preferably stops.
- a pressure sensor is preferably connected to a pressure isolation valve as described above. Patient pressure monitoring can be determined at any time except when an injection of fluid exceeds the pressure set by the pressure isolation valve.
- a multi-patient set can be designed so that at least some portions thereof can safely be reused for multiple patients.
- the syringe and interface to contrast/saline components, disposable valves and related tubing, and a multi-use high-pressure, aseptic connector can preferably be reused for multiple patients.
- Handheld controllers whether or not in fluid connection with the fluid path, and related tubing and check valves are preferably replaced for each patient.
- any waste port, pressure port, and the interface to catheter are preferably replaced for each patient.
- Aseptic connectors of a multi-patient set can, for example, be wiped clean before connecting a disposable set for each new patient.
- Reusable or multi-patient sets preferably have a limited numbers of reuses and preferably are not used for longer than a set period of time, for example, an 8-hour period.
- FIG. 9 Another embodiment of a fluid injector or delivery system 1200 is illustrated generally in FIG. 9 .
- an injector 1300 is operatively associated with a fluid control module 1400 .
- the details of the injector 1300 are set forth in co-pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/326,582, filed on Dec. 20, 2002, entitled FRONT LOAD PRESSURE JACKET SYSTEM WITH SYRINGE HOLDER AND LIGHT ILLUMINATION, and co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/818,477, filed Apr.
- the injector 1300 is adapted to support and actuate a syringe, as described in the foregoing applications.
- the fluid control module 1400 is associated with the injector 1300 for controlling fluid flows delivered by the injector 1300 .
- the fluid control module 1400 is generally adapted to support and control a fluid path set 1700 used to connect a syringe associated with the injector 1300 to a catheter (not shown) to be associated with a patient.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 further includes a support assembly 1600 adapted to support the injector 1300 and the fluid control module 1400 , as discussed further herein.
- the support assembly 1600 may be configured as a movable platform or base so that the fluid delivery system 1200 is generally transportable, or for connection to a standard hospital bed or examination table on which a patient will be located during an injection procedure.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 preferably further includes a user-input control section or device 1800 for interfacing with computer hardware/software (i.e., electronic memory) of the fluid control module 1400 and/or the injector 1300 .
- the fluid control module 1400 generally includes a housing 1402 , a valve actuator 1404 for controlling a fluid control valve, a fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 , a peristaltic pump 1408 , an automatic shut-off or pinch valve 1410 , and an air detector assembly 1412 .
- the details of the control section 1800 are also set forth hereinafter in this disclosure.
- the fluid control module 1400 is generally adapted to support and control the fluid path set 1700 used to connect a syringe associated with the injector 1300 to a catheter (not shown).
- the fluid path set 1700 is shown in greater detail in FIG. 10 .
- the fluid path set 1700 may be considered to include a syringe 1702 that is to be associated with the injector 1300 .
- the fluid path set 1700 is generally used to associate the syringe 1702 with a first or primary source of injection fluid 1704 , also referred to herein as a primary fluid container, which will be loaded into the syringe 1702 for an injection procedure.
- the primary fluid container 1704 may be contrast media in the case of an angiographic procedure, as an example.
- the fluid path set 1700 is further adapted to associate the fluid control module 1400 with a secondary or additional source of fluid 1706 , also referred to herein as a secondary fluid container, to be supplied or delivered to the patient via the catheter.
- a secondary fluid container also referred to herein as a secondary fluid container, to be supplied or delivered to the patient via the catheter.
- saline is used as a secondary flushing fluid which is supplied to the patient between injections of contrast media.
- the injector 1300 is filled with fluid from the primary fluid container 1704 and delivers the fluid via the fluid path set 1700 to the catheter and, ultimately, the patient.
- the fluid control module 1400 generally controls or manages the delivery of the injection through a valve associated with the fluid path set 1700 , which is controlled or actuated by the valve actuator 1404 on the fluid control module 1400 .
- the fluid control module 1400 is further adapted to deliver the fluid from the secondary fluid container 1706 under pressure via the peristaltic pump 1408 on the fluid control module 1400 .
- the fluid path set 1700 generally comprises a first section or set 1710 and a second section or set 1720 .
- the first section 1710 is generally adapted to connect the syringe 1702 to the primary fluid container 1704 , and to connect the second section 1720 to the secondary fluid container 1706 .
- the first section 1710 is preferably multi-patient section or set disposed after a preset number of injection procedures are accomplished with the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the first section 1710 may be used for a preset number of injection procedures involving one or more with patients and may then be discarded.
- the first section 1710 may be adapted to be re-sterilized for reuse.
- the first section 1710 is preferably provided as a sterile set, preferably in a sterile package.
- the second section 1720 is a per-patient section or set, which is preferably disposed of after each injection procedure involving the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the fluid path set 1700 is generally similar to the fluid path set illustrated in FIG. 7B , discussed previously, but includes the structures discussed hereinafter.
- the first section 1710 and second section 1720 are placed in fluid communication by one or more connectors 1708 , the details of which are also set forth hereinafter.
- the first section 1710 includes a multi-position valve 1712 , for example a 3-position stopcock valve, which is adapted to be automatically controlled or actuated by the valve actuator 1404 on the fluid control module 1400 .
- the multi-position valve 1712 is adapted to selectively isolate the syringe 1702 , the primary fluid container 1704 , and the second section 1720 to selectively allow the injector 1300 to fill the syringe 1702 with fluid from the primary fluid container 1704 , deliver the fluid loaded into the syringe 1702 to the second section 1720 , or isolate the syringe 1702 from the primary fluid container 1704 and the second section 1720 .
- the multi-position valve 1712 is connected to the syringe 1702 by a luer connection 1714 , which may be a standard luer connection known in the art.
- the first section 1710 further includes intervening drip chambers 1716 associated with the primary fluid container 1704 and the secondary fluid container 1706 .
- the drip chambers 1716 are adapted to be associated with primary and secondary fluid containers 1704 , 1706 with conventional spike members 1717 .
- the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 on the fluid control module 1400 is used to sense fluid levels in the drip chambers 1716 when the fluid path set 1700 is associated with the injector 1300 and the fluid control module 1400 .
- operation of the fluid delivery system 1200 includes filling, loading, or “priming” the syringe 1402 with fluid from the primary fluid container 1704 , which passes to the syringe 1402 via the drip chamber 1716 associated with the primary fluid container 1704 .
- fluid such as saline from the secondary fluid container 1706 is supplied to the second section 1720 via the drip chamber 1716 associated with the secondary fluid container 1706 .
- the drip chambers 1716 are generally adapted to permit fluid level sensors associated with the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 to detect the level of fluid in the drip chambers 1716 , for example by using optical or ultrasonic methods.
- Respective output lines 1718 made, for example, of conventional low pressure medical tubing, are associated with the drip chambers 1716 for connecting the drip chambers 1716 to the multi-position valve 1712 and the second section 1720 .
- the outlet of the multi-position valve 1712 is connected to an output line 1719 , which is used to connect the multi-position valve 1712 and syringe 1702 to the second section 1720 .
- the output line 1719 is preferably constructed of high pressure medical tubing.
- An inlet to the multi-position valve 1712 is connected via an inlet line 1721 to the syringe 1702 , and is preferably also constructed of high pressure medical tubing.
- the second section 1720 generally includes a pressure isolation mechanism or valve 1722 .
- the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 is connected by respective input lines 1724 , 1726 and the connectors 1708 to the first section 1710 .
- the first input line 1724 is preferably formed of conventional medical tubing and connects the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 with the drip chamber 1716 associated with the secondary fluid container 1706 .
- the second input line 1726 is preferably formed of high pressure medical tubing and connects the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 with the output line 1719 connected to the multi-position valve 1712 and, ultimately, the syringe 1702 and primary fluid container 1704 .
- the tubing used for the second input line 1726 is preferably high pressure medical tubing.
- An output line 1728 is associated with the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 for connecting the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 with the catheter.
- a second multi-position valve 1730 for example in the form of a stopcock valve, may be provided in the output line 1728 , as a shut-off feature. As shown in FIG. 10 , the multi-position valve 1730 may be provided as a simple shut-off valve to isolate the catheter from the first section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700 .
- the output line 1728 may further include a catheter connection 1732 for associating the fluid path set 1700 with a catheter to be used in a fluid injection procedure involving the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the drip chamber 1716 shown in FIG. 11 generally has an elongated body 1734 with a top end 1736 and a bottom end 1738 .
- the body 1734 is formed with a projection 1740 , which generally extends longitudinally, laterally along the body 1740 , or in any configuration on the body 1734 of the drip chamber 1716 , and may even be in the form of a handle with an opening such as those found on plastic bottles.
- the projection 1740 is generally provided to interact with the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 on the fluid control module 1400 , and may be referred to as a “back” window because the projection 1740 will generally face the fluid level sensors in the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 when the drip chamber 1716 is associated with the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 .
- the body 1734 is preferably formed of a plastic material and, more particularly, a resiliently deformable medical-grade plastic material to allow in-place “priming” of the drip chamber 1716 , when the drip chamber 1716 is associated with the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 .
- the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 is generally adapted to support and secure the drip chambers 1716 , as shown in FIG. 9 .
- the projection 1740 further permits the drip chamber 1716 to be primed in place in the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 .
- the plastic material comprising the body 1734 may be substantially clear or slightly opaque, but the projection 1740 is preferably clear to allow an optical fluid level sensor in the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 to detect the fluid level in the drip chamber 1716 .
- the projection 1740 is preferably raised from the body 1734 of the drip chamber 1716 to allow priming of the drip chamber 1716 .
- the body 1734 of the drip chamber 1716 is sufficiently clear to allow light transmission from lighting associated with the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 .
- the body 1734 of the drip chamber 1716 will generally act as a light conduit or “light pipe” that will illuminate the fluid flow path in the medical tubing forming the output lines 1718 associated with the drip chambers 1716 connected to the primary and second fluid containers 1704 , 1706 .
- the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 includes a housing 1742 .
- the housing 1742 may be a unitary housing or, preferably, a multi-piece housing as shown in FIG. 13 .
- the housing 1742 is a two-piece housing including a first portion 1744 and a second portion 1746 , which are adapted to connect together to form the housing 1742 .
- the first and second portions 1744 , 1746 are preferably formed for interference engagement with each other.
- the interference engagement is formed by engagement of a depending annular flange 1748 formed on the first portion 1744 of the housing 1742 with a corresponding recess or groove 1749 , for example, a circular recess or groove, formed or defined in the second portion 1746 of the housing 1742 .
- the recess 1749 is purposely made slightly smaller in width than the thickness of the annular flange 1748 , so that when the first and second portions 1744 , 1746 of the housing 1742 are joined together there is interference engagement between the annular flange 1748 and the recess 1749 .
- the second portion 1746 of the housing 1742 may include a raised annular flange 1750 that engages or cooperates with a corresponding recess or groove 1751 defined in the first portion 1744 .
- the raised annular flange 1750 may engage with the recess 1751 in a similar friction fit manner as the annular flange 1748 and recess 1749 discussed previously.
- the combination of the annular flanges 1748 , 1750 and recesses 1749 , 1751 generally define a shear interface 1752 between the first and second portions 1744 , 1746 of the housing 1742 , which increases their assembly strength.
- An adhesive or ultrasonic weld may be used along the shear interface 1752 to secure the first and second portions 1744 , 1746 together.
- the connection between the flanges 1748 , 1750 and the recesses 1749 , 1751 generally define a tortuous path along this connection line.
- the first portion 1744 of the housing 1742 defines a primary or high pressure lumen 1754 , which forms a high pressure side of the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 .
- An inlet 1755 to the high pressure or primary lumen 1754 is in fluid communication with the second input line 1726 , which is the high pressure line connecting the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 with the output line 1719 associated with the multi-position valve 1712 and, ultimately, the syringe 1702 and the primary fluid container 1704 .
- An outlet 1756 of the primary lumen 1754 is connected to the second multi-position valve 1730 , which may be provided in the output line 1728 as discussed previously.
- the second portion 1746 of the housing 1740 defines a secondary or low pressure lumen 1758 , which generally forms a low pressure side of the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 .
- the secondary lumen 1758 has an inlet 1759 that is in fluid communication with the first input line 1724 , which is the low pressure line that connects the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 to the secondary fluid container 1706 via the peristaltic pump 1408 on the fluid control module 1400 and drip chamber 1716 .
- the second portion 1746 of the housing 1742 includes a vent hole 1760 provided for proper operation of the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 .
- the second portion 1746 of the housing 1742 further includes a pressure isolation port 1761 to which a pressure transducer (See FIGS. 7B through 7F ) may be connected.
- the structure forming the pressure isolation port 1761 may terminate in a luer connector for connecting a pressure transducer to the pressure isolation port 1761 .
- the first and second portions 1744 , 1746 of the housing 1742 may define an internal chamber 1762 , generally in fluid communication with the primary lumen 1754 and the secondary lumen 1758 .
- the first portion 1744 of the housing 1742 may include a depending retaining member 1763 extending into the internal chamber 1762 .
- An internal valve member 1764 is located in the internal chamber 1762 and is used to isolate the pressure isolation port 1761 when the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 is associated with the syringe 1702 , (i.e., in fluid communication with an operating syringe 1702 ).
- the valve member 1764 is generally engaged by the retaining member 1763 depending or extending from the first portion 1744 of the housing 1742 to maintain a preload of the valve member 1764 .
- the valve member 1764 is generally adapted to bias the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 to a normally open position, wherein the primary lumen 1754 is in fluid communication with the secondary lumen 1758 and the pressure isolation port 1761 through the internal chamber 1762 .
- the valve member 1764 is generally further adapted to isolate the pressure isolation port 1761 once fluid pressure in the primary lumen 1754 reaches a preset pressure, as described further herein.
- the valve member 1764 is preferably a two-piece structure comprising a seat member 1766 and a base portion 1767 .
- the seat member 1766 is generally adapted to seat against a seal ring 1768 formed on the second portion 1746 of the housing 1742 in the closed position of the valve member 1764 , thereby isolating the primary lumen 1754 from the secondary lumen 1758 and the pressure isolation port 1761 .
- the seat member 1766 includes an integral biasing portion 1770 .
- the biasing portion 1770 is a generally conical shaped portion of the seat member 1766 that is hollow and preferably has a pre-established or preset spring force tension.
- the base portion 1767 is generally engaged by the retaining member 1763 depending or extending from the first portion 1744 of the housing 1742 to maintain a preload of the conical shaped biasing portion 1770 and form a seal with the body of the second portion 1746 of the housing 1742 , thereby preventing fluid from leaking or exiting via the vent hole 1760 .
- the vent hole 1760 allows for proper operation of the valve member 1764 by allowing air to vent from the conical shaped biasing portion 1770 during operation of the valve member 1764 .
- the biasing portion 1770 of the seat member 1764 responds by deforming within the internal chamber 1762 until the seat member 1766 of the valve member 1764 seats against the seal ring 1768 formed on the second portion 1746 of the housing 1742 . Once the seat member 1766 seats against the seal ring 1768 , the valve member 1764 is in a closed position.
- the pre-established or preset spring force tension is preferably selected to prevent damage to the pressure transducer, saline line, or other pressure sensitive devices typically connected to the pressure isolation port 1761 and may be pre-selected such that the valve member 1764 is in the closed position when the fluid pressure in the primary lumen 1754 is less than 70 psi. In the closed position of the valve member 1764 , the primary lumen 1754 is isolated from the secondary lumen 1758 and the pressure isolation port 1761 .
- the seat member 1766 may define an opening 1772 for receiving a tab or projection 1773 on the base portion 1767 for connecting the base portion 1767 to the seat member 1766 .
- the seat member 1766 and base portion 1767 may be secured together by mechanical devices (i.e., fasteners), adhesively secured together, or bonded together when the valve member 1764 is formed.
- the seat member 1766 and the base portion 1767 may be formed of different polymeric materials that will adhere to one another, for example, when elevated heat or pressure are applied.
- the seat member 1766 may be made of a thermoplastic elastomer and the base portion 1767 formed of a polypropylene that will adhere to the thermoplastic elastomer when the seat member 1766 and the base portion 1767 are molded together.
- FIGS. 16-19 illustrate the reduced or anti-contamination connector 1708 used to connect the first section 1710 and second section 1720 in the fluid path set 1700 shown in FIG. 10 in greater detail.
- one connector 1708 connects the high pressure, second input line 1726 associated with the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 with the high pressure output line 1719 from the multi-position valve 1712 associated with controlling fluid flow from the syringe 1702 .
- a second connector 1708 connects the low pressure, first input line 1724 associated with the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 to the output line 1718 associated with the drip chamber 1716 connected to the secondary fluid container 1706 .
- the connector 1708 generally includes a first connector member 1774 that is adapted for removable connection to a second connector member 1776 .
- the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 are designed or structured to reduce the possibility of contaminating the internal elements of the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 when they are handled by a user of the connector 1708 .
- the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 are preferably unitary structures that are integrally formed from plastic material, such as a medical-grade plastic material capable of resisting pressures generated during injection procedures such as angiography.
- the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 are preferably formed with external wings 1775 for grasping by a user of the connector 1708 while manipulating the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 , particularly when connecting the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 together.
- the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 preferably include structures that provide a removable threaded engagement between the first and second threaded members 1774 , 1776 .
- the wings 1775 generally provide the mechanical advantage necessary to tighten the preferred threaded engagement between the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 .
- the first connector member 1774 defines a central lumen 1777 that extends entirely through the first connector member 1774 .
- the second connector member 1776 defines a central lumen 1778 extending entirely through the second connector member 1776 , so that when the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 are connected, fluid communication is established therebetween via lumens 1777 , 1778 .
- the first connector member 1774 includes an outer housing 1780 .
- the outer housing 1780 is generally a cylindrical shaped hollow structure and may have a smooth or textured outer surface 1781 .
- the first connector member 1774 further includes a first threaded member 1782 located within the outer housing 1780 .
- the first threaded member 1782 may be coaxially located within the outer housing 1780 .
- the lumen 1777 in the first connector member 1774 extends through the first threaded member 1782 .
- the first threaded member 1782 is preferably externally threaded and may be in the form of an externally threaded female luer fitting.
- the first threaded member 1782 is recessed within the outer housing 1780 by a recessed distance R 1 , as shown in FIG.
- the recessed distance R 1 is preferably sufficient to prevent contact with the end or tip of the first threaded member 1782 when a person touches the end or tip of the first connector member 1774 .
- the recessed distance R 1 thereby reduces the possibility of contaminating the first threaded member 1774 , when the first connector member 1774 is manipulated by a user of the connector 1708 .
- the recessed distance R 1 is of sufficient distance that human skin on a person's finger or thumb will not penetrate to the depth of the first threaded member 1782 and come into contact with the end or tip of the first threaded member 1782 .
- the second connector member 1776 includes a second threaded member 1784 , which generally forms the connecting portion or structure of the second connector member 1776 .
- the second threaded member 1784 is preferably internally threaded to receive the externally threaded first threaded member 1782 for connecting the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 together in removable engagement.
- the first threaded member 1782 may be in the form of an externally-threaded female luer.
- the second connector member 1776 further includes a luer fitting 1786 located in the second threaded member 1784 .
- the luer fitting 1786 is preferably in the form of a male luer adapted to cooperate with the first threaded member 1782 when the first connector member 1774 is connected to the second connector member 1776 .
- the luer fitting 1786 is preferably coaxially disposed in the second threaded member 1784 .
- the lumen 1778 in the second connector member 1776 extends entirely through the luer fitting 1786 .
- the luer fitting 1786 is recessed within the second threaded member 1784 by a recessed distance R 2 , in a similar manner to how the first threaded member 1782 is recessed within the outer housing 1780 .
- the second threaded member 1784 further includes one or more circumferentially-extended raised structures 1788 , such as rings, on an outer surface 1789 thereof.
- FIG. 17 shows the connection between the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 forming the connector 1708 .
- the first threaded member 1774 is secured to the second connector member 1776 by removable threaded engagement between the externally threaded first threaded member 1782 and the internally threaded second threaded member 1784 .
- the luer fitting 1786 recessed within the second threaded member 1784 cooperates with the first threaded member 1782 to provide fluid communication between the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 .
- the present invention is not intended to be limited to the specific connection arrangement shown in FIG.
- first threaded member 1782 may be provided on the second connector member 1776 and the second threaded member 1784 may be provided on the first connector member 1774 .
- the outer housing 1780 of the first connector member 1774 generally encompasses the connection between the first and second threaded members 1782 , 1784 .
- the outer housing 1780 generally coaxially encompasses the overall connection between the first and second threaded members 1782 , 1784 .
- the outer housing 1780 has an internal wall or surface 1790 located opposite from the outer surface 1789 of the second threaded member 1784 , when the first and second threaded members 1782 , 1784 are threadably engaged. As FIG.
- the inner wall or surface 1790 of the outer housing 1780 and the first threaded member 1782 generally define an annular cavity 1791 about the first threaded member 1782 , in which the second threaded member 1784 is generally received when the first and second threaded members 1782 , 1784 are threadably engaged.
- the distance between the inner wall or surface 1790 of the outer housing 1780 and the first threaded member 1782 in the annular cavity 1791 is preferably sufficient to receive at least the overall wall thickness of the second threaded member 1784 , including the raised structures 1788 on the outer surface 1789 of the second threaded member 1784 as generally depicted in FIG. 17 .
- the annular cavity 1791 is substantially enclosed by the second threaded member 1784 to form a substantially enclosed chamber 1792 .
- the chamber 1792 is generally bounded by the body of the first threaded member 1782 , the inner wall or surface 1790 of the outer housing 1780 , and the end or tip of the second threaded member 1784 .
- the chamber 1792 is generally adapted to trap liquids, such as blood or contrast media, therein that may spill or leak from the first and second threaded members 1774 , 1776 , when they are connected or disconnected to connect or disconnect the first and second sections 1710 , 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 , for example during or after an angiography procedure.
- the first connector member 1774 and second connector member 1776 define respective conduit-receiving cavities 1794 , 1793 at the ends of the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 opposite from the first threaded member 1782 and the second threaded member 1784 , respectively.
- the conduit-receiving cavities 1794 , 1793 are generally adapted to receive medical tubing to be associated with the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 .
- the medical tubing may be secured in the conduit-receiving cavities 1793 , 1794 through the use of an appropriate medical-grade adhesive.
- the primary and secondary lumens 1754 , 1758 may be formed with similar conduit-receiving cavities for receiving medical tubing used to connect the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 to other components in the fluid path set 1700 .
- a suitable medical-grade adhesive may be used in such cavities to secure the medical tubing.
- Similar structures and connections may also be provided in the inlet and outlet ports of the drip chambers 1716 .
- the liquid-trapping chamber 1792 is formed, and is generally used to trap liquids that may spill or leak from the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 , when they are connected or disconnected during or after an injection procedure involving the fluid path set 1700 .
- the raised structures 1788 on the outer surface 1789 of the second connector member 1784 are adapted to form a tortuous path 1795 for inhibiting liquid flow out of or into the liquid-trapping chamber 1792 .
- liquid-trapping generally means inhibiting liquid flow rather than fully containing liquid.
- the tortuous path 1795 will generally cause liquids present or leaking into the chamber 1792 to remain in the chamber 1792 , and will further inhibit outside liquid from migrating into the sterile connection between the first threaded member 1782 and the second threaded member 1784 .
- the sterility of the connection between the luer fitting 1786 and the first threaded member 1782 is generally maintained.
- the annular cavity 1791 about the first threaded member 1782 will act to maintain any contaminated liquids generally within the outer housing 1780 , and maintain the sterility of the luer fitting 1786 within the second threaded member 1784 .
- the second connector member 1776 may be re-used in a connection arrangement involving a different first connector member 1774 .
- the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 may be formed with circumferentially-extending raised ribs 1796 adapted to secure removable protector caps 1798 on the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 prior to connecting the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 .
- FIGS. 18 and 19 show the protector caps 1798 engaged with the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 .
- the protector caps 1798 define circumferentially-extending internal grooves or recesses 1799 for receiving the raised ribs 1796 on the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 .
- the raised rib 1796 on the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 are preferably adapted to frictionally engage the grooves or recesses 1799 formed in the protector caps 1798 to maintain the protector caps 1798 on the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 .
- the protector caps 1798 generally maintain the sterility of the first and second threaded members 1782 , 1784 prior to connecting the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 together.
- the protector caps 1798 may be used to cover the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 of the connectors 1708 in the fluid path set 1700 before and after injection procedures involving the fluid path set 1700 .
- the first and second sections 1710 , 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 may be kept disconnected prior to an injection procedure when the fluid delivery system 1200 is being readied to carry out an injection procedure.
- additional, sterile protector caps 1798 may be used to cover the first or second connector members 1774 , 1776 in the connectors 1708 associated with the first section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700 , so that this portion of the fluid path set 1700 may be reused.
- the connector 1708 of the present invention generally includes a male-threaded first connector member 1774 and a female-threaded second connector member 1776
- the male-threaded/female-threaded orientation of the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 may be used as a tactile, physical indicator to prevent the high pressure primary input line 1726 to the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 from being incorrectly connected to the output line 1718 associated with the secondary fluid container 1706 .
- this feature may be used to prevent the low pressure, second input line 1724 to the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 from being incorrectly connected to the high pressure output line 1719 associated with multi-position valve 1712 controlling flow rate from the syringe 1702 .
- FIG. 10 illustrates, the locations of the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 are reversed in the connectors 1708 used in the fluid path set 1700 , which will prevent inadvertent, incorrect cross-connections between the first and second sections 1710 , 1720 in the fluid path set 1700 .
- the fluid control module 1400 is shown in greater detail.
- the fluid control module or device 1400 generally includes a housing 1402 , a valve actuator 1404 , a fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 , a peristaltic pump 1408 , an automatic shut-off or pinch valve 1410 , and an air detector assembly 1412 .
- the various components comprising the fluid control module or device 1400 will be discussed in detail herein.
- the housing 1402 generally defines a port 1420 for associating the injector 1300 with the fluid control module 1400 .
- the injector 1300 is generally mounted to the fluid control module 1400 to be pivotal relative to the fluid control module 1400 .
- the port 1420 includes a mating structure 1422 for connecting the injector 1300 to the fluid control module 1400 and providing for the pivotal connection between the injector 1300 and the fluid control module 1400 .
- the port 1420 defines an opening 1424 for passing electrical conduits (not shown) therethrough to operatively connect computer hardware provided in the injector 1300 with computer hardware in the fluid control module 1400 , so that the injector 1300 and fluid control module 1400 are electrically connected.
- port 1420 is shown on the side of the fluid control module 1400 , this configuration is just an exemplary arrangement for the pivotal connection between the injector 1300 and fluid control module 1400 and other configurations are possible in accordance with the present invention such as mounting the injector at the top of the fluid control module 1400 .
- the housing 1402 may be a multi-piece structure comprised of opposing sides or portions 1426 , 1428 that are secured together by conventional mechanical fasteners or similar fastening methods.
- the fluid control module 1400 is generally adapted to support an IV pole 1430 used to support containers of fluids, for example the primary fluid container 1704 (i.e., contrast media) and the secondary fluid container 1706 (i.e., saline), the contents of which are supplied to a patient via the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the rear side or portion 1428 of the housing 1402 is adapted to support the IV pole 1430 .
- a hand controller support 1432 may be connected to the front side or portion of the housing 1402 for supporting a hand controller used to operate the fluid delivery system 1200 , as discussed further herein.
- the fluid control module 1400 preferably includes a connector 1433 adapted to operatively associate a hand controller with the fluid control module 1400 .
- valve actuator 1404 is shown in greater detail.
- the valve actuator 1404 is adapted to support and actuate the multi-position valve 1712 associated with the primary section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700 .
- the multi-position valve 1712 may be a three-position stopcock valve.
- the valve actuator 1404 is generally adapted to selectively move or actuate the multi-position valve 1712 between three set positions of the multi-position valve 1712 , as will be discussed further herein.
- the valve actuator 1404 is adapted to place the multi-position valve 1712 in one of three distinct positions, including (1) an inject or open position, (2) a fill position, and (3) a closed or isolation position.
- the syringe 1702 of the fluid path set 1700 is in fluid communication with the secondary section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 .
- the syringe 1702 In the fill position, the syringe 1702 is in fluid communication with the primary fluid container 1704 via the drip chamber 1716 associated with the primary fluid container 1704 .
- the syringe 1702 In the closed position, the syringe 1702 is isolated from the primary fluid container 1704 and the second section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 .
- the specific components of the valve actuator 1404 adapted to place the multi-position valve 1712 in the foregoing positions or states will be discussed further herein.
- the valve actuator 1404 is a multi-piece apparatus adapted to accept, support, and actuate the multi-position valve 1712 .
- the valve actuator 1404 includes a base support member 1440 which is generally used to support the various components of the valve actuator 1404 .
- the base support member 1440 may be a machined part, for example, a machined aluminum part.
- a stepper motor 1442 is secured by mechanical fasteners 1443 to one side of the base support member 1440 .
- the stepper motor 1442 includes an output shaft 1444 that provides the motive forces for operating the valve actuator 1404 .
- a shaft interface 1446 is disposed on the other side of base support member 1440 from the stepper motor 1442 , and is in operative engagement with the output shaft 1444 .
- the shaft interface 1446 is associated with the output shaft 1444 to transfer the motor torque provided by the stepper motor 1442 to other components of the valve actuator 1404 , as discussed herein.
- the shaft interface 1446 may be secured to the base support member 1440 using the same mechanical fasteners 1443 used to secure the stepper motor 1442 to the base support member 1440 .
- the valve actuator 1404 further includes a photosensor assembly or array 1448 that includes, preferably, two photosensor position sensors 1450 for indicating the position of the handle of the multi-position valve 1712 when associated with the valve actuator 1404 , and a third photosensor 1451 for indicating the presence of the multi-position valve 1712 in the valve actuator 1404 .
- the various photosensors 1450 , 1451 are carried or supported on two plates 1452 joined by a connecting member 1453 .
- the plates 1452 are secured to the base support member 1440 by mechanical fasteners 1454 , such that the photosensor assembly 1448 is associated with the shaft interface 1446 .
- the shaft interface 1446 includes two semi-circular structures or rings 1456 , only one of which is shown in FIGS.
- the position of the stepper motor 1442 may be correlated to the position of the handle of the multi-position valve 1712 and, thus, reflect the operational position of the multi-position valve 1712 (i.e., inject, fill, isolate).
- the semi-circular structures 1456 may define windows 1457 that correlate to the three possible operational positions of the handle of the multi-position valve 1712 .
- the shaft interface 1446 further provides a hard stop that interfaces with the base support member 1440 to prevent over-rotation of the handle of the multi-position valve 1712 during operation of the valve actuator 1404 .
- the shaft interface 1446 defines one or more slots 1458 for guiding an actuating member or pin 1460 into operational association with the valve present sensor 1451 .
- the actuating member or pin 1460 is generally used to indicate the presence of the multi-position valve 1712 in the valve actuator 1404 .
- the actuating member 1460 includes a plurality of spokes 1461 that cooperate with the slots 1458 in the shaft interface 1446 .
- the actuating member 1460 further includes a distal structure 1462 adapted to coact with the body of the multi-position valve 1712 .
- the engagement of the body of the multi-position valve 1712 with the distal structure 1462 of the actuating member 1460 generally causes the actuating member 1460 to move proximally toward the base support member 1440 and shaft interface 1442 and into operational engagement with the valve present sensor 1451 , which preferably initiates a signal to the computer hardware/software associated with the fluid control module 1400 and/or in the injector 1300 indicating the presence of the multi-position valve 1712 in the valve actuator 1404 .
- the proximal movement of the actuating member 1460 causes the spokes 1461 to move into further engagement with the slots 1458 defined in the shaft interface 1446 , which allows for the general proximal movement of the actuating member 1460 into the shaft interface 1446 .
- the distal structure 1462 of the actuating member 1460 cooperates with an adapter 1464 that is formed to interface with the handle of the multi-position valve 1712 .
- the adapter 1464 is generally formed to mate with the handle of multi-position valve 1712 and transfer the motor torque from the stepper motor 1442 to the handle to move the handle between the inject, fill, and isolate positions indicated previously.
- the second multi-position valve 1730 depicted in FIG. 10 shows a conventional stopcock valve with a handle, and is the general type of valve that the valve actuator 1404 is intended to operate in accordance with the present invention.
- the adapter 1464 defines a side opening 1465 for receiving the handle of the multi-position valve 1712 .
- the adapter 1464 coaxially associates with the distal structure 1462 of the actuating member 1460 . Additionally, the adapter 1464 is adapted to coact with a distal portion 1466 of the shaft interface 1446 . The distal portion 1466 of the shaft interface 1446 defines the slots 1458 for receiving the spokes 1461 of the actuating member 1460 .
- the shaft interface 1446 is generally used to transfer the motor torque from the output shaft 1444 to the adapter 1464 to cause the rotation of the handle of the multi-position valve 1712 to place the multi-position valve 1712 in the respective inject, fill, and isolate positions discussed previously. As shown in FIG.
- the output shaft 1444 cooperates with a proximal portion 1467 of the shaft interface 1446 , and the adapter 1464 is operationally associated with the output shaft 1444 via the distal portion 1466 of the shaft interface 1446 .
- the shaft interface 1446 is generally adapted to transmit the rotary movement of the output shaft 1444 to the adapter 1464 via the operational engagement between the distal portion 1466 of the shaft interface 1446 and the adapter 1464 .
- the rotary motion of the output shaft 1444 is used to rotate the adapter 1464 to one of the three operational positions of the multi-position valve 1712 when the stepper motor 1442 is activated.
- the position signals from the position sensors 1450 may be used to control the operation of the stepper motor 1442 to selectively place the multi-position valve 1712 in one of the three operational positions.
- the computer hardware/software associated with the fluid control module 1400 and/or injector 1300 may use the position signals from the position sensors 1450 as input signals and control operation of the stepper motor 1442 based on the information contained in the position signals (i.e., select a desired operational state for the multi-position valve 1412 ).
- the valve actuator 1404 further includes a support assembly 1468 for supporting the multi-position valve 1712 in the valve actuator 1404 .
- the support assembly includes a valve retainer 1469 and a housing 1470 for enclosing and supporting the valve retainer 1469 .
- the valve retainer 1469 includes three snap positions or mounts 1471 adapted to engage the body of the multi-position valve 1712 to secure the multi-position valve 1712 in the valve actuator 1404 .
- the valve retainer 1469 may be formed of a plastic material and the housing 1470 may be formed of a more robust material for protecting the multi-position valve 1712 and may be provided, for example, as a machined aluminum part.
- the adapter 1464 generally extends through a central opening 1472 in the valve retainer 1469 to engage the body of the multi-position valve 1712 and, in particular, receive the handle of the multi-position valve 1712 in the side opening 1465 , to operatively associate the multi-position valve 1712 with the actuating components of the valve actuator 1404 .
- the valve retainer 1469 has a proximal engagement structure 1473 that defines the central opening 1472 .
- the engagement structure 1473 coacts with a mating circumferentially-extending edge 1474 on the actuator 1464 so that the axial force associated with inserting the body of the multi-position valve 1712 into the snap positions 1471 is transmitted via the actuator 1464 to the body of the shaft interface 1446 and the base support member 1440 .
- the axial movement associated with inserting the multi-position valve 1712 into the valve retainer 1469 causes the body of the multi-position valve 1712 to contact and engage the distal structure 1462 of the actuating member 1460 , thereby causing the actuating member 1460 to move proximally and operatively associate with the valve present sensor 1451 .
- the valve present sensor 1451 once activated, initiates the valve present signal to the fluid control module 1400 and/or injector 1300 .
- the housing 1470 of the support assembly 1468 may be secured to the shaft interface 1446 and the base support member 1440 using the same mechanical fasteners 1443 used to secure the stepper motor 1442 to the base support member 1440 .
- the housing 1470 preferably defines multiple semi-circular cut-outs or recesses 1475 for accommodating the body of the multi-position valve 1712 , and generally corresponding to the snap positions or mounts 1471 formed in the valve retainer 1469 .
- the cut-outs or recesses 1475 provide hard stops for the body of the multi-position valve 1712 , which are provided to prevent the snap positions or mounts 1471 from becoming over-stressed due to repeated insertions and removals of multi-position valves 1712 into and out of the valve actuator 1404 .
- the valve actuator 1404 after being assembled to include all of the various components discussed hereinabove, may be installed as a unit in the fluid control module 1400 .
- the handle of the multi-position valve 1712 is received in the adapter 1464 .
- the axial force associated with placing the multi-position valve 1712 in the valve retainer 1469 is transmitted via the mating engagement between the engagement structure 1472 on the valve retainer 1469 and the circumferential edge 1474 on the adapter 1464 to the shaft interface 1446 and the base support member 1440 .
- the body of the multi-position valve As the body of the multi-position valve is inserted into the valve retainer 1469 , the body engages the distal structure 1462 of the actuating member 1460 , causing the actuating member 1460 to move proximally into the shaft interface 1446 , with the spokes 1461 of the actuating member 1460 depressing or moving into further engagement with the slots 1458 in the distal portion 1466 of the shaft interface 1446 .
- the axial proximal movement imparted to the actuating member 1460 causes the actuating member 1460 to operatively associate with the valve present sensor 1451 , which initiates a valve present signal to the fluid control module and or injector 1300 . As shown in FIG.
- the actuating member 1460 is preferably biased to a non-operative position relative to the valve present sensor 1451 by a biasing member or device such as a spring 1476 , so that upon removal of the multi-position valve 1712 from the valve retainer 1469 , the actuating member 1460 is moved automatically out of operative association with the valve present sensor 1451 .
- the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 (hereinafter “fluid level sensor 1406 ”) provided on the fluid control module 1400 is shown in greater detail.
- the fluid level sensor 1406 generally interfaces with the drip chambers 1716 associated with the primary and secondary fluid containers 1704 , 1706 .
- the fluid level sensor 1406 is provided to indicate to the operator of the fluid delivery system 1200 that sufficient injection fluid, either primary contrast media or secondary saline, is available for an injection or flushing procedure.
- the fluid level sensor 1406 is generally adapted to indicate to warn the operator when the fluid level in the drip chambers 1716 is below a level sufficient to conduct an injection procedure.
- the fluid level sensor 1406 is provided as a safety feature to ensure that air is not introduced into the fluid path set 1700 during an injection procedure or flushing procedure involving the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the fluid level sensor 1406 generally includes a support plate 1480 , a drip chamber support 1482 , and one or more fluid level sensors 1484 (“hereinafter fluid sensors 1484 ”) which are adapted for association with the drip chambers 1716 connected to the primary and secondary fluid containers 1704 , 1706 .
- the support plate 1480 generally supports the various components of the fluid level sensor 1406 .
- the drip chamber support 1482 is generally secured to the support plate 1480 by suitable mechanical fasteners 1485 or another suitable attachment or mounting scheme.
- the drip chamber support 1482 is preferably a unitary structure that is integrally molded of plastic material, and includes a plurality of attachment or support locations 1486 adapted to support the drip chambers 1716 .
- the drip chamber support 1482 includes snap mounts or positions 1488 for securing the bodies 1734 of the drip chambers 1716 in the fluid level sensor 1406 , and operatively associated with the fluid sensors 1484 .
- the snap mounts 1488 may be adapted to engage inlet and outlet ports of the drip chambers 1716 , as shown in FIG. 26 .
- the drip chamber support 1482 defines respective openings 1490 for receiving the fluid sensors 1484 , and associating the fluid sensors 1484 with the drip chambers 1716 .
- the openings 1490 are positioned to allow the fluid sensors 1484 to be operatively associated with the projection 1740 formed on the bodies 1734 of the respective drip chambers 1716 .
- the fluid sensors 1484 may physically contact the projections 1740 on the drip chambers 1716 , when the drip chambers 1716 are secured in the support locations 1486 on the drip chamber support 1482 .
- the fluid sensors 1484 may be optical or ultrasonic sensors. A suitable ultrasonic sensor for the fluid sensors 1484 is manufactured by Omron.
- a gasket 1492 may be provided between the drip chamber support 1482 and the support plate 1480 to prevent fluid intrusion between the drip chamber support 1482 and the support plate 1480 , which could damage the fluid sensors 1484 .
- Indicator lights 1494 may be associated with the support locations 1486 to illuminate the drip chambers 1716 .
- the indicator lights 1494 are further adapted to visually indicate when the fluid level in the drip chambers 1716 drops to an unsafe level during operation of the fluid delivery system 1200 , for example by changing modes to an intermittent mode and blinking to indicate to the operator that insufficient fluid is available for an injection procedure.
- the indicator lights 1494 provide “back-lighting” for not only the drip chambers 1716 but also the medical tubing associated with the drip chambers 1716 , and light the medical tubing and drip chambers 1716 in such a manner that the medical tubing and the drip chambers 1716 form a “light pipe” that illuminates at least part if not all of the first section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700 .
- the back lighting allows the operator of the fluid delivery system 1200 to easily visually inspect the drip chambers 1716 to check the fluid level present in the drip chambers 1716 .
- the fluid sensors 1484 are generally adapted to provide fluid level signals to the computer hardware/software associated with the fluid control module 1400 and/or injector 1300 to indicate the fluid levels in the drip chambers 1716 .
- the fluid sensors 1484 may be further adapted to initiate an alarm signal to the computer hardware/software associated with the fluid control module 1400 and/or the injector 1300 when the fluid level in the drip chambers 1716 falls to an unsafe level.
- the computer hardware/software associated with the fluid control module 1400 and/or the injector 1300 may be adapted to respond to the alarm signal by halting the on-going injection procedure.
- the fluid sensors 1484 are tilted or angled at a slight or small angle relative to a vertical axis generally parallel to the face of the support plate 1480 .
- the slight angle for example 3°, is selected to complement the projection 1740 on the bodies 1734 of the drip chambers 1716 .
- the projection 1740 on the bodies of the drip chambers 1716 is preferably tapered at a small angle, such as 3°.
- the projection 1740 on the bodies 1734 of the drip chambers 1716 is preferably tapered inward at a small angle from the top end 1736 to the bottom end 1738 on the drip chambers 1716 , as illustrated in FIG. 26 .
- the fluid sensors 1784 are positioned in the openings 1490 to compliment the tapered projections 1740 on the respective drip chambers 1716 , and preferably physically contact the projections 1740 as indicated previously.
- the fluid control module 1400 includes a peristaltic pump 1408 that is associated with the secondary fluid container 1706 .
- the peristaltic pump 1408 or an equivalent device, is used to deliver fluid from the secondary fluid container 1706 to a patient typically between fluid injections from the primary fluid container 1704 , which are delivered via the syringe 1702 and the injector 1300 .
- the peristaltic pump 1408 is generally adapted to deliver a set flow rate of the secondary fluid, for example saline, to the patient via the second section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 .
- the peristaltic pump 1408 may be a conventional pump known in the art.
- the peristaltic pump 1408 includes a pump head 1496 , a base plate 1497 for mounting the pump head 1496 to the front portion or side 1426 of the housing 1402 , and an enclosure or door structure 1498 for enclosing the pump head 1496 .
- Mechanical fasteners 1499 may be used to secure the pump head 1496 to the base plate 1497 , and may further be used to secure the base plate 1497 to the front side 1426 of the housing 1402 .
- the front side 1426 of the housing 1402 preferably includes opposing guides 1500 , 1502 located above and below the peristaltic pump 1408 for securing medical tubing generally used to connect the secondary fluid container 1706 to the second section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 via the peristaltic pump 1408 .
- the output line 1718 from the drip chamber 1716 associated with the secondary fluid container 1706 is associated with the peristaltic pump 1408 , and may be secured in operative engagement with the peristaltic pump 1408 using the opposing guides 1500 , 1502 .
- the guides 1500 , 1502 may be integrally formed with the front side or portion 1426 of the housing 1402 and generally define L-shaped slots 1503 , which are generally adapted to receive the medical tubing forming the output line 1718 .
- FIG. 9 illustrates the use of the guides 1500 , 1502 , with the medical tubing extending from the secondary fluid container 1706 and associated with peristaltic pump 1408 received in the guides 1500 , 1502 in accordance with the present invention.
- the door structure 1498 of the peristaltic pump 1408 may be adapted to prevent gravity flow from the secondary fluid container 1706 when the peristaltic pump 1408 is not in operation, and further secures the output line 1718 in operative association with the pump head 1496 , as is conventional in the art.
- the shut-off or pinch valve 1410 of the fluid control module 1400 is shown.
- the pinch valve 1410 is provided downstream of the peristaltic pump 1408 and is used as back-up fluid shut-off mechanism to discontinue fluid flow to the second section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 when the peristaltic pump 1408 ceases operation.
- the pinch valve 1410 is adapted to open for fluid flow during operation of the peristaltic pump 1408 , and is further adapted to automatically close when the peristaltic pump 1408 ceases operation to prevent air from being introduced into the second section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 .
- the pinch valve 1410 generally prevents gravity flow to the second section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 when the peristaltic pump 1408 is not in operation, and is generally provided as a back-up shut-off mechanism to the peristaltic pump 1408 .
- the pinch valve 1410 may be a conventional pinch valve, such as that manufactured by Acro Associates.
- the pinch valve 1410 is mounted to the front side or portion 1426 of the housing 1402 by a bracket 1504 and mechanical fasteners 1505 .
- a gasket 1506 may be used to seal the connection between the pinch valve 1410 and the front side or portion 1426 of the housing 1402 .
- the air detector assembly 1412 of the fluid control module 1400 is shown in greater detail.
- the air detector assembly 1412 is adapted to detect gross air columns that may be present in the output line 1718 connected to the drip chamber 1716 associated with the secondary fluid container 1706 , and the output line 1719 associated with the multi-position valve 1712 .
- the air detector assembly 1412 is generally adapted to initiate a signal to the computer hardware/software associated with the fluid control module 1400 and/or injector 1300 , if gross air is detected in the medical tubing forming the output line 1719 associated with the multi-position valve 1712 or in the medical tubing forming the output line 1718 and further associated with the peristaltic pump 1408 .
- the fluid control module 1400 and injector 1300 are preferably adapted to discontinue any on-going fluid injection procedures if the air detector assembly 1412 detects gross air in the output line 1718 or the output line 1719 .
- the air detector assembly 1412 generally includes a sensor section 1508 and a retaining device 1510 for securing the medical tubing forming the output line 1718 and output line 1719 .
- the sensor section 1508 generally includes two air column detectors 1512 adapted to detect the presence of gross air in the medical tubing secured by the retaining device 1510 .
- the air column detectors 1512 may be conventional air detectors such as those manufactured by Zevex.
- the sensor section 1508 may be secured to the retaining device 1510 with mechanical fasteners 1513 .
- the retaining device 1510 is generally adapted to secure the medical tubing forming the output line 1718 and output line 1719 in operative association with the air column detectors 1512 .
- the retaining device 1510 generally includes a base 1514 and a closure assembly 1516 associated with the base 1514 .
- the sensor section 1508 is secured to the base 1514 with the mechanical fasteners 1513 .
- the base 1514 defines two front openings 1518 for receiving the air column detectors 1512 and associating the air column detectors 1512 with the medical tubing.
- the air column detectors 1512 each define a recess 1520 for receiving the medical tubing, as shown in FIG. 30 .
- the closure assembly 1516 is generally adapted to secure the engagement of the medical tubing in the recesses 1520 in the air column detectors 1512 .
- the closure assembly 1516 is formed by two closure members or doors 1522 , which are generally adapted to move from a closed position securing the medical tubing in the recesses 1520 , to an open position permitting removal or disengagement of the medical tubing from the recesses 1520 .
- the closure members 1522 are pivotally connected to the base 1514 by pins 1524 , and are preferably biased to the open position by respective torsion springs 1526 associated with the pins 1524 .
- the closure members 1522 may include projections 1528 that cooperate at least partially with the recesses 1520 in the air column detectors 1512 to secure the medical tubing in the recesses 1520 when the closure members 1522 are in the closed position.
- the closure members 1522 are preferably formed of a substantially clear plastic material to permit viewing of the medical tubing in the recesses 1520 when the closure members 1522 are in the closed position.
- a releasable locking mechanism or device 1530 may be associated with the retaining device 1510 for securing the closure members 1522 in the closed position.
- the locking mechanism 1530 is provided to counteract the biasing force of the torsion springs 1526 .
- the locking mechanism 1530 includes two sliders 1532 that are spring-loaded by a spring 1533 .
- the closure members 1522 generally engage the sliders 1532 , as shown in FIG. 30 , and push against the spring-force to allow the closure members 1522 to move past the sliders 1532 , and then allow the sliders 1532 to engage the closure members 1522 to hold the closure members 1522 in the closed position.
- the sliders 1532 may be retracted against the spring-force by two buttons 1534 located on opposing sides of the base 1514 .
- buttons 1534 By depressing the buttons 1534 , the sliders 1532 are retracted, which allows the closure members 1522 to spring open under the biasing force of the torsion springs 1526 .
- a cover plate 1535 may enclose the sliders 1532 of the locking mechanism 1530 .
- the base 1514 may include recessed structures 1536 located below the front openings 1518 that are adapted to engage the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 of the connectors 1708 in the fluid path set 1700 when the closure members 1522 are in the closed position.
- the closure members 1522 generally secure the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 to the recessed structures 1536 when the closure members 1522 are in the closed position, thereby preventing their movement when the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 being joined and allowing one-handed connection of these parts.
- the recessed structures 1536 are adapted to engage the bodies of the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 , so that first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 in the connectors 1708 of the fluid path set 1700 may be joined or connected with a one-handed operation.
- the recessed structures 1536 are generally adapted to prevent rotation of the first and second connector members 1774 , 1776 when engaged with the recessed structures 1536 , so that the corresponding mating components to be connected to the “engaged” first or second connector member 1774 , 1776 may be joined to the engaged first or second connector member 1774 , 1776 without having to use two hands to manipulate the opposing connecting members.
- a source of power such as 110 or 220 volts of electricity sent through a line cord from a wall socket (not shown) is provided to the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- a master power switch (not shown), preferably situated on either the fluid control module 1400 or the injector 1300 of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 responds through visual indicia, such as the illumination of a green light (not shown) on the fluid control module 1400 or the injector 1300 , to indicate that the fluid delivery system 1200 is in a powered-up state.
- the operator then turns on the user display 210 (See FIG.
- the user display 210 may be turned on prior to the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 responds by undergoing various self-diagnostic checks to determine if the fluid delivery system 1200 exhibits any faults or conditions that would prevent proper operation of the fluid delivery system 1200 . If any of the self-diagnostic checks fail and/or a fault is detected in the fluid delivery system 1200 , a critical error window or screen is displayed on the user display 210 , which may instruct the operator to contact service personnel to remedy the fault or instruct the operator on how to remedy the fault himself or herself.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 will not allow an operator to proceed with an injection if any of the self-diagnostic checks have failed. However, if all self-diagnostic checks are passed, the fluid delivery system 1200 proceeds to display a main control screen on the user display 210 .
- the main control screen includes various on-screen controls, such as buttons, that may be accessed by the operator via the touch-screen of the user display 210 .
- the on-screen controls may include, but are not limited to, selectable options, menus, sub-menus, input fields, virtual keyboards, etc.
- the operator may therefore utilize the touch-screen of the user display 210 to program one or more injection cycles of the fluid delivery system 1200 , and to display performance parameters.
- input to the user display 210 may also be accomplished by providing an on-screen cursor and external pointing device, such as a trackball or mouse, that is operatively associated with the on-screen cursor.
- the operator may stop any automatic functions of the fluid delivery system 1200 by touching an “Abort” button or anywhere on the user display 210 .
- the main control screen includes a “New Case Setup” button, that when touched, initiates a “New Case Setup” screen to be displayed on the user display 210 .
- a “new case” is representative of one or more injections for a specific patient and, therefore, having specific parameters inputted and associated therewith.
- the operator touches the “New Case Setup” button and, subsequently, the resultant “New Case Setup” screen displays a “Multi-Patient Syringe” button. After touching the “Multi-Patient Syringe” button, the operator is presented with a screen displaying a “Retract” button and an “Engage Plunger” button displayed thereon.
- the operator touches the “Retract” button and the fluid delivery system 1200 retracts the piston associated with the injector 1300 .
- the operator may then remove the syringe 1702 from its package, orient the syringe 1702 to fit the pressure jacket assembly of the injector 1300 , and place the syringe 1702 into the pressure jacket of the pressure jacket assembly.
- the “Multi-Patient Syringe” screen remains on the user display 210 .
- the operator touches the “Engage Plunger” button, which causes the injector piston to move forward.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 continues to move the injector piston forward until the injector piston engages the syringe plunger in the syringe 1702 , and mechanically locks thereto. An audible clicking noise is produced to indicate a secure coupling between the injector piston and the syringe plunger. Thereafter, the syringe plunger travels the length of the syringe 1702 to the distal end of the syringe 1702 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may provide visual feedback of this action to the operator via the user display 210 .
- the operator rotates the injector head of the injector 1300 into an upright position to allow any air to collect at the distal end of the syringe 1702 when the syringe 1702 is subsequently filled.
- the user display 210 then reverts to the “New Case Setup” screen.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 is now ready to accept the installation of the first section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700 .
- the operator removes the first section 1710 from its package.
- the first section 1710 is preferably provided in a sterile condition in the package.
- the operator touches a “Multi-Patient Section” button, which causes the user display 210 to show an image of the fluid control module 1400 , bottle holders (i.e., primary and secondary fluid containers 1704 , 1706 ), and injector 1300 , with an overview of the first section 1710 highlighted in relation to these components.
- the user display 210 also displays an “Install Saline” and an “Install Contrast” button.
- This enumerated list may include, but is not limited, to actions such as (1) Install saline tubing (which is depicted as a button); (2) Spike saline; (3) Fill drip chamber; and (4) Finish with saline.
- the fluid control module 1400 opens the pinch valve 1410 .
- the operator installs the saline container i.e., secondary fluid container 1706 ).
- the operator now installs the drip chamber 1716 associated with the secondary fluid container 1706 into place, and then opens the peristaltic pump 1408 .
- the operator then routes the medical tubing forming the output line 1718 from the drip chamber 1716 through the peristaltic pump 1408 into the pinch valve 1410 and into the air detector assembly 1412 .
- the operator closes the peristaltic pump 1408 .
- the text on the “Close Saline Tubing” button changes to read “Install Saline Tubing.”
- the operator spikes the secondary fluid container 1706 with spike 1717 , fills the drip chamber 1716 by squeezing or “priming” it, and touches a “Complete” button.
- the fluid control module 1400 now closes the pinch valve 1410 .
- the user display 210 may provide visual indicia, such as a darkening of the saline portion, to indicate that the saline installation is completed successfully. Then, the operator touches the “Install Contrast” button, which causes an enumerated list of actions corresponding to enumerated sections of the image relating to the contrast to be displayed. This enumerated list may include, but is not limited to actions such as: (1) Install contrast (which is depicted as a button); (2) Attach high pressure line (i.e., input line 1721 ) to syringe; (3) Spike contrast; (4) Fill drip chamber; and (5) Finish with contrast.
- Install contrast which is depicted as a button
- Attach high pressure line i.e., input line 1721
- the operator hangs the contrast bottle (i.e., primary fluid container 1704 ) and touches the “Install Contrast” button. Thereafter, the fluid control module 1400 turns the valve actuator 1404 to the inject position. The operator now installs the drip chamber 1716 associated with the primary fluid container 1706 in place in the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 , the multi-position valve 1712 in the valve retainer 1469 in the housing 1470 , and the output line 1718 in the air detector assembly 1412 . Then, the operator closes the air detector assembly 1412 . Thereafter, the operator attaches the high pressure input line 1721 to the multi-position valve to the syringe 1702 .
- the contrast bottle i.e., primary fluid container 1704
- the fluid control module 1400 turns the valve actuator 1404 to the inject position.
- the operator now installs the drip chamber 1716 associated with the primary fluid container 1706 in place in the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 , the multi-position valve 1712 in the valve retainer 1469 in the housing 1470
- the user display 210 may provide visual indicia, such as a darkening of the contrast portion, to indicate that the contrast installation is completed. It is to be understood that the installation of the “contrast portion” and “saline portion” of the first section 1710 may be performed in parallel instead of serially. Furthermore, the order of installation between the contrast portion and the saline portion of the first section 1710 may be reversed. Moreover, the internal sequence for installing the contrast portion and the saline portion may vary in numerous ways in accordance with the present invention.
- the syringe 1702 may now be initially filled with contrast media from the primary fluid container 1706 .
- the operator touches a “Fill Contrast” button on the user display 210 , which causes the fluid delivery system 1200 to enter an auto-fill mode, and to place the multi-position valve 1712 in the fill position.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 moves the injector piston proximally at a controlled rate, such as 3 mL/s, which causes contrast media to be drawn from the primary fluid container 1704 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may provide visual feedback of this action to the operator via the user display 210 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may display on the user display 210 the current volume in the syringe 1702 based upon the position of the injector piston.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 proceeds to draw contrast until a predetermined event occurs, such as the total remaining volume in the syringe 1702 reaches a preset or pre-chosen amount or the contrast media volume in the primary fluid container 1706 is depleted completely.
- the multi-position valve 1712 is then turned to the closed or isolate position by the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 is now configured to undergo a purge of any air in the tubing of the first section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700 . Specifically, the operator removes the protective caps 1798 from the first section 1710 . Thereafter, the operator touches a “Purge Contrast” button on the “New Case Setup” screen, which causes the fluid delivery system 1200 to move the multi-position valve 1712 to the inject position. Then, the fluid delivery system 1200 moves the injector piston forward at a predetermined rate, such as 1.0 to 1.5 mL/s, which causes any gas or liquid to be discharged from the syringe 1702 , and the first section 1710 . The operator ensures that the discharged fluid is caught manually in a suitable container.
- a predetermined rate such as 1.0 to 1.5 mL/s
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may stop the purge automatically, for example, once 5 mL of liquid or air is purged, based upon the relative injector piston movement.
- the operator may facilitate the removal of any remaining trapped air by tapping the body of the pressure jacket, joints, valves, and medical tubing in the first section 1710 . It is to be understood that the purging operation may be repeated as necessary to ensure that all air is expelled from the syringe 1702 and the first section 1710 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 then causes the user display 210 to return to the “New Case Setup” screen. The operator may now install a new set of protector caps 1798 to the exposed ends of the first section 1710 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 now may undergo a purge of any air in the saline portion of the first section 1710 .
- the operator touches a “Purge Saline” button on the “New Case Setup” screen, which causes the fluid delivery system 1200 to open the pinch valve 1410 , and turn on the peristaltic pump 1408 .
- Saline from the secondary fluid container 1706 begins to drip at a predetermined flow rate, such as 1.25 mL/s, which causes any gas or liquid to be discharged from the first section 1710 .
- the operator ensures that the discharged fluid is caught manually in a suitable container.
- the operator touches the “Purge Saline” button again to stop the purge.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may stop the purge automatically after, for example, 5 seconds have passed since the initiation of the purge.
- the operator may facilitate the removal of any remaining trapped air by manually tapping the joints, valves, and tubing in the first section 1710 .
- the purging operation may be repeated as necessary to ensure that substantially all air, particularly gross air, is expelled from the first section 1710 .
- the operator touches a “Complete” button, which causes the user display 210 to return to the “New Case Setup” screen. It is to be understood that the order of purging the contrast and saline portions of the first section 1710 may be reversed.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 is ready to accept the installation of the second section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 .
- the operator removes the protector caps 1798 from the first section 1710 and removes the second section 1720 from its package. Then, the operator may secure the patient end of the second section 1720 to an imaging table or other securing point. The operator then removes the protector caps 1798 from the second section 1720 . Thereafter, the operator connects the connectors 1708 associated with the first and second sections 1710 , 1720 to fluidly connect these sets or sections.
- the operator attaches the male connector of the low-pressure saline tubing to the female connector of the first section 1710 and attaches the female contrast connector of the high-pressure contrast tubing to the male connector of the first section 1710 .
- the order of connecting the low pressure saline tubing and the high pressure contrast tubing to their respective connectors 1708 may be reversed.
- the operator may now optionally place a sterile cover (not shown) on the user display 210 to maintain a sterile environment.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 is now configured to undergo a purge of any air in both the contrast portion (i.e., contrast lines), and saline portion, (i.e., saline lines), of the first section 1710 and the second section 1720 .
- the operator removes a cap (not shown) on the pressure isolation port 1761 .
- the operator touches the “Purge Contrast” button on the user display 210 , which causes the fluid delivery system 1200 to move the multi-position valve 1712 to the inject position.
- the contrast begins to flow through the contrast tubing, to fill the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 , and then to flow out of the pressure isolation port 1761 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may stop the purge automatically, once a predetermined amount, for example 5 mL, of fluid or air is purged, based upon the relative piston movement.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 moves the multi-position valve 1712 to the closed position.
- the operator then attaches a pressure transducer (See FIGS. 7B-7F ) or line to the pressure isolation port 1761 .
- the operator initiates a contrast purging by touching the “Purge Contrast” button on the user display 210 , which causes the fluid delivery system 1200 to move the multi-position valve 1712 to the inject position.
- the contrast begins to flow through the pressure isolation port 1761 and pressure transducer. Subsequently, the operator turns the transducer multi-position valve 1712 to the inject position.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 then moves the injector piston forward at a predetermined rate, such as 1.0 to 1.5 mL/s, which causes any gas or liquid to be discharged from the syringe 1702 , first section 1710 , and the second section 1720 .
- the operator ensures that the discharged fluid is caught manually in a suitable container. After the operator is satisfied that all or most of the visible gross air is discharged, the operator touches the “Purge Contrast” button again to stop the purge.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may stop the purge automatically, once a predetermined amount, for example 5 mL, of fluid or air is purged, based upon the relative piston movement.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 moves the multi-position valve 1712 to the closed position.
- the operator may facilitate the removal of any remaining trapped air by manually tapping the pressure isolation mechanism 1722 , connectors, valves, and tubing in both the first section 1710 and the second section 1720 , and adjusting the second multi-position valve 1730 as necessary. It is to be understood that the purging operation may be repeated as necessary to ensure that all gross air has been expelled from the fluid path set 1700 .
- the operator touches the “Purge Saline” button, which causes the fluid delivery system 1200 to open the pinch valve 1410 and turn on the peristaltic pump 1408 .
- Saline from the secondary fluid container 1706 begins to drip at a predetermined flow rate, such as 1.25 mL/s, which causes any air in the saline portion of the fluid path set 1700 to be expelled.
- the operator ensures that the discharged saline is manually caught in a suitable container. After the operator is satisfied that all or most of the visible air is discharged, the operator touches the “Purge Saline” button again to stop the purge.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may stop the purge automatically after, for example, 5 seconds have passed since the initiation of the purge.
- the operator may facilitate the removal of any remaining trapped air by manually tapping the various components of the fluid path set 1700 in the manner discussed previously. It is to be understood that the purging operation may be repeated as necessary to ensure that all air is expelled from the fluid path set 1700 . Thereafter, the operator touches the “Complete” button, which causes the display to return to the “New Case Setup” screen. It is to be understood that the order of purging the contrast portion and then the saline portion of the fluid path set 1700 , may be reversed.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may be configured to allow an operator to purge the contrast and saline portions of the fluid path set 1700 line by utilizing the hand controller 400 as opposed to solely utilizing the on-screen controls.
- the hand controller 400 may be connected to the fluid control module 1400 at any time during the installation of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the connector end of the hand controller connector secures to the hand controller plug of the fluid control module 1400 .
- Connection of the hand controller 400 may cause an icon representing the connected hand controller 400 to be displayed on the user display 210 .
- a preferred embodiment of the hand controller 400 is disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 60/560,496, filed Apr. 8, 2004, and entitled HAND HELD CONTROL DEVICE FOR A FLUID DELIVERY SYSTEM, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the operator may utilize a setup wizard interface 1801 to aid in the installation and operation of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the setup wizard interface 1801 allows the operator of the fluid delivery system 1200 to follow graphical representations and textual instructions concerning the installation of various components and steps to be followed in ensuring proper operation of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the exemplary setup wizard interface 1801 is accessed from the main control screen and is displayed on the user display 210 .
- the setup wizard interface 1801 may be divided into distinct portions, such as a graphical portion 1802 , an instructional portion 1804 , and an individual component and process setup portion 1806 .
- the individual component and process setup portion 1806 may include a series of on-screen buttons such as a “Multi-Patient Syringe” button, a “Multi-Patient Section” button, and a “Single Patient Section” button, relating to respective components of the fluid delivery system. Additionally, the individual component setup and process setup portion 1806 may include another series of buttons such as a “Fill Syringe” button, a “Purge Contrast” button, and a “Purge Saline” button, relating to respective processes of the fluid delivery system 1200 . Desirably, each of these buttons maintains a series of corresponding instructions associated therewith, that display within the instructional portion 1804 of the setup wizard when the respective button is selected.
- the instructions displayed within the instructional portion 1804 may also reference related portions of the fluid delivery system 1200 , or parts thereof that are graphically depicted within the graphical portion 1802 . Furthermore, the instructions of the instructional portion 1804 may also contain embedded buttons associated with other instructions for components or installation procedures related thereto. When these additional buttons are selected, the instructions associated therewith are then displayed in the same instructional portion 1804 . For example, if the operator selects an “Install Saline Tubing” 1808 button, as shown in FIG. 35 , the instructions associated therewith, namely: (1) Install drip chamber; (2) Open pump door; (3) Install saline line; (4) Close pump door; (5) Spike saline bag; and, (6) Fill drip chamber, appear within the instructional portion 1804 , as shown in FIG. 36 . The instructional portion 1804 may also display related tips, warnings, or advisements. For example, a message informing the operator that the patient must be disconnected prior to engagement of the plunger, displays beneath the “Engage plunger” instruction, as shown in FIG. 34 .
- the setup wizard interface 1801 is laid out such that certain instructional portions 1804 of the pre-injection setup sequence may be bypassed depending upon the operator's familiarity with the setup of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the operator need not follow the instructions provided by the setup wizard interface 1801 in a linear fashion. For example, a novice operator may want to proceed linearly with the instructions for setup, whereas a more skilled operator may want to view only instructions regarding setup of specific components and installation steps of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the setup wizard interface 1801 therefore, efficiently conveys the requisite information for proper setup of the fluid delivery system 1200 to operators of various degrees of familiarity and knowledge of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the operator of the fluid delivery system 1200 may administer either a fixed rate injection or a variable rate injection in conjunction with a saline flush delivery.
- the user display allows the operator to input various data relating to each type of injection to be administered.
- the user display 210 preferably provides visual and/or audio feedback during the delivery of the contrast in the injection cycle including, but not limited to, values corresponding to the flow rate, volume, and pressure limit relating to that particular injection cycle. It is to be understood that values displayed on the display 210 unit may be dynamic, such that with each varying plunger depression of the hand controller 400 , new values for the flow rate, volume, and pressure limit may be displayed on the user display.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 provides for various modes of refilling the syringe once the fluid delivery system 1200 determines that there is insufficient contrast media to perform an injection.
- a full automatic type refill is defined as a refill that occurs after the initial filling of the syringe 1702 .
- the full automatic type of refill automatically fills the syringe 1702 with a maximum volume of contrast media that the syringe 1702 may hold, for example, 150 mL.
- refill commands are automatically given from the user display 210 without any operator intervention.
- a predetermined automatic type of refill fills the syringe 1702 with a predetermined operator specified volume, for example 25, 50, 75, or 100 mL.
- a manual type of fill allows the operator to fill the syringe 1702 by utilizing the on-screen controls, whenever the operator deems a refill to be necessary.
- a manual type fill includes a start and stop refill function associated therewith.
- the manual fill is still subject to programming of the fluid delivery system 1200 and the operator, in the manual fill mode, will be selecting from a menu of fill levels rather than an independently chosen level.
- the operator may indicate to the fluid delivery system 1200 which refill type is to be used when additional contrast is required to finish an injection. Once a refill type is selected, the refill type remains in place until changed by the operator.
- the operator may touch a “Protocol” button on the main control screen to display a protocol screen with an “Options” button displayed thereon.
- the operator touches the “Options” button, which causes a list of options to appear, such as a “Refill Type” button.
- the operator is typically presented with three refill types, namely (1) Full Automatic, for example to 150 mL; (2) Predetermined, for example 25, 50, 75, or 100 mL; and, (3) Manual.
- a pop-up window confirming the automatic refill request may appear. If the operator selects the predetermined refill, a list of fill volumes appears, which requires the operator to choose from one of the fill volumes. Desirably, the fill volumes are listed in manageable 25 mL increments, as an example. If the operator selects the manual refill, then a pop-up window confirming the manual refill request may appear. Once the operator is satisfied with using a particular refill type for the instant injection cycle, the operator may then confirm the use of this refill type by touching another confirmation button, such as an “OK” button.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may maintain pre-programmed fluid delivery programs, (i.e., protocols), stored therein.
- protocols i.e., protocols
- the operator may program and store protocols, and recall previously stored protocols corresponding to injection elements, such as the desired flow rate, volume, pressure limit, rise time, and optionally delay.
- a protocol is programmed and recalled via the on-screen controls of the user display 210 . Specifically, the operator navigates to the protocol screen by touching, for example, the “Protocol” button, if not there already.
- a “Fixed Flow” or “Variable Flow” mode button which indicates whether a protocol relating to a fixed or variable flow injection, respectively, will be programmed. It is to be understood that not all injection elements may be changed by the operator when entering values relating to the variable flow injection.
- a pop-up window confirming the request to enter into programming mode may appear, which requires the operator to confirm the request.
- the operator then touches a flow rate button.
- Visual indicia such as inversing the color of the button, may indicate that indeed this or any button was touched by the operator.
- a parameter range for the allowable flow rate is displayed, along with the virtual numeric keyboard for entering the flow rate.
- the operator enters the desired flow rate and may touch a confirmation button, such as “Enter” to confirm the entered flow rate.
- the operator touches a volume button A parameter range for the allowable volume is displayed, along with the virtual numeric keyboard for entering the volume.
- the operator enters the desired volume and may confirm the volume by touching the “Enter” button.
- the operator touches a pressure limit button.
- a parameter range for the allowable pressure range is displayed, along with the virtual numeric keyboard for entering the pressure.
- the operator enters the desired pressure and may confirm the pressure by touching the “Enter” button.
- the operator touches a “Rise” button.
- a parameter range for the allowable rise time is then displayed, along with the virtual numeric keyboard for entering the rise time.
- the operator enters the rise time and may confirm the rise time by touching the “Enter” button. It is to be understood that any of the above values be entered in varying orders.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 is programmed to alert the operator if a requested command or entered value is outside the predefined parameters. This alert may be accomplished through either audio or visual indicia, such as a beep or an on-screen alert message, respectively.
- the operator may store the protocol into any available memory position of the fluid delivery system 1200 for future use of the protocol in other injection cycles with other patients. Specifically, the operator touches a “Store” button. The virtual alphanumeric keyboard for entering a name for the corresponding protocol is displayed. The operator may enter an appropriate name and confirm the name by touching the “Enter” button.
- the operator may recall any previously stored protocol from the memory of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the operator may navigate to the protocol screen by touching a “Protocol” button, if not already there. Thereafter, the operator touches a “Recall” button.
- the fluid delivery system displays a screen showing all available, saved, preprogrammed protocols. The operator may recall, or select any of the protocols by touching the corresponding button of the protocol. Accordingly, the fluid delivery system displays the values associated with that particular protocol, as previously stored in memory. If the operator is satisfied with using this protocol for the instant injection cycle, the operator may confirm the use of this protocol by touching another confirmation button, such as an “OK” button.
- the corresponding fixed rate injection or a variable rate injection may be performed. It is to be understood that either the fixed rate or the variable rate injections may be performed by the hand controller 400 . Alternatively, injections may be performed directly through the on-screen controls of the user display 210 , bypassing the need for the hand controller 400 or the foot pedal.
- the fixed rate injection is initiated by the operator by depressing the plunger on the hand controller 400 . Subsequently, the air detector assembly 1412 turns on and begins to monitor for any air within the lines.
- the multi-position valve 1712 rotates to the inject position.
- the injector piston accelerates to a programmed rate in the rise time allotted.
- the contrast media flows until either the operator releases the plunger or the programmed volume, as specified by the protocol, is delivered. After any of these conditions has been met, the injector piston ceases forward movement.
- the multi-position valve 1712 rotates to a closed or isolate position preferably after a set period of time to allow residual contrast media to exit the syringe 1702 , and the air detector assembly 1412 enters into a sleep-mode.
- variable rate injection is initiated by the operator by depressing the plunger on the hand controller 400 . Subsequently, the air detector mechanism 1412 turns on to monitor for any air within the lines.
- the multi-position valve 1712 rotates to the inject position.
- the injector piston moves forward corresponding to a percentage of an acceleration rate as determined by the position of the plunger of the hand controller 400 .
- the contrast flows until either the operator releases the plunger or the programmed volume, as specified by the protocol, is delivered. After any of these conditions is met, the injector piston ceases forward movement. Thereafter, the multi-position valve 1712 preferably remains open for a preset or predetermined amount of time, to allow residual contrast media to exit the syringe 1702 .
- the multi-position valve 1712 rotates to a closed position. If the entire programmed volume is delivered in a variable flow rate mode, then the injector 1300 rearms. If the operator releases the hand controller actuating member or assembly before the entire programmed volume is delivered, the multi-position valve 1712 remains open for the predetermined amount of time and then closes. It is to be understood that at the end of each variable rate injection, the fluid delivery system 1200 creates a sharp bolus within the contrast tubing downstream of the multi-position valve 1712 , by suppressing the delivery of contrast media that is not delivered at the programmed flow rate.
- a sharp bolus of contrast media may be defined as a distinct or defined column of liquid having well-defined opposing ends or boundaries.
- the multi-position valve 1712 may have a simple vent for expelling liquid and relieving the excess pressure.
- the injector piston may be moved slowly backward or proximally in a controlled manner, so that no vacuum is created in the contrast tubing, and so that no audible sound, such as a whizzing sound, is produced. Desirably, this result is accomplished by having the fluid delivery system 1200 turning the voltage applied to the injector head motor on and off in short increments, thereby creating a controlled sequence of release/stop movements of the injector piston until the pressure in the syringe 1702 is equalized.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 After the pressure drops to the system friction of the fluid delivery system 1200 , which is mostly comprised of the static friction between the syringe plunger and the syringe 1702 and the internal mechanical components of the injector head of the injector 1300 , the fluid delivery system 1200 is ready for another injection. This process is repeated until the programmed volume has been delivered. Thereafter, the air detector assembly 1412 enters into a sleep-mode.
- the saline flush delivery or injection may be performed at any time during the injection cycle, except when contrast is flowing.
- initiating the saline injection requires the operator to depress the saline actuator or saline button of the hand controller 400 .
- the air detector assembly 1412 of the fluid control module 1400 turns on to monitor for any air in the medical tubing associated with the saline portion of the fluid path set 1700 .
- the pinch valve 1410 retracts to allow for the flow of saline from the secondary fluid container 1706 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may be configured to permit the flow of saline until the operator releases the saline button on the hand controller 400 , presses the saline button again, or until a predetermined amount of time lapses from the initiation of the flow of saline.
- the saline flow stops once movement in the peristaltic pump 1408 ceases. Thereafter, the pinch valve 1410 moves to a closed position and the air detector assembly 1412 enters into a sleep-mode.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may display an instantaneous average value for a corresponding flow rate, fluid pressure, volume delivered for the most recent individual injection within the injection cycle, and a cumulative volume delivered to the patient, up to and including, the most recent injection.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may display a peak flow rate, a peak fluid pressure, a volume delivered for the most recent individual injection within the injection cycle, and a cumulative volume delivered to the patient during the entire delivery.
- the fluid delivery system may exist in either an armed or unarmed state, which corresponds respectively to whether or not the operator is allowed to perform an injection.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may enter a disarmed or safe state when certain conditions are met including, but not limited to, failure of a self-diagnostic check, detection of air in either the contrast or saline portions of the fluid path set 1700 , absence of some of the requisite components, and the reaching of a pressure limit that is deemed to be unsafe for the patient. The converse of these conditions and/or other factors must be present for the fluid delivery system 1200 to enter the armed state.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may provide various visual and/or audible alarms to the operator to identify specific conditions that arise during the functioning of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- Such conditions may include, but are not limited to the arming/disarming of the fluid delivery system 1200 and the state thereof, the detection of air in the fluid path, the insufficiency or unavailability of fluid in the fluid delivery path or fluid supply to perform an injection, and the reaching of a pressure disarm limit.
- the support assembly 1600 of the fluid delivery system 1200 includes a support arm 1602 for supporting the control section 1800 and the user display 210 in particular.
- a second support arm 1604 extends from a support column 1606 that generally supports the injector and fluid control module 1400 .
- the support arms 1602 , 1604 are associated with a rail interface 1608 which is generally adapted to attach the fluid delivery system 1200 to a hospital bed or examination table 1610 .
- the support column 1606 may include a pedestal interface 1612 for attaching the fluid delivery system 1200 to a movable pedestal 1614 . As shown in FIG.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may either be attached to the examination table 1610 or the movable pedestal 1614 to provide the maximum amount of flexibility and ease in utilizing the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- a rail mount 1616 is attached to a rail 1618 of the examination table 1610 . This allows the rail interface 1608 to be removably attached to the rail mount 1616 .
- the rail mount 1616 indirectly supports the user display 210 , the injector 1300 , and the fluid control module 1400 .
- the movable pedestal 1614 provides mobility to the fluid delivery system 1200 and height adjustability features.
- the movable pedestal 1614 includes a pedestal interface mount 1620 extending therefrom, for attaching the pedestal interface 1612 to the movable pedestal 1614 .
- the pedestal interface mount 1620 may be configured to interface with electrical connections from the pedestal interface 1612 .
- the movable pedestal 1614 further includes a base 1622 for holding loose components related to the fluid delivery system 1200 and the power cables associated therewith.
- a handle 1624 provides access to the interior of the base 1622 .
- the base 1622 may also include a power socket 1626 that interfaces with the power cables (not shown) within the base 1622 .
- a single external power cable (not shown) may be plugged directly into the power socket 1626 to provide sufficient power for operation of the entire fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the movable pedestal 1614 may also include a plurality of casters 1628 having lockable brakes 1630 and wheels 1632 .
- a handle 1634 may be attached to the movable pedestal 1614 to facilitate movement of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the fluid delivery system 1200 may easily be transferred from the pedestal 1614 and to the bed 1610 . It is to be understood that the aforementioned configurations are not to be considered as limiting the placement and positioning of the fluid delivery system 1200 .
- the support assembly 1600 is supported by the pedestal 1614 to enable the fluid delivery system 1200 to be a mobile or transportable fluid delivery system for use in multiple locations in a medical treatment environment, such as a hospital cardiology suite.
- the fluid delivery system 1200 is not tied to a particular location in a hospital setting, such as the angiographic suite, and may be transported to different locations within a hospital as desired.
- the support assembly 1600 as discussed previously, is adapted to detachably interface with the pedestal 1614 , and the detachable interface between the support assembly 1600 and the pedestal 1614 , as well as additional features of the support assembly 1600 and pedestal 1614 will be discussed now in further detail.
- the “mobile” fluid delivery or injector system 1200 is generally comprised by the support assembly 1600 , the fluid delivery and control components supported by the support assembly 1600 , and the pedestal 1614 .
- the components supported by the support assembly 1600 generally include the injector 1300 , fluid control module 1400 , and the control section or assembly 1800 .
- the support assembly 1600 supports the graphical user interface display 210 of the control assembly 1800 , as indicated previously.
- the support assembly 1600 and the components supported thereon may be considered to be a fluid delivery superstructure 1636 . It is this fluid delivery superstructure 1636 that detachably connects or associates with the pedestal 1614 .
- the mobile fluid delivery or injector system 1200 illustrated in FIG. 37 is substantially the same as the mobile fluid delivery system 1200 depicted in FIGS. 32 and 33 , with slight variations.
- the rail interface 1608 is adapted to detachably connect to the examination table 1610 and, more particularly, to the rail mount 1616 connected to the rail 1618 of the examination table 1610 , also referred to herein as a patient examination platform. Details of the rail mount 1616 are discussed herein in connection with FIGS. 42-46 .
- FIGS. 32 and 33 as discussed previously, the rail interface 1608 is adapted to detachably connect to the examination table 1610 and, more particularly, to the rail mount 1616 connected to the rail 1618 of the examination table 1610 , also referred to herein as a patient examination platform. Details of the rail mount 1616 are discussed herein in connection with FIGS. 42-46 . In FIGS.
- the rail interface 1608 engages a receiving opening (not shown) in the rail mount 1616
- the pedestal interface 1612 located substantially at a lower end of the support column 1606 is adapted to receive the pedestal interface mount 1620 of the pedestal 1614 .
- the connection between the pedestal interface 1612 and the pedestal interface mount 1620 is a detachable female-male connection as will be evident when viewing FIG. 32 .
- the rail interface 1608 , support arm 1604 , and pedestal interface 1612 may be considered to collectively form an interface link 1638 .
- the interface link 1638 provides for the detachable association or connection between the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 and the pedestal 1614 , and the detachable association or connection between the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 and the patient examination platform 1610 via the rail mount 1616 . Since the rail interface 1608 is used to connect the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 to the patient examination platform 1610 , this component may also be referred to as a “platform interface” 1608 . As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 could be adapted to detachably connect directly to the patient examination platform 1610 rather than the rail mount 1616 .
- a receiving opening 1639 may be provided in the top of the patient examination table 1610 , as illustrated in FIG. 40 .
- the receiving opening 1639 may be provided in a movable slide provided in a racetrack in the top of the patient examination table 1610 .
- the interface link 1638 is substantially the same as the interface link 1638 depicted in FIGS. 32 and 33 .
- the interface link 1638 is generally H-shaped and includes the pedestal interface 1612 and the rail or platform interface 1608 .
- the difference between the two respective interface links 1638 lies only in the specific configuration of the detachable connection between the interface link 1638 and the pedestal 1614 .
- each variation of the interface link 1638 utilizes male-female detachable/removable connections and operate to detachably connect the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 to the pedestal 1614 or the patient examination platform 1610 .
- the interface link 1638 is used to connect the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 to the pedestal 1614 so that the superstructure 1636 may be transported via the pedestal 1614 .
- the support arm 1602 supporting the user display 210 is preferably pivotally connected to the interface link 1638 .
- the user display 210 is preferably removable from the support arm 1602 and adapted for connection to an additional rail mount 1616 associated with the patient examination platform 1610 , as described previously in connection with FIG. 33 .
- the user display 210 will interface with the rail mount 1616 in the same manner to be described herein in connection with FIGS. 42-44 illustrating the specific detachable/removable connection between the interface link 1638 and the rail mount 1616 .
- the support column 1606 is connect to the opposite lateral side or portion of the interface link 1638 from the user display 210 .
- the support column 1606 is preferably pivotally connected to the interface link 1638 to allow pivotal movement of the superstructure 1636 when the superstructure 1636 is associated with either the patient examination platform 1610 or the pedestal 1614 .
- the support column 1606 supports the fluid control module 1400 and the injector 1300 .
- the injector 1300 is pivotally connected to the support column 1606
- the fluid control module 1400 is preferably fixed to the support column 1606 (i.e., non-pivotal).
- the pedestal 1614 depicted in FIGS. 37 and 39 has wheels 1632 for providing mobility and brakes 1630 for maintaining the pedestal 1614 in a static position.
- the trunk of the pedestal 1614 includes gas spring lift assist mechanism 1640 for raising and lowering the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 relative to the pedestal base 1622 .
- the lift assist mechanism 1640 is associated with the structure of the handle 1634 to raise and lower the handle structure 1634 and, hence, the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 relative to the pedestal base 1622 .
- the lift assist mechanism 1640 may be a conventional gas spring device that assists the operator of the fluid delivery system 1200 to raise/lower the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 .
- Such gas spring lift assist devices are commonly found on automobile liftgates and in like applications, but have not previously been applied to medical equipment generally.
- the pedestal interface 1612 and the platform interface 1608 may be formed as male inserts each adapted to mate with receiving openings 1642 , 1644 in the pedestal 1614 and the rail mount 1616 , respectively.
- the receiving opening 1642 associated with the pedestal 1614 is preferably provided in the handle structure 1634 .
- the superstructure 1636 may be connected directly to the patient examination platform 1610 .
- the male platform interface 1608 could be inserted directly into the receiving opening 1639 ( FIG. 40 ) provided in the top of the patient examination platform 1610 .
- the receiving openings 1642 , 1644 are preferably D-shaped with the male insert platform interface 1608 and the male insert pedestal interface 1612 being correspondingly D-shaped to mate with the receiving openings 1642 , 1644 .
- the D-shape of the receiving openings 1642 , 1644 is preferred to prevent rotation of the overall fluid delivery superstructure 1636 once the superstructure 1636 is associated with either the pedestal 1614 of the patient examination platform 1610 via the rail mount 1616 .
- the D-shape of the receiving opening 1644 in the rail mount 1616 may also be used a “key” to set the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 into the proper orientation for a medical fluid injection procedure.
- the receiving openings 1642 , 1644 (and receiving opening 1639 ) and are tapered to guide entry of the male insert platform interface 1608 and male insert pedestal interface 1612 .
- the male insert platform interface 1608 and male insert pedestal interface 1612 are preferably tapered to correspond to the tapered receiving openings 1642 , 1644 as is evident in the cross sectional view in FIG. 44 .
- the corresponding tapering between the male inserts forming the platform interface 1608 and pedestal interface 1612 and the receiving openings 1642 , 1644 will aid in guiding entry of the male inserts into the receiving openings 1642 , 1644 .
- a suitable taper for the receiving openings 1642 , 1644 and male inserts forming the platform and pedestal interfaces 1608 , 1612 is preferably about 3°. Additionally, it is desirable to provide a nominal clearance between the male inserts forming the platform and pedestal interfaces 1608 , 1612 and the internal walls of the receiving openings 1642 , 1644 to ensure the male inserts slide easily into and out of the receiving openings 1642 , 1644 , and do not become fixed in the receiving openings 1642 , 1644 once inserted therein.
- the rail mount 1616 is generally a unitary structure having a main body 1648 .
- the main body 1648 may be made of metal such as aluminum or steel and preferably a metal suitable for medical applications such as aluminum or stainless steel.
- the main body 1648 defines the receiving opening 1642 for receiving the platform interface 1608 .
- the receiving opening 1642 may extend entirely through the main body 1648 as shown in cross section in FIG. 44 , or be a blind hole. In either case, the receiving opening 1642 and platform interface 1608 are preferably tapered in the manner described previously.
- the main body 1648 further defines an elongated recess 1650 at one end for engaging the rail 1618 of the patient examination platform 1610 . The engagement of the rail 1618 in the recess 1650 connects the main body 1648 to the rail 1618 .
- the rail mount 1616 further includes a pair of locking devices or mechanisms 1651 , 1652 for securing the rail 1618 of the patient examination platform 1610 in the recess 1650 and the platform interface 1608 in the receiving opening 1642 , respectively.
- the locking devices 1651 , 1652 may be simple set screw devices with handles 1654 , 1656 , respectively, for tightening the set screws.
- Locking device 1651 is used to secure the main body 1648 of the rail mount 1616 at desired location along the rail 1618 where the superstructure 1636 is to be situated for use in a medical fluid injection procedure.
- locking device 1652 is depicted as a simple set screw mechanism, whereas locking device 1651 is adapted to engage a tab 1658 extending from the patient examination platform 1610 to secure the main body 1648 at a desired location on the rail 1618 .
- An additional, third locking device 1660 is preferably provided on the trunk of the pedestal 1614 , and is preferably associated with the handle structure 1634 for locking the pedestal interface 1612 in receiving opening 1644 .
- the third locking device or mechanism 1660 may also be a set screw type device.
- the male inserts forming the platform and pedestal interfaces 1608 , 1612 may have transverse recesses or slots 1662 for receiving the set screws of the locking devices 1652 , 1660 to secure the platform and pedestal interfaces 1608 , 1612 in the respective receiving openings 1642 , 1644 .
- the rail mount 1616 may include a spacer element 1664 in recess 1650 to accommodate different sized rails 1618 used on different makes and models of the patient examination platform 1610 . Therefore, the rail mount 1616 may be used with different makes and models of the patient examination table 1610 .
- the spacer element 1664 is inserted in the recess 1650 to reduce the cross sectional area of the recess 1650 so that the rail mount 1616 may be used with a smaller rail 1618 if necessary.
- FIG. 47 shows an alternative embodiment of locking devices 1652 , 1660 that include a pin 1666 which may inserted into respective openings 1667 , 1668 in the platform interface 1608 and pedestal interface 1612 .
- the pin 1666 secures the removable insertion of the platform interface 1608 in receiving opening 1644 and removable insertion of the pedestal interface 1612 in receiving opening 1642 .
- the main body 1648 of the rail mount 1616 defines an aperture 1669 corresponding to opening 1667 in platform interface 1608 for accepting the pin 1666 and securing the detachable or removable connection between the platform interface 1608 and the rail mount 1616 .
- a similar opening to aperture 1669 may be provided in place of locking device 1660 shown in FIG. 42 for example, to allow for an analogous detachable or removable connection between the pedestal interface 1612 and the pedestal 1614 .
- FIGS. 48 and 49 show an alternative configuration of the platform interface 1608 and receiving opening 1642 in the rail mount 1616 .
- the platform interface 1608 is a formed as a plate and, more particularly, a tapered or triangular-shaped plate.
- the plate-shaped platform interface 1608 cooperates with a tapered, generally triangular-shaped receiving opening or recess 1642 .
- the term “receiving opening” is intended into include any type of void, such as a hole, a recess, or a groove.
- the receiving “recess” shown in FIGS. 48 and 49 is just one subset or form of the “receiving opening 1642 ”.
- the locking device 1652 associated with the rail mount 1616 shown in FIGS. 48 and 49 may be provided as a removable pin 1670 that engages an opening 1672 in the plate-shaped platform insert 1608 .
- the correspondingly tapered, generally triangular shapes of the platform interface 1608 and receiving recess 1642 are effective to guide side (i.e., horizontal), sliding entry of the platform interface 1608 into the main body 1648 of the rail mount 1616 .
- FIGS. 50 and 51 illustrate that the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 may take other forms in accordance with the present invention.
- the fluid delivery superstructure is an IV pole 1680 that is adapted to detachably interface with the rail mount 1616 in the same manner as the fluid delivery superstructure 1636 described previously.
- the IV pole 1680 is formed by a base member 1682 and a support member 1684 preferably telescopically connected to the base member 1682 .
- the base member 1682 includes a male insert portion 1686 that is adapted to engage the receiving opening 1642 in the main body 1648 of the rail mount 1616 .
- the male insert portion 1686 preferably defines a transverse locking recess or slot 1688 for receiving the set screw of locking device 1652 .
- the base member 1682 is removably associated with the main body 1648 of the rail mount 1616 via the male insert portion 1686 in the same manner as the way in which the interface link 1636 is removably or detachably connected to the main body 1648 of the rail mount 1616 discussed previously.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Nursing (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Fluid Mechanics (AREA)
- Infusion, Injection, And Reservoir Apparatuses (AREA)
Abstract
The mobile fluid delivery system includes a mobile pedestal and a fluid delivery superstructure detachably connected to the pedestal. The fluid delivery superstructure includes a pump device and a fluid control device. A fluid path set operatively associates the pump device with the fluid control device. The superstructure is further adapted to detachably connect to a patient examination platform. A rail mount is used to provide the interface between the superstructure and the patient examination platform. The rail mount attaches to a rail of the patient examination platform and includes a main body defining an elongated recess for engaging the rail of the patient examination platform. The superstructure detachably connects to the main body. Locking devices are used to secure the rail mount to the patient examination platform and the superstructure to the rail mount. A spacer may be inserted into the elongated recess to accommodate different sized rails.
Description
- This application is a continuation in part of application Ser. No. 10/825,866, filed Apr. 16, 2004, entitled “Fluid Delivery System, Fluid Control Device, and Methods Associated with the Fluid Delivery System and Fluid Control Device”, which may contain subject matter that is related to that disclosed in the following co-pending applications: (1) application Ser. No. 10/818,748, filed on Apr. 6, 2004; (2) application Ser. No. 10/818,477, filed on Apr. 5, 2004; (3) application Ser. No. 10/326,582, filed on Dec. 20, 2002; (4) application Ser. No. 10/237,139, filed on Sep. 6, 2002; and (5) application Ser. No. 09/982,518, filed on Oct. 18, 2001, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates generally to fluid delivery systems for supplying fluids during medical diagnostic and therapeutic procedures, further, to fluid transfer sets and flow controlling and regulating devices associated therewith used with fluid delivery systems for conducting and regulating fluids flows.
- 2. Description of Related Art
- In many medical diagnostic and therapeutic procedures, a physician or other person injects a patient with a fluid. In recent years, a number of injector-actuated syringes and powered injectors for pressurized injection of fluids, such as contrast media, have been developed for use in procedures such as angiography, computed tomography, ultrasound, and NMR/MRI. In general, these powered injectors are designed to deliver a preset amount of contrast media at a preset flow rate.
- Angiography is used generally in the detection and treatment of abnormalities or restrictions in blood vessels. In an angiographic procedure, a radiographic image of vascular structure is obtained through the use of a radiographic contrast medium, sometimes referred to simply as contrast, injected through a catheter. The vascular structures in fluid connection with the vein or artery in which the contrast is injected are filled with contrast. X-rays passing through the region of interest are absorbed by the contrast, causing a radiographic outline or image of blood vessels containing the contrast. The resulting images can be displayed on, for example, a monitor and recorded.
- In a typical angiographic procedure, a physician places a cardiac catheter into a vein or artery. The catheter is connected to either a manual or to an automatic contrast injection mechanism. A typical manual contrast injection mechanism, as illustrated, for example, in
FIG. 1 , includes a syringe in fluid connection with a catheter connection. The fluid path also includes, for example, a source of contrast fluid, a source of saline, and a pressure transducer P to measure patient blood pressure. In a typical system, the source of contrast is connected to the fluid path via a valve V1, for example, a three-way stopcock. The source of saline and pressure transducer P may also be connected to the fluid path via additional valves V2 and V3, respectively. The operator of the manual system ofFIG. 1 , manually controls the syringe and each of the valves V1 and V2 to draw saline or contrast into the syringe and to inject the saline or contrast into the patient through the catheter connection. The pressure transducers used in such procedures are extremely sensitive to even moderately high pressures generated during activation of the syringe, so the operator must close valve V3 to isolate pressure transducer P from the fluid path when the syringe is activated to prevent damage to pressure transducer P. While the syringe is not activated, valve V3 is usually open to monitor patient blood pressure. - The operator of the syringe of
FIG. 1 may adjust the flow rate and volume of injection by altering the force applied to the plunger of the syringe. Manual sources of fluid pressure and flow used in medical applications such as syringes and manifolds thus typically require operator effort that provides feedback of the fluid pressure/flow generated to the operator. The feedback is desirable, but the operator effort often leads to fatigue. Thus, fluid pressure and flow may vary depending on the operator's strength and technique. - Automatic contrast injection mechanisms typically include a syringe connected to a powered injector having, for example, a powered linear actuator. Typically, an operator enters settings into an electronic control system of the powered injector for a fixed volume of contrast material and a fixed rate of injection. In many systems, there is no interactive control between the operator and the powered injector, except to start or stop the injection. A change in flow rate in such systems occurs by stopping the machine and resetting the parameters. Automation of angiographic procedures using powered injectors is discussed, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,460,609, 5,573,515 and 5,800,397.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,800,397 discloses an angiographic injector system having high pressure and low pressure systems. The high pressure system includes a motor-driven injector pump to deliver radiographic contrast material under high pressure to a catheter. The low pressure system includes, among other things, a pressure transducer to measure blood pressure and a pump to deliver a saline solution to the patient as well as to aspirate waste fluid. A manifold is connected to the syringe pump, the low pressure system, and the patient catheter. A flow valve associated with the manifold is normally maintained in a first state connecting the low pressure system to the catheter through the manifold, and disconnecting the high pressure system from the catheter and the low pressure system. When pressure from the syringe pump reaches a predetermined and set level, the valve switches to a second state connecting the high pressure system/syringe pump to the catheter, while disconnecting the low pressure system from the catheter and from the high pressure system. In this manner, the pressure transducer is protected from high pressures, (see
column 3, lines 20-37 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,800,397). However, compliance in the system components, for example, expansion of the syringe, tubing, and other components under pressure, using such a manifold system can lead to a less than optimal injection bolus. Moreover, the arrangement of the system components of U.S. Pat. No. 5,800,397 results in relatively large amounts of wasted contrast and/or undesirable injection of an excessive amount of contrast when the low pressure, typical saline system, is used. The injector system of U.S. Pat. No. 5,800,397 also includes a handheld remote control connected to a console. The control includes saline push button switches and a flow rate control lever or trigger. By progressive squeezing of the control trigger, the user provides a command signal to the console to provide a continuously variable injection rate corresponding to the degree of depression of the control trigger. - U.S. Pat. No. 5,916,165 discloses a handheld pneumatic controller for producing a variable control signal to control a rate of fluid disbursement to the patient in an angiographic system. U.S. Pat. No. 5,515,851 discloses an angiographic system with a finger activated control pad to regulate the injection of fluids.
- Unlike manual injection systems, however, there is little if any feedback to the operator of system pressure in the systems disclosed in the U.S. Patents identified previously. There are potential advantages to such feedback. In the use of a manual syringe, for example, excessive back pressure on the syringe plunger can provide evidence of occlusion of the fluid path.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,026 discloses, an injection system in which an electronic control system is connected to the contrast delivery system and a tactile feedback control unit. In one embodiment, the tactile feedback control unit includes a disposable syringe that is located within a durable/reusable cradle and is in fluid connection with the fluid being delivered to the patient. The cradle is electrically connected to the electronic control system and is physically connected to a sliding potentiometer that is driven by the plunger of a disposable syringe. During use of the injection system of U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,026, the operator holds the cradle and syringe and, as the operator depresses the sliding potentiometer/syringe piston assembly, the plunger is moved forward, displacing fluid toward the patient and creating a pressure in the syringe. A sliding potentiometer tracks the position of the syringe plunger. The electronic control system controls the contrast delivery system to inject an amount of fluid into the patient based on the change in position of the plunger. As the fluid is injected, the pressure the operator feels in his or her hand is proportional to the actual pressure produced by the contrast delivery system. The force required to move the piston provides the operator with tactile feedback on the pressure in the system. The operator is able to use this feedback to ensure the safety of the injection procedure. Unlike the case of a manual injection system, the injection system of U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,026 does not require the operator to develop the system pressure and flow rate. The operator develops a smaller, manually applied pressure that corresponds to or is proportional to the system pressure. The required manual power output (that is, pressure×flow rate) is decreased as compared to manual systems, whereas the tactile feedback associated therewith is retained.
- While manual and automated injectors are know in the medical field, a need generally exists for improved fluid delivery systems adapted for use in medical diagnostic and therapeutic procedures where fluids are supplied to a patient during the procedure. A specific need generally exists for an improved fluid delivery system for use in fluid injection procedures, such as angiography. Additionally, a need generally exists for fluid transfer sets and flow controlling and regulating devices associated therewith that may be used with fluid delivery systems for conducting and regulating fluids flows. Moreover, a continuing need exists in the medical field to generally improve upon known medical devices and systems used to supply fluids to patients during medical procedures such as angiography, computed tomography, ultrasound, and NMR/MRI.
- The present invention provides an injector system including a powered injector, a pressurizing chamber in operative connection with the powered injector, a fluid path in fluid connection with the pressurizing chamber, and a manual control in fluid connection with the fluid path. The manual control includes at least one actuator for controlling the injector through application of force by an operator. The actuator provides tactile feedback of pressure in the fluid path to the operator via direct or indirect operative or fluid connection with the fluid path (i.e., pressure in the fluid path transfers a corresponding or a proportional force to the operator). In one embodiment, the actuator is adapted to stop an injection procedure if no force is applied to the actuator. The manual control may, for example, include a chamber in fluid connection with the fluid path. The actuator may be a button or a plunger in operative connection with a piston disposed within the chamber. The actuator may be biased in an off position.
- In another aspect, the manual control includes a first actuator for controlling the injector in a low pressure mode through application of force by an operator. The first actuator provides tactile feedback of pressure in the fluid path to the operator via fluid connection with the fluid path as described previously. The first actuator also provides control of flow rate by changing the force thereon. The manual control also may include a second actuator having an on state and an off state. The second actuator causes the injector to enter into a preprogrammed high-pressure injection mode when placed in the on state. The manual control may also include a third actuator for controlling flow of saline in the fluid path.
- In another aspect of the present invention, the actuator provides tactile feedback of fluid pressure and is also in operative connection with an audible feedback unit that provides audible feedback of fluid pressure and/or fluid flow to the operator. The manual controls of the present invention may be purged of air before injection via, for example, a purge valve.
- The present invention also provides a system for injection of fluid into a patient including a multi-patient reusable section and a per-patient disposable section. The multi-patient reusable section and the per-patient disposable section are removably connectable via a connector or connectors, for example, via a high-pressure connector. The multi-patient reusable section includes a powered injector in fluid connection with a source of a first injection fluid and a first fluid path connecting the injector and a high-pressure connector. The per-patient disposable section includes a second fluid path adapted to connect the high-pressure connector and the patient in fluid connection. The per-patient disposable section further includes a manual control as described above including a connector to place the manual control in fluid connection with the second fluid path. The multi-patient reusable section may further include a valve mechanism connecting the injector, first fluid source, and the first fluid path.
- In one embodiment, the multi-patient reusable section further includes a source of a second injection fluid and a pumping mechanism in fluid connection with the second fluid source for pressurizing the second fluid. The pumping mechanism is preferably in fluid connection with the valve mechanism.
- In one aspect, the manual control includes a first actuator providing control of flow rate of the first fluid by changing the force on the first actuator and a second actuator, the second actuator causing the injector to enter into a preprogrammed high pressure injection mode when placed in an on state. The system may further include a pressure sensor in fluid communication with the second fluid path via a pressure-activated isolator that isolates the pressure sensor from pressures in the second fluid path above a set pressure. In one embodiment, the per-patient disposable section may include a check valve in the second fluid path separating components of the per-patient disposable section from the multi-patient reusable section to reduce or eliminate flow of contaminated fluid into the multi-patient reusable section.
- The present invention further provides a method of injecting a fluid into a patient including the steps of: removably connecting a multi-patient reusable section to a per-patient disposable section via a high-pressure connector, the multi-patient reusable section including a powered injector in fluid connection with a source of a first injection fluid and a first fluid path connecting the injector and the high-pressure connector, the per-patient disposable section including a second fluid path adapted to connect the high-pressure connector and the patient in fluid connection; connecting a manual control including a connector to the second fluid path to place the manual control in fluid connection with the second fluid path, the manual control including at least one actuator for controlling the powered injector through application of force by an operator, the actuator being adapted to provide tactile feedback of pressure in the second fluid path to the operator via fluid connection with the second fluid path; and injecting a fluid into a patient.
- The method may further include the step of connecting a pressure sensor in fluid communication with the second fluid path via a pressure activated isolator that isolates the pressure sensor from pressures in the second fluid path above a set pressure.
- Still further, the present invention provides a per-patient disposable set for use in an injection procedure including a fluid path adapted to form a fluid connection between a high-pressure connector and the patient, and a manual control in fluid connection with the fluid path. The manual control includes at least one actuator for controlling the powered injector through application of force by an operator. The actuator is adapted to provide tactile feedback of pressure in the fluid path to the operator via fluid connection with the fluid path. The per-patient disposable set further includes a pressure sensor in fluid connection with the fluid path via a pressure activated isolator adapted to isolate the pressure sensor from pressures in the fluid path above a set pressure.
- The manual, for example, handheld controllers of the present invention provide a number of advantages including, but not limited to the following: tactile feedback of actual fluid path pressure via fluid communication with the fluid path, compact size and small priming volume; dead man switch capability; ergonomic design for control of both contrast and saline; injection pressure feedback linked to variable flow and audible feedback; rigid material construction; actuator control providing a progressively increasing flow rate as the actuator is pushed or depressed through its range of motion; and high-pressure injections that are greater in pressure than could be generated or tolerated by an operator's hand.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides an injection system for use in angiography including a powered injector in fluid connection with a source of injection fluid and a pressure sensor in fluid connection with the powered injector via a pressure activated isolator adapted to isolate the pressure sensor from pressures in the fluid path above a set pressure. The pressure sensor elevation is independent of or independently variable of the position of the remainder of the injection system, including the position or elevation of the powered injector.
- In a further aspect, the present invention provides an angiographic injection system for injecting an injection fluid into a patient including a pressurizing device for supplying injection fluid under pressure; a low pressure fluid delivery system; and a pressure isolation mechanism having a first port for connection to the pressurizing device, a second port for connection to the patient, and a third port for connection to the low pressure fluid delivery system. The pressure isolation mechanism includes a valve having a first state and a second state different from the first state. Preferably, the first state and the second state are mutually exclusive of each other. The first state occurs when the second and third ports are connected and the first and third ports are connected. The second state occurs when the first and second ports are connected and the first and third ports are disconnected. The valve is normally biased to the first state via, for example, a spring, and is switchable to the second state when fluid pressure from the syringe pump reaches a predetermined pressure level. The first and second ports remain connected in the first state and in the second state.
- The system preferably further includes a valve in line between the pressurizing device and the first port of the pressure isolation mechanism to control flow of the injection fluid. Preferably, the valve is an automated valve. The valve is preferably operable to minimize or eliminate the effects of compliance of the pressurizing device and related tubing.
- The low pressure delivery system may include a source of saline or other suitable flushing medium, a drip chamber in fluid connection with the source of saline, and a detector to sense the amount of saline in the source of saline. The system may further include a saline control valve and an air detector in line between the saline drip chamber and the pressure isolation mechanism.
- The pressurizing device may be in fluid connection with a source of injection fluid via an injection fluid drip chamber. The system may further include a detector to sense the amount of injection fluid in the source of injection fluid. Likewise, the system may also include an injection fluid control valve and an air detector in line between the injection fluid drip chamber and the pressure isolation mechanism.
- In one embodiment, the system further includes a handheld controller to control injection of injection fluid and injection of saline. The handheld controller may include a first control having a first mode to control injection of injection fluid in a low pressure mode, the flow rate of the injection corresponding to, for example, being proportional to, the distance the first control is depressed. Preferably, the low pressure injection is ceased if the first control is released while in the first mode. The first control may, for example, have a second mode to control injection of injection fluid in a high pressure mode. The high pressure mode injection is preferably ceased if the first control is released while in the second mode. The hand controller may further include at least a second control to control injection of saline. Preferably, the injection of saline is ceased if the second control is released during injection of saline.
- The system preferably further includes a pressure transducer in fluid connection with the third port of the pressure isolation mechanism.
- In still a further aspect, the present invention provides an injection system for use in angiography including a source of saline, a pump in fluid connection with the source of saline to pressurize the saline, a saline valve in fluid connection via a first port thereof with an outlet of the pump, a first connector in fluid connection with a second port of the saline valve, a source of contrast, a contrast valve in fluid connection with the source of contrast via a first port of the contrast valve, a powered injector in fluid connection with a second port of the contrast valve, a second connector in fluid connection with a third port of the contrast valve, and a pressure isolation mechanism.
- The pressure isolation mechanism has a lumen having a first port in fluid connection with the second connector and a second port in fluid connection with a patient catheter. The isolation mechanism further has a third port in fluid connection with the first connector and with the lumen. The pressure isolation mechanism further includes a valve having a first state and a preferably mutually exclusive second state—the first state occurring when the lumen and the third port are connected, and the second state occurring when the lumen and the third port are disconnected. The valve is preferably normally biased to the first state and is switchable to the second state when fluid pressure from the powered injector reaches a predetermined pressure level. The first and second ports of the lumen preferably remain connected whether in the first state or in the second state. The system further includes a pressure transducer in fluid connection with the third port of the pressure isolation mechanism.
- The system may also include a first air or air column detector in fluid connection between the saline valve and the first connector and a second air detector in fluid connection between the contrast valve and the second connector.
- The system may also include a first drip chamber in fluid connection between the source of saline and the pump and a detector in operative connection with the first drip chamber to sense the amount of saline in the source of saline. Likewise, the system may include a second drip chamber in fluid connection between the source of contrast and the contrast valve and a detector in operative connection with the second drip chamber to sense the amount of injection fluid in the source of injection fluid. One advantage of a drip chamber is to reduce likelihood of introduction of air into the system once the system has been initially purged of air or primed.
- In another aspect, the present invention provides a pressure isolation mechanism for use in a medical procedure. The pressure isolation mechanism or pressure isolator includes a lumen, an isolation port in fluid connection with lumen, and a valve having a first state and a second state. The first state occurs when the lumen and the isolation port are connected. The second state occurs when the lumen and the isolation port are disconnected. The lumen remains open for flow of fluid therethrough in the first state and in the second state. The valve is normally in the first state and is switchable to the second state when fluid pressure in the lumen reaches a predetermined pressure level. The valve may, for example, be biased to the first state, for example, via a spring or other mechanism suitable to apply a biasing force as known in the art. A pressure sensor or transducer can be in fluid connection with the isolation port of the pressure isolation mechanism as described previously.
- The valve may be switched between the first state and the second state by the force of the fluid pressure. Alternatively, an electromechanical actuator in operative connection with a pressure sensor may control the state of the valve as a function of the fluid pressure. The pressure sensor may, for example, be a pressure transducer in fluid connection with the isolation port as described previously.
- In general, the pressure isolation mechanism is useful in any medical procedure in which is it desirable to isolate a fluid pathway or fluid path component from fluid flow above a certain fluid pressure. The fluid pathway or fluid path component is placed in fluid connection with the isolation port of the pressure isolation mechanism. For example, a pressure transducer may be placed in connection with the isolation port to protect the pressure transducer form damage as a result of exposure to excess fluid pressure.
- In a further aspect, the present invention provides a fluid delivery system including a manually operated syringe and a pressure isolation mechanism as described above.
- The present invention provides in another aspect a method of adding a patient pressure transducer to a fluid path used in a medical procedure to deliver fluid to a patient. The method includes the step of placing a lumen of a pressure isolation mechanism as described above in the fluid path via, for example, a first port and a second port of the lumen. The method also includes the steps of connecting a pressure transducer to the third or isolation port of the pressure isolation mechanism. The method is useful, for example, in adding a patient pressure transducer to an angiographic fluid delivery system including a manual syringe.
- The present invention is further directed to a fluid path set for use generally in a fluid delivery system. The fluid path set generally includes a first section generally adapted for association with a pressurizing device such as a syringe, and a second section adapted for removable fluid communication with the first section. The first section may be a multi-patient section of the fluid path set, and the second section may be a single or per-patient section of the fluid path set and be disposable after use with a single patient. The multi-patient section may be disposable after a preset number of uses with the fluid delivery system. Additionally, the multi-patient section may be provided as a single patent set or section, disposed of after use with a single patient or injection procedure. Further, it is within the scope of the present invention to provide the first and second sections of the fluid path set as multi-use components that may be re-sterilized after each use or injection procedure. The first section may be adapted for connection to a source of fluid to be loaded into a pressurizing device. The first section may comprise a multi-position valve adapted to selectively isolate the fluid source and the second section.
- Another aspect of the present invention is directed to a connector for use in a fluid delivery or transfer system or arrangement, and generally adapted to reduce the likelihood of contamination at connection points in the fluid path set when changing components in the fluid path set. The connector may be used with the fluid path set for providing removable fluid communication between the first section and the second section. The connector is configured to reduce contamination when connecting one or more typically disposable second sections with a typically multiple-patient first section in the fluid path set. The connector generally includes a first connector member and a second connector member, which are generally adapted to removably connect with one another. The first and second connector members may be associated with either the first section or the second section. Thus, if the first connector member is associated with the first section, the second connector member is associated with the second section, and vice versa. The first connector member includes an outer housing and a first threaded member disposed in the outer housing. The second connector member includes a second threaded member. The first threaded member and second threaded member cooperate to securely and releasably connect the first member to the second member, when the first connector member is connected to the second connector member. The connection of the first connector member with the second connector member generally establishes the removable fluid communication between the first section and the second section, when the connector is used therewith. The second threaded member is preferably received in the outer housing of the first connector member when the first connector member is connected to the second connector member.
- The first threaded member may be recessed within the outer housing. The first threaded member may be formed as an externally-threaded luer, which may be recessed within the outer housing. The second member may include a luer disposed in the second threaded member and adapted to cooperate with the first threaded member. The luer may be recessed within the second threaded member.
- The first threaded member may be formed as an externally-threaded female luer, and the second member may include a male luer disposed in the second threaded member, such that the male luer cooperates with the female luer when the first connector member is connected to the second connector member. One or both of the female luer and the male luer may be recessed within the outer housing and the second threaded member, respectively.
- The first threaded member may be externally-threaded and the second threaded member may be internally-threaded. The second threaded member may include at least one circumferentially-extending raised structure on an external surface thereof. The raised structure may define a tortuous path with an inner wall of the outer housing for inhibiting liquid flow between the outer housing and the second threaded member when the first connector member is connected to the second connector member. The raised structure may define a chamber with the inner wall of the outer housing and the first threaded member when the first connector member is connected to the second connector member.
- Protective caps may be associated with the first connector member and the second connector member, respectively, prior to connecting the first connector member and the second connector member. The first and second connector members may each include a raised tab adapted to cooperate with a corresponding groove defined internally in the protective caps, for securing removable engagement between the first and second connector members and the respective protective caps. The protective caps may be disposable or reusable items.
- An additional aspect of the present invention is directed to a pressure isolation mechanism that may be used, for example, with the fluid path set. For example, the second section of the fluid path set may include the pressure isolation mechanism. The pressure isolation mechanism generally comprises a lumen, a pressure isolation port, and a valve member. The valve member includes a biasing portion biasing the valve member to a normally open position permitting fluid communication between the lumen and the pressure isolation port. The valve member is movable to a closed position when fluid pressure in the lumen reaches a predetermined pressure level sufficient to overcome the biasing force of the biasing portion of the valve member.
- The pressure isolation mechanism may have a housing that defines the lumen and the pressure isolation port. A pressure transducer may be associated with the pressure isolation port. The valve member may comprise a seat member and a base portion engaged with the seat member. The biasing portion of the valve member may be a generally cone-shaped portion of the seat member. The generally cone-shaped portion preferably has a predetermined spring force. The piston may include a seat member and a base portion engaged with the seat member. The base portion may be adapted to engage a housing of the pressure isolation mechanism in the closed position of the valve member. The seat member may define an aperture and the base portion may be formed with a projection engaged with the aperture for connecting the base portion to the seat member. The base portion may be joined to the seat member by mechanical connection therewith or bonded to the seat member, for example with an adhesive.
- The pressure isolation mechanism may have a multi-piece housing, such as a two-piece housing including a first portion cooperating with a second portion. The first portion may be in an interference fit engagement with the second portion. The first portion and second portion may be formed to define a tortuous or shear interface therebetween to enhance strength.
- A still further aspect of the present invention is directed to an improved drip chamber that may be used as part of the fluid path set. For example, one or more drip chambers may be used with the first section, or the second section. In one embodiment, the first section includes an intervening drip chamber between the primary fluid source and the syringe. The drip chamber generally comprises a projection useful for determining a level of fluid in the drip chamber. The projection is preferably raised from the body of the drip chamber, and may extend longitudinally or laterally along the body of the drip chamber.
- Additionally, the first section may be adapted for connection to a secondary source of fluid to be delivered to a patient, such as saline. An intervening drip chamber may also be associated with the secondary fluid source and the first section. The drip chamber associated with the secondary fluid source preferably also has a projection for determining a level of fluid in the drip chamber, which is also preferably raised from the body of the drip chamber. The second section may be further adapted for removable fluid communication with the first section, such that the secondary fluid source is in fluid communication with the pressure isolation port. The intervening drip chamber associated with the secondary fluid source may be located between the secondary fluid source and the pressure isolation port.
- The present invention is further directed as a method of preparing a fluid delivery system for association with a patient. The method generally includes providing the fluid delivery system including an injector, associating a syringe with the injector, and providing the fluid path set comprising the first section and the second section. The first section may be connected with the syringe, and the second section connected to the first section to provide removable fluid communication therebetween.
- The first section may be removably connected to the second section with the connector described previously. The second section is generally placed in removable fluid communication with the first section by connecting the first connector member and the second connector member of the connector. The second threaded member of the second connector is received in the outer housing of the first connector member when the first connector member and second connector member are connected.
- Additionally, the present invention is a method of delivering fluid to a patient, generally providing a fluid delivery system including an injector, associating a syringe with the injector, and providing the fluid path set comprising the first section and the second section. The first section may be connected with the syringe, and the second section connected to the first section to provide removable fluid communication therebetween. The second section may then be connected to the patient and the injector actuated to deliver fluid to the patient. When the fluid delivery procedure is complete, the injector may be deactuated to terminate delivery of fluid to the patient, and the second section of the fluid path set may be disconnected from the patient.
- The first section may be removably connected to the second section with the connector described previously. The second section is generally placed in removable fluid communication with the first section by connecting the first connector member and the second connector member of the connector. The second threaded member of the second connector is received in the outer housing of the first connector member when the first connector member and second connector member are connected.
- The method of delivering fluid to the patient may further include disconnecting the second section from the first section and providing a new second section. The new second section may be connected to the existing first section to provide removable fluid communication therebetween. The new second section may be connected to the same patient or a new patient, and the injector may be actuated to deliver fluid to the patient. The present invention is additionally directed to an injection system including a source of injection fluid, a pump device, and a fluid path set, summarized previously, disposed between the source of injection fluid and the pump device. The first and second sections of the fluid path set may be connected using one or more of the connectors discussed previously.
- The present invention is also an injector system that generally includes a source of injection fluid, a pump device, a fluid path set disposed between the source of injection fluid and the pump device, and a fluid control device. The fluid path set includes a multi-position valve. The fluid control device is operatively associated with the fluid path set and includes a valve actuator adapted to operate the multi-position valve. The valve actuator is adapted to close the multi-position valve to isolate the pump device from a patient and stop flow of the injection fluid to the patient at substantially any pressure or flow rate generated by the pump device for delivering a sharp bolus of the injection fluid to the patient. The valve actuator may be further adapted to selectively place the pump device in fluid communication with the source of injection fluid for supplying the injection fluid to the pump device.
- The valve actuator may include a position indicator indicating a position of the multi-position valve. The valve actuator may include a sensor indicating presence of the multi-position valve in the valve actuator. The valve actuator may include a retainer for removably supporting the multi-position valve.
- The fluid path set may include a drip chamber and the fluid control device may include a fluid level sensing mechanism operatively associated with the drip chamber for sensing the injection fluid level in the drip chamber. An air column detector may be operatively associated with the fluid path set. The pump device of the injector system may be a powered injector.
- A source of medical fluid may be associated with the fluid path set, and a pump operatively associated with the source of medical fluid for supplying the medical fluid to the patient via the fluid path set. The fluid path set may include a drip chamber and the fluid control device may include a fluid level sensing mechanism operatively associated with the drip chamber for sensing the medical fluid level in the drip chamber. A shut-off valve may be associated with the pump for stopping flow of the medical fluid to the patient. The shut-off may be an automated pinch valve. The pump may be a peristaltic pump. The fluid control device may further include guides for securing the fluid path set in association with the pump. A hand held control device may be associated with the pump device or the fluid control device for controlling the flow rate of the injection fluid from the pump device.
- The injector system may further include a drip chamber having a body with a projection, and a fluid level sensing mechanism. The fluid level sensing mechanism may include a drip chamber support for supporting the drip chamber body, and a fluid level sensor associated with the drip chamber support. The drip chamber support is generally adapted to support the drip chamber body such that the projection is operatively associated with at least one fluid level sensor. The fluid level sensor may be an ultrasonic or optical fluid level sensor. The drip chamber support may be adapted to support the drip chamber body such that the projection is in contact with the fluid level sensor. The injector system may further include an indicator light associated with the fluid level sensor for illuminating the drip chamber. The fluid level sensing mechanism is adapted to cause the indicator light to intermittently operate if a fluid level in the drip chamber is at an unsafe level
- The present invention further encompasses an air detector assembly for the fluid control device comprising. The air detector assembly includes an air column detector adapted to detect the presence of air in medical tubing, and a retaining device for securing the medical tubing in operative association with the air column detector. The retaining device generally includes a base adapted for association with the air column detector, and a closure member connected to the base and adapted to secure the medical tubing in operative association with the air column detector.
- The closure member is generally movable from a closed position wherein the closure member secures the medical tubing in operative association with the air column detector, to an open position allowing the medical tubing to be disassociated from the air column detector. The closure member is preferably biased to the open position and secured in the closed position by a releasable locking mechanism. The closure member may be secured in the closed position by a releasable locking mechanism. The closure member may be formed of substantially clear plastic material to permit viewing of the medical tubing.
- The present invention is also a fluid control device for connecting a pump device to a source of injection fluid. The fluid control device includes a fluid path set comprising a multi-position valve adapted to associate a patient and the source of injection fluid with the pump device, and a valve actuator adapted to operate the multi-position valve to selectively isolate the pump device from the patient, and place the pump device in fluid communication with the source of injection fluid for supplying the injection fluid to the pump device.
- The present invention is a method of preparing the fluid delivery system to deliver an injection fluid to a patient, generally including providing a pump device for supplying the injection fluid to the patient under pressure, providing a fluid control device, associating a fluid path set with the fluid control device, and connecting the pump device with the source of the injection fluid via the fluid path set. The pump device may be a syringe actuated by a powered injector.
- The step of associating the fluid path set with the fluid control device may include associating a multi-patient set or section with the fluid control device and removably connecting a per-patient set or section with the multi-patient set or section. The multi-patient set and per-patient set may be removably connected by at least one connector. The step of associating the multi-patient set with the fluid control device may include associating a multi-position valve associated with the multi-patient set with a valve actuator associated with the fluid control device. The pump device may be connected with the source of the injection fluid via the multi-patient set.
- The method may further include connecting the fluid path set to a source of medical fluid, associating the fluid path set with a pump adapted to deliver the medical fluid to the patient, and actuating the pump to purge air from the portion of the fluid path set associated with the source of medical fluid. The method may further include connecting the fluid path set to a patient catheter.
- A hand held control device may be associated with the pump device for controlling the pump device as part of the method.
- Additionally, the method may include actuating the fluid control device to permit fluid communication between the pump device and the source of injection fluid, actuating the pump device to draw injection fluid from the source of injection fluid into the pump device, and actuating the pump device to purge air from the fluid path set into the source of injection fluid. The fluid control device and pump device may be controlled according to instructions programmed in a control unit operatively connected to the fluid control device and the pump device. The control device may be a graphical interface display. The first step or act of actuating the pump device includes moving a syringe plunger in a proximal direction within the syringe to draw injection fluid into the syringe from the source of injection fluid. The second step or act of actuating the pump device may include reversing the direction of the syringe plunger in the syringe to purge air from the fluid path set.
- The fluid control device may be in the form of a valve actuator adapted to actuate a multi-position valve associated with the fluid path set. The method may include deactuating the pump device and actuating the fluid control device to isolate the pump device from the source of injection fluid.
- In another embodiment, the present invention is a method of delivering an injection fluid to a patient, generally including providing a fluid delivery system comprising a source of injection fluid, a pump device, and a fluid path set comprising a fluid control device disposed between the source of injection fluid and the pump device; actuating the fluid control device to prevent fluid communication between the pump device and the source of injection fluid, and to permit fluid communication between the pump device and the patient; actuating the pump device to deliver pressurized injection fluid to the patient; and monitoring a level of injection fluid in a container associated with the fluid path set and in fluid communication with the source of injection fluid. The method may additionally include continuously monitoring the fluid path set for presence of air during the delivery of the pressurized injection fluid.
- The method may further include actuating the fluid control device to stop fluid communication between the pump device and the patient at substantially any pressure or flow rate generated by the pump device. The pump device may be a syringe or a peristaltic pump. The step or act of actuating the pump device may include moving a syringe plunger in a distal direction within the syringe to force fluid out of the syringe and into the patient via the fluid path set. The fluid control device may be an automated multi-position valve. The pump device may be actuated by a hand held control device operatively connected to the pump device.
- The fluid control device and pump device may be controlled according to instructions programmed in a control unit operatively connected to the fluid control device and the pump device.
- The method may further include connecting the fluid path set to a source of medical fluid, and delivering the medical fluid to the patient associating with a pump associated with the fluid control device.
- The pump device may be a syringe and the method may further include actuating the fluid control device to permit fluid communication between the syringe and the source of injection fluid, and refilling the syringe with injection fluid from the source of injection fluid. The method may further include actuating the fluid control device to close fluid communication between the pump device and the source of injection fluid and to permit fluid communication between the pump device and the patient, and actuating the pump device to again deliver pressurized injection fluid to the patient. The method may include monitoring a level of injection fluid in a container associated with the fluid path set and in fluid communication with the source of injection fluid.
- Furthermore, the pump device may be a syringe, and the method may include actuating the fluid control device to isolate the syringe from the source of injection fluid and the patient, and retracting a syringe plunger in the syringe to reduce fluid pressure in the syringe.
- The injector system may also be a mobile injector system including a mobile pedestal and a fluid delivery superstructure detachably connected to the pedestal. The fluid path set operatively connects or associates the pump device with the fluid control device. The pedestal may include wheels for mobility and brakes for maintaining the pedestal in a static position. The pedestal preferably includes a handle for moving the pedestal. A lift assist mechanism or device may be included in the pedestal for raising and lowering the superstructure. A locking device may be used to releasably lock the superstructure to the pedestal.
- The fluid delivery superstructure may include an interface link adapted to detachably connect the superstructure to the pedestal. The superstructure may further include a support column connected to the interface link and supporting the pump device and fluid control module. The pump device may be pivotally connected to the support column and the fluid control device non-pivotally connected to the support column. The support column may be pivotally connected to the interface link. The superstructure may also include a user display pivotally connected to the interface link via a support arm. The user display may be detachably connected to the support arm.
- The interface link may include a pedestal interface for interfacing with the pedestal and a platform interface for interfacing with a patient examination platform. The pedestal interface is adapted to detachably connect the interface link to the pedestal. A locking device may be used to releasably lock the pedestal interface to the pedestal. The pedestal interface may be configured as a male insert for engaging a receiving opening in the pedestal. The male pedestal insert and receiving opening may be correspondingly tapered to guide entry of the male pedestal insert into the receiving opening. The male pedestal insert and the receiving opening may be generally D-shaped.
- The platform interface is adapted to detachably connect the interface link to a patient examination platform. The platform interface may also be configured as a male insert for engaging a receiving opening associated with the patient examination platform. The male platform insert and receiving opening may be correspondingly tapered and/or generally D-shaped as described previously in connection with the male pedestal insert and corresponding receiving opening.
- The male platform insert may be formed as a plate shaped member and the corresponding receiving opening may be formed as a receiving recess adapted to receive the plate-shaped male platform insert. The plate and receiving recess may be correspondingly tapered to accommodate sliding, typically horizontal, entry of the plate into the receiving recess.
- The patient examination platform may have a rail and a rail mount connected to the rail. The platform interface is preferably adapted to detachably connect the interface link to the rail mount. The rail mount may include a locking device for releasably locking the platform interface to the rail mount. The platform interface may be in the form of a male insert for engaging a receiving opening in the rail mount. The male insert and receiving opening may be correspondingly tapered and/or generally D-shaped in a manner analogous to the male pedestal insert and corresponding receiving opening. The rail mount may be movably connected to the rail and include a locking device for releasably locking the rail mount at a desired location on the rail.
- The rail mount includes a main body with an elongated recess for engaging the rail of the patient examination platform. The main body is adapted to detachably support a support member of the fluid delivery superstructure, such as the interface link. The main body defines the receiving opening for supporting the male insert portion of the support member. An additional locking device may be used to releasably lock the male insert portion in the receiving opening. The receiving opening and the male insert portion may be generally D-shaped, and/or correspondingly tapered to guide entry of the male insert portion into the receiving opening. An elongated spacer element or member may be provided in the elongated recess to accommodate different sized rails that may be available from different manufacturers of patient examination platforms.
- The present invention is further directed to the combination of the rail mount and the fluid delivery superstructure. The present invention does not intend to limit the rail mount to be associated with an examination platform rail and could be in the form of a bracket or clamp that is attachable to any type of patient examination platform. Thus, the present invention should not be limited in scope to a “rail” mount, clamp, or bracket. Likewise, the fluid delivery superstructure is intended to encompass other fluid delivery devices or arrangements beyond the arrangement including the pump device and fluid control module identified previously. For example, the fluid delivery superstructure could take the form of an IV pole that is adapted for detachable connection to the rail mount. The IV pole may include a base member that is adapted to engage the receiving opening in the rail mount, and telescoping member connected to the base member for adjusting the height of the IV pole. The IV pole is just one example of an alternative fluid delivery superstructure in accordance with the present invention.
- The mobile injector system of the present invention may be used as part of a method for preparing for a medical fluid injection procedure. Such a method may include the steps of providing the injector system comprising the mobile pedestal and the fluid delivery superstructure detachably connected to the mobile pedestal, associating the superstructure with the patient examination platform, and detaching the pedestal from the superstructure. The method may include releasably locking the superstructure to the patient examination platform.
- The step of associating the superstructure with the patient examination platform may include connecting the platform interface to the patient examination platform. This step may further include inserting the male platform insert into the receiving opening to connect the superstructure to the patient examination platform. The male platform insert may be locked in the receiving opening. When the male platform insert is provided as a plate-shaped member, the method may include sliding the plate-shaped insert into the receiving recess to connect the superstructure to the patient examination platform.
- As described previously, the patient examination platform may include a rail mount defining the receiving opening. The step of associating the superstructure with the patient examination table may include using the rail mount to complete the association. As final step in the method, the method may include removing the pedestal after the step of detaching the superstructure from the pedestal.
- Other details and advantages of the present invention will become clear when reading the following detailed description in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
-
FIG. 1 illustrates an embodiment of a known manual injector system; -
FIG. 2 illustrates one embodiment of an injection system of the present invention; -
FIG. 3 illustrates an embodiment of a pressure activated isolator assembly of the present invention; -
FIG. 4 illustrates an embodiment of a handheld controller or hand piece of the present invention; -
FIG. 5 illustrates another embodiment of a handheld controller of the present invention in which the handheld controller is connected to the fluid path via a “T” connection; -
FIG. 6A illustrates another embodiment of a handheld controller of the present invention including a control switch for pressure feedback in low pressure injection, a switch for high pressure injection, and a switch for saline injection; -
FIG. 6B illustrates another embodiment of a handheld controller of the present invention, which is wearable on a finger of the user; -
FIG. 7A illustrates a schematic representation of another embodiment of an injection system of the present invention; -
FIG. 7B illustrates a side view of an embodiment of a portion of the injection system ofFIG. 7A in which a pressure transducer is in the fluid path; -
FIG. 7C illustrates a side view of an embodiment of a portion of the injection system ofFIG. 7A in which a pressure transducer is separated from the fluid path by a T-connector and a length of tubing; -
FIG. 7D illustrates a side cross-sectional view of an embodiment of a pressure isolation valve of the present invention in which the valve is in a first, “open” state; -
FIG. 7E illustrates a side cross-sectional view of the pressure isolation valve ofFIG. 7D in which the valve is in a second, “closed” state; -
FIG. 7F illustrates a perspective view of the pressure isolation valve ofFIGS. 7D and 7E ; -
FIG. 7G illustrates a front view of the injection system ofFIG. 7A ; -
FIG. 7H illustrates a front view of the handheld controller of the injection system ofFIG. 7A ; -
FIG. 8A illustrates an angiographic injection system of the present invention including a manual syringe and a pressure isolation mechanism or valve of the present invention, in which the pressure isolation mechanism is closed to isolate a pressure transducer from the fluid path; -
FIG. 8B illustrates the angiographic injection system ofFIG. 8A in which the pressure isolation mechanism is open to place the pressure transducer in operative communication with the fluid path; -
FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a fluid delivery or injection system in accordance with another embodiment of the present invention and including generally analogous components to the injection system ofFIG. 7G ; -
FIG. 10 is a side and partially perspective view of a fluid path set used with the fluid delivery system ofFIG. 9 ; -
FIG. 11 is a perspective view of a drip chamber in accordance with the present invention and adapted for use in the fluid path ofFIG. 10 ; -
FIG. 12 is a perspective view of another embodiment of the pressure isolation mechanism or valve of the present invention and provided in the fluid path set ofFIG. 10 ; -
FIG. 13 is a cross section view taken along lines 13-13 inFIG. 12 ; -
FIG. 14 is an exploded perspective view of the pressure isolation mechanism ofFIG. 12 ; -
FIG. 15 is a perspective view of a biasing valve member used in the pressure isolation mechanism ofFIG. 12 ; -
FIG. 16 is a perspective view of a connector in accordance with the present invention and adapted for use in the fluid path set ofFIG. 10 , and showing first and second connector members of the connector disconnected from one another; -
FIG. 17 is a longitudinal cross sectional view of the connector ofFIG. 16 , showing the first and second connector members connected together; -
FIG. 18 is a longitudinal cross sectional view of the first connector member of the connector ofFIGS. 16 and 17 ; and -
FIG. 19 is a longitudinal cross sectional view of the second connector member of the connector ofFIGS. 16 and 17 -
FIG. 20 is a perspective view of a fluid control module or device in accordance with the present invention; -
FIG. 21 is a second perspective view of the fluid control module or device shown inFIG. 20 ; -
FIG. 22 is a longitudinal cross sectional view of a valve actuator of the fluid control module or device shown inFIGS. 20 and 21 ; -
FIG. 23 is an exploded perspective view of the valve actuator ofFIG. 22 ; -
FIG. 24 is a perspective view of a fluid level sensing mechanism of the fluid control module or device shown inFIGS. 20 and 21 ; -
FIG. 25 is an exploded perspective view of the fluid level sensing mechanism ofFIG. 24 ; -
FIG. 26 is a transverse cross sectional view of the fluid level sensing mechanism ofFIG. 24 ; -
FIG. 27 is an exploded perspective view of a peristaltic pump of the fluid control module or device shown inFIGS. 20 and 21 ; -
FIG. 28 is an exploded perspective view of a pinch valve assembly of the fluid control module or device shown inFIGS. 20 and 21 ; -
FIG. 29 is a perspective view of an air detector assembly of the fluid control module or device shown inFIGS. 20 and 21 ; -
FIG. 30 is a longitudinal cross sectional view of the air detector assembly ofFIG. 29 ; -
FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the air detector assembly ofFIGS. 29 and 30 ; -
FIG. 32 is an elevational view of the fluid delivery or injection system ofFIG. 9 associated with a hospital examination table; -
FIG. 33 is a top perspective view of the fluid delivery or injection system ofFIG. 32 ; -
FIGS. 34-36 are respective graphical user interface displays of a setup wizard control system used to control the fluid delivery or injection system of the present invention -
FIG. 37 is a perspective view of a mobile fluid delivery system in accordance with the present invention; -
FIG. 38 is a perspective view of a fluid delivery superstructure of the fluid delivery system ofFIG. 37 ; -
FIG. 39 is a perspective view of a mobile pedestal of the fluid delivery system ofFIG. 37 ; -
FIG. 40 is a perspective view showing the fluid delivery superstructure connected to a patient examination platform; -
FIG. 41 is a perspective view showing the fluid delivery superstructure connected to the patient examination platform with a user display of the superstructure positioned at a different location on the patient examination platform; -
FIG. 42 is perspective view showing the interface between the fluid delivery superstructure and the mobile pedestal; -
FIG. 43 is a perspective view showing the interface between the fluid delivery superstructure and a rail mount associated with the patient examination platform; -
FIG. 44 is a cross sectional view of the interface between the fluid delivery superstructure and rail mount shown inFIG. 43 ; -
FIG. 45 is a perspective view of the rail mount shown inFIGS. 42 and 43 , shown detached from the patient examination platform; -
FIG. 46 is a plan view of the rail mount shown inFIG. 45 ; -
FIG. 47 is a perspective view of an alternative configuration of the rail mount; -
FIG. 48 is a perspective view showing an alternative configuration for the interface between the fluid delivery superstructure and rail mount; -
FIG. 49 is a perspective view of the interface shown inFIG. 48 with the fluid delivery superstructure shown connected to the rail mount; -
FIG. 50 is a perspective view showing the fluid delivery superstructure in the form of an IV pole adapted to detachably connect to the rail mount; and -
FIG. 51 is a perspective view showing the IV pole shown inFIG. 50 connected to the rail mount. - In one aspect, the present invention provides an energy/signal source to generate fluid pressure/flow while also providing to the user tactile and/or audible feedback of the fluid pressure generated, allowing the user to modulate the fluid pressure/flow. The powered injection system of the present invention is capable of providing, for example, both precise low-flow/low-pressure fluid delivery for powered coronary injections and high-flow/high-pressure fluid delivery for ventricle injections.
-
FIG. 2 illustrates one embodiment of the present invention in which injector system 10 is preferably divided into two sections: a multi-patient section or set A and a per-patient disposable section or set B. Section or set A and section or set B are preferably separated and removably coupled into fluid connection by a high-pressure connector or by a high-pressure, “aseptic”connector 20 such as the septum connector disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,096,011, assigned to the assignee of the present invention, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The aseptic coupler or connector of U.S. Pat. No. 6,096,011 is suitable for repeated use (coupling and uncoupling) at relatively high pressures.Aseptic connector 20 preferably maintains a leakproof seal at high pressures after many such uses and can, for example, include a surface that can be disinfected (for example, between patients) by wiping with a suitable disinfectant. Another high-pressure aseptic connector suitable for use in the present invention is disclosed in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/553,822, filed on Apr. 21, 2000, assigned to the assignee of the present invention, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. - Multi-patient set A preferably includes a powered
injector 30 which is typically an electromechanical drive system for generating fluid pressure/flow via, for example, a pressurizing chamber such as asyringe 40 as known in the art. Suitable powered injectors and syringes for use in the present invention are disclosed, for example, in PCT Publication No. WO 97/07841 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,677,980, assigned to the assignee of the present invention, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. - In general, the injector drive is an electromechanical device that creates linear motion acting on a syringe plunger (not shown in
FIG. 2 ) to provide the generation of fluid pressure/flow. A source ofinjection media 60, for example, a contrast bottle, is in fluid connection with the syringe via, for example, an electromechanicalvalve actuator assembly 50 for controlling and directing fluid flow by acting upon preferablydisposable valves Valves Valves container 60 can be prepackaged contrast media, often distributed in a glass or plastic container with a rubber septum for allowing connections via IV spikes. An interim container or reservoir 70 is preferably placed betweencontrast bottle 60 andelectromechanical valve assembly 50 to provide an air gap in the fluid path to enable purging of air from the system and to allow level detection ofcontrast source 60 which helps to prevent reintroduction of air once purged. Interim reservoir 70 can operate in conjunction with a contrast level detection system as described in further detail below. Acontrast level detector 80 can, for example, include one or more electrical, optical, ultrasound, or mechanical sensors that detect the presence of fluid at a certain level in interim reservoir 70. - Further protection against injection of air into a patient can be provided by variety of mechanisms for detection of air in the fluid path or stream. For example, ultrasonic bubble detection can be used to detect the presence of air in the fluid path. Likewise, backlighting can facilitate air bubble detection by the operator. In the backlighting method of bubble detection, the injector side of the fluid path is illuminated to increase visualization of the fluid path, fluid presence and air presence.
- At least one
source 90 of another fluid, typically saline or other suitable medium, can also be provided. Additional fluid sources, such as therapeutic fluids, can also be provided. Additional fluid sources such assaline supply 90 are preferably in operative or fluid connection with a pressurizing mechanism such as a powered injector or aperistaltic pump 100. InFIG. 2 ,peristaltic pump 100 in operative connection with thesaline source 90 is in fluid connection with the fluid path ofinjector 30 via electromechanicalvalve actuator assembly 50. - A
controller unit 200 provides power toinjector 30 and toperistaltic pump 100 in a controlled manner.Controller unit 200 provides communication between the various system components. A graphicaluser interface display 210 is preferably provided in connection withcontroller unit 200 to display information to the user and to enable the user to set and adjust device parameters. Anaudible feedback source 220 can be provided, for example, to provide feedback to the user of the rate of flow provided byinjector 30. For example, a sound can increase in pitch, volume and/or frequency as flow rate is increased. - Per-patient disposable set B includes fluid wetted components of the fluid delivery path. Per-patient disposable set B preferably includes a
waste port 310, for example through which patient blood can be drawn, apressure measurement port 320, and aninterface 330 to acatheter 340, for example, a connector such as a standard luer connector.Waste port 310 can, for example, include a manually activated or automated valve to allow discharge of unwanted fluid and connection of, for example, manually operated syringes. Moreover, a powered aspiration mechanism, for example aperistaltic pump 314 connected via tubing to awaste bag 316, can be connected to wasteport 310 via, for example, astandard connector 312, to aspirate fluid from the system as well as to draw blood from the patient. Drawing fluid from the system and blood from the patient into awaste bag 316 assists in eliminating air from the fluid delivery system. -
Pressure port 320 preferably includes a pressure-activatedisolator 350 for pressure transducer isolation as, for example, illustrated inFIG. 3 . Pressure-activatedisolator 350 is a fluid activated assembly that is located in line with the injection flow. In the embodiment ofFIG. 3 , avalve 352 within the assembly isolatespressure transducer 360 by shutting off during high-pressure injections. A biasing member or mechanism such as aspring 354 returnsvalve 352 to its original open position when the injector system is not injecting at high pressure, thus opening the fluid path to pressuretransducer 360. In the embodiment ofFIGS. 2 and 3 , pressure-activatedisolator 350 transitions to a closed position to isolateonly pressure transducer 360, which is not in fluid connection withcontrast source 60 orsaline source 90 other than through pressure-activatedisolator 350.Pressure transducer 360 can, for example, be located near the patient to substantially reduce or remove pressure signal dampening resulting from intervening tubing, fluid and system components and thereby improve accuracy as compared to other pressure measurement systems currently used in angiographic procedures. Preferably,pressure transducer 360 is separated by a minimum, for example by no more than approximately three feet, of tubing from the patient/catheter connector. Because of the multi-patient nature of set A, the pressure transducer assembly and the remainder of per-patient disposable set B are preferably located downstream of adouble check valve 370 to provide continuous measurements. As such, a pressure isolation mechanism such as described above is required to isolatepressure transducer 360 from high pressure during power injection. - The system also includes a manually operated, for example, a handheld or hand operated,
control 400 that can, for example, generate or process a control signal that is electrical, mechanical, pneumatic, optical, radio frequency, audible or any combination thereof to effect control ofinjector 30 and preferably to also effect control ofperistaltic pump 100.Handheld control 400 also preferably provides feedback, for example, tactile, visual, audible, etc., of the injected fluid pressure and flow to the operator.Handheld control 400 preferably provides at least one type of feedback, for example, tactile feedback. In the embodiments ofFIGS. 2, 4 and 5, the handheld control or hand piece is in operative communication with the fluid flow and allows the user to feel the pressure in the fluid path line. Preferably, an electrical switch allows the user to turn on/off and modulate the fluid/flow pressure of the system for low-pressure/low-flow coronary injections only. High-pressure injection is activated, for example, using eitherdisplay 210 or a separate, second control on the handheld control. The handheld control thus provides pressure feedback to the user while controlling the low-pressure/low-flow coronary injections. - The handheld controls of the present invention can, for example, include a fluid path containment chamber in which a movable element is able to travel a pre-determined distance. The moveable element is preferably in direct contact with the fluid path and is affected by fluid flow and pressure. The movable element incorporates a mechanism to process a signal, which can be used to control the fluid pressure/flow source remotely. The handheld device is capable of being used with a signal processor related to the movement of the moveable element as known in the art.
- In one embodiment of the present invention, a
handheld control device 500 incorporates amoveable piston 510 slideably disposed within achamber 520 in a direction generally perpendicular to the direction of fluid flow as illustrated inFIG. 4 .Chamber 520 andpiston 510 can be directly in the fluid path or can be spaced from the fluid path by a length of tubing (see, for example,FIG. 5 ).Handheld device 500 allowsmoveable piston 510 to be positioned under one finger whiledevice 500 is held in the hand.Piston 510 preferably incorporates aswitch 530, that when compressed, controls the fluid flow generated by an external fluid pressure/flow source, for example,injector 30. Upon generation of the pressure,piston 510 is displaced by increased pressure, which is detectable by the operator. Further compression ofpiston 510 by the operator preferably increases the signal to the fluid flow/pressure generator, resulting in an increase in the pressure/flow and an increased pressure onpiston 510, which is felt by the operator. Backpressure or tubing occlusion causes increased pressure in the system, upward movement ofpiston 510 and tactile feedback to the operator, thereby alerting the operator to potential problems in the injection procedure. The system can also provide audible and/or visual feedback of the flow rate via, for example,user display 210 that is preferably controlled by the position ofpiston 510. - As illustrated in
FIG. 5 , ahandheld control 500′ can be connected in a “T” 550′ off of the main line for more flexibility. Apurge valve 540′ can be located at the end ofhandheld control 500′ for air elimination during system purge. Air can also be purged from thehandheld control 500′ before it is connected to the fluid path.FIG. 5 also illustrates asecond switch 560′ for initiation of a high pressure injection. An additional switch or switches can also be provided to, for example, control delivery of saline. -
FIGS. 6A and 6B illustrate other, ergonomic handheld controls.Handheld control 600 ofFIG. 6A includes achamber 620 that can be in fluid connection with the injection system fluid path as described above. A lowpressure control switch 610 similar in operation topiston 510 is slideably disposed withinchamber 620 to control low-pressure injections of contrast.Chamber 620 can, for example, be formed to conform to the hand of the user. Aswitch 630 to begin a high pressure injection viainjector 30 is provided onhandheld control 600. Also, aswitch 640 to control delivery of saline is provided onhandheld control 600. -
FIG. 6B illustrates an embodiment of a finger-wearable handheld control 700. In that regard, a finger of the user's hand passes throughpassage 710 incontrol 700 whilecontrol 700 is held in the user's hand. Arotating switch 720 controls low-pressure injection. A highpressure injection switch 730 and asaline switch 740 are also provided. - System 10 (
FIG. 2 ) can also include a manually operatedfoot controller 420 including one ormore actuators 430 in communication withcontroller 200.Foot controller 420 can, for example, be used to control flow through system 10 in conjunction with or independently ofhandheld controller 400. - Another embodiment of an
injector system 800 is illustrated inFIGS. 7A through 7H . In this embodiment, referring primarily toFIGS. 7A and 7G , afluid control module 810 is in operative connection with apowered injector 830 to which asyringe 840 is connected as described above.Syringe 840 is in fluid connection with anautomated valve 852 offluid control module 810, which is also in fluid connection with a source ofcontrast 860 via an intermediate drip chamber 870 (seeFIG. 7A ).Drip chamber 870 preferably includes a fluidlevel sensing mechanism 880. A preferably automated valve/stopcock 852 such as known in the art is also in fluid connection with a first, inlet port of alumen 954 of a pressure isolation valve 950 (see, for example,FIGS. 7D through 7F ).Valve 852 prevents saline and/or contaminated fluids from enteringsyringe 840 and enables the operator to stop flow of injection fluid (for example, contrast) fromsyringe 840 quickly at any pressure or flow rate. This ability to substantially immediately stop flow of injection fluid at any pressure and flow rate substantially removes the effects of system compliance and enables delivery of a “sharp” bolus. Anair column detector 856 can be placed in line betweenstopcock 852 andpressure isolation valve 950. -
Fluid control module 810 further includes a source ofsaline 890 in fluid connection with aperistaltic pump 900 via an interveningdrip chamber 910.Drip chamber 910 preferably includes a fluidlevel sensing mechanism 920.Peristaltic pump 900 is in fluid connection with a preferably automated valve/stopcock 854, which is in fluid connection withpressure isolation valve 950. In addition to controlling flow of saline,valve 854 prevents contaminated fluids from reachingperistaltic pump 900 andsaline source 890. Anair column detector 858 can be placed in line betweenstopcock 854 andpressure isolation valve 950. - A
controller 970 and a display 974 (seeFIG. 7A ) are also in operative connection withinjector 830 as described above. Furthermore,handheld controller 1000 is in operative connection withinjector 830 and thereby withfluid control module 810. In the embodiment ofFIGS. 7A through 7C andFIG. 7G ,handheld controller 1000 does not provide tactile feedback of system pressure to the operator. However, a handheld controller providing such tactile feedback (for example, handheld controller 600) can readily be used in connection withsystem 800. Moreover, a foot controller as described above can also be provided. - In general, the preferably per-patient disposable portion or set of
system 800 is illustrated within dashed lines inFIGS. 7A, 7B , and 7C. Twoconnectors system 800 facilitates close placement ofpressure transducer 980 to the patient, improving measurement accuracy as compared to currently available systems. Althoughhandheld controller 1000 in the embodiments ofFIGS. 7A through 7H is not in direct connection with the fluid path, it is preferably disposable because of contamination with bodily fluids that typically occurs from operator handling thereof. -
Lumen 954, via a second, outlet port thereof, ofpressure isolation valve 950 is preferably in fluid connection with an automated or manual valve/stopcock 994, which preferably includes awaste port 996 as described above.Catheter 1100 is preferably connected via arotating luer connection 998. -
FIG. 7B illustrates a portion of a fluid path set for use insystem 800 ofFIG. 7A in which apressure transducer 980 is directly in the saline fluid path.FIG. 7C illustrates a fluid path set for use insystem 800 ofFIG. 7A in whichpressure transducer 980 is separated from the saline fluid path by a “T”connector 982 and a length oftubing 984. In the embodiments ofFIGS. 7B and 7C , spikes 976 a and 976 b are used to connect to contrastsource 860 andsaline source 890, respectively. In general, standard luer connections are used to connect most of the components ofsystem 800. InFIGS. 7B and 7C several of these luer connections are illustrated in a disconnected state. Alternatively, one or more of the illustrated connections can, for example, be non-luer or bonded connections. - One embodiment of a
pressure isolation valve 950 is illustrated inFIGS. 7D through 7F .Pressure isolation valve 950 includes ahousing 952 with ahigh pressure lumen 954, through which fluid passes under pressure.Pressure isolation valve 950 also includes aport 956 to whichpressure transducer 980 andsaline source 890 are connected. Apiston 958 acts to isolatepressure transducer 980 once a given pressure is reached inlumen 954 ofpressure isolation valve 950. In an “open” or rest state, as shown inFIG. 7D , there is hydraulic or fluid communication betweenlumen 954, includingcatheter 1100 andinjector 840 connected thereto, andisolation port 956, includingpressure transducer 980 and the saline fluid path connected thereto. - Preferably, the clearances and apertures within
pressure isolation valve 950 are sufficiently generous to transmit changes in pressure that normally occur during normal heart function quickly, as to not damp or attenuate the signal. The pressure effect onpiston 958 of the flow of injection fluid fromsyringe 840 throughlumen 954 is illustrated with dashed arrows inFIG. 7D while the flow of saline throughpressure isolation mechanism 950 is illustrated with solid arrows. When the pressure withinlumen 954 increases during an injection,piston 958 responds by moving to the right in the orientation ofFIGS. 7D and 7E , compressing aspring 960 until aseal portion 962 at the left end ofpiston 958 contacts a sealingseat 964 as illustrated inFIG. 7E . At this point, lumen orport 956 is isolated fromlumen 954 and any additional increase in pressure acts to increase or improve the effectiveness of theseal 962. When the pressure withinlumen 954 subsides,spring 960 reopenspressure isolation valve 950 by pushingpiston 958 to the left. In one embodiment, fluid does not flow throughport 956. In this embodiment,pressure isolation valve 950 only isolates the tubing and devices distal to port 956 from high pressure and does not control flow. -
Pressure isolation valve 950 of the present invention is suited for use in any medical fluid path in which it is desirable to automatically isolate a pressure sensitive fluid path component, for example, a pressure transducer or other fluid path component or fluid pathway from pressures above a certain predetermined pressure. The pressure at whichpressure isolation valve 950 isolatesport 956 fromlumen 954 can be readily and easily adjusted through variation of a number of variables as known to those skilled in the art, including, for example, various valve dimensions and the properties ofspring 960, for example, the force constant thereof. Connection ofpressure isolation valve 950 into any fluid path is quite simple. In that regard,lumen 954 is simply placed in the fluid path via connection ofports isolation valve 950. Standard connections such as luer connections as known in the medical arts can be used to connectlumen 954 to the fluid path.Valve 950 can also be incorporated into or embedded within other devices such as a manifold, a pressure transducer or a connector. - In an alternative to mechanical operation of
valve piston 958 as described above,valve piston 958 can also be controlled via an electromechanical mechanism. For example, a pressure sensor such as pressure sensor or transducer 980 (see, for example,FIG. 7B ) can send a signal to an actuator, for example, in the operative position of and functioning in a similar manner to spring 960 as known in the control art to control the position ofvalve piston 958 and thereby control fluid flow throughport 956. -
FIGS. 8A and 8B illustrate use ofpressure isolation valve 950 to automatically isolate a pressure transducer P from increased pressures in a manual injection system such as set forth inFIG. 1 . Valve V3, used for manual isolation of a pressure transducer as described previously, can be removed from the fluid path or retained therein. As illustrated inFIG. 8A , application of a force F to the syringe plunger extension causes pressurized fluid to flow from the syringe into the fluid path. The elevated pressure causes pressure withinlumen 954 to increase. As discussed previously in connection withFIGS. 7D and 7E ,piston 958 responds by moving to the right in the orientation ofFIGS. 8A and 8B , compressingspring 960 untilseal portion 962contacts sealing seat 964 as illustrated inFIG. 8A . At this point,port 956 and pressure transducer P are isolated fromlumen 954 and the remainder of the fluid path. As illustrated inFIG. 8B , when the syringe in inactivated, the pressure withinlumen 954 subsides, andspring 960 reopenspressure isolation valve 950 by pushingpiston 958 to the left. - Incorporation of
pressure isolation valve 950 into the fluid path ofFIGS. 8A and 8B provides a substantial improvement compared to the injection system ofFIG. 1 . For example, it is taxing and difficult for a physician or other operator using the system ofFIG. 1 to operate each of valves V1, V2 and V3. Operators often either forget to close valve V3 during injections, thereby resulting in damaged pressure transducers or fail to reopen the valves post-injection preventing proper or timely patient monitoring. Injection procedures are greatly facilitated in the system ofFIGS. 8A and 8B by automation of the isolation of pressure transducer P at elevated pressures. - As discussed above, saline is used occasionally during routine catheterization procedures. For example, controls 1020 a or 1020 b on
handheld control 1000 can send a signal to control the flow of saline. For patient safety, it is desirable to introduce the saline close to the proximal end ofcatheter 1000 so the amount of contrast purged ahead of the saline is minimized during a saline injection. Once again, the parallel line configuration of the contrast delivery and saline deliver fluid paths of present invention assist in preventing such undesirable injections. - Since the required saline flow rates are low and the viscosity of saline is much lower than the viscosity of contrast, the pressures required to force saline through
catheter 1100 are much less than that of contrast. By protecting the saline line from the high pressures required for contrast injection, additional system compliance is avoided and the saline line does not need to be made of the same high-pressure line as the contrast. Protection of the saline line from high pressure is accomplished by connecting the saline line to port 956 ofpressure isolation valve 950 to introduce the saline flow as illustrated with solid arrows inFIG. 7D . In this embodiment,port 956 is normally open, permitting the flow of saline therethrough, when required, as well as the monitoring of the patient blood pressure. During a high-pressure injection,pressure isolation valve 950 functions as described above and protectspressure transducer 980 and the low-pressure saline line from the high contrast injection pressures. - The elevation of
catheter 1100 often changes during the course of an injection procedure, for example, as the patient is raised or lowered. Such changes in elevation ofcatheter 1100 can result in erroneous blood pressure readings bypressure transducer 980. Therefore,pressure transducer 980 is preferably positioned such that it changes elevation withcatheter 1100 and is not dependent upon the position of the injection system, including the position ofinjector 830. - In one embodiment illustrated in
FIGS. 7G and 7H ,handheld controller 1000 included a plunger orstem control 1010 that, when in a first/low pressure mode, is depressed by the operator to control the flow of contrast fromsyringe 840. Thefarther plunger 1010 is depressed, the greater the flow rate via, for example, a potentiometer such as a linear potentiometer withinhousing 1020 ofcontroller 1000. In this embodiment, the operator can use graphicaluser interface display 974 to change the mode ofplunger 1010 to a second mode in which it causesinjector 830 to initiate a high pressure injection as preprogrammed by the operator. In this second/high pressure mode, the operator maintainsplunger 1010 in a depressed state to continue the injection. Preferably, ifplunger 1010 is released, the high-pressure injection is terminated substantially immediately, for example, by control ofvalve 852.Handheld controller 1000 also includes at least one switch to control saline flow insystem 800. In the embodiment ofFIG. 7H ,handheld controller 1000 includes twosaline switches plunger 1010 for ease of access by the operator. In this embodiment, switches 1030 a and 1030 b include resilient cantilevered members 1032 a and 1032 b, respectively, which are depressed by the operator to deliver saline throughsystem 800. Preferably, one ofswitches valve 854. - As illustrated in
FIG. 7G , many of the components ofsystem 800 can be supported on amobile stand 805.Injector 830 is preferably rotatable aboutstand 805 as indicated by the arrow ofFIG. 7G . In one embodiment ofsystem 800 of FIGS. 7G and 7H: stopcocks were obtained from Medical Associates Network, Inc., a distributor for Elcam Plastic, under product number 565302; spikes were obtained from Qosina under product numbers 23202 and 23207, tubing was obtained from Merit Medical under product numbers DCT-100 and DCT-148; connectors were obtained from Merit Medical under product number 102101003, a rotating hub was obtained from Medical Associates Network, Inc., a distributor for Elcam Plastic, under product number 565310; a peristaltic pump from Watson-Marlow was obtained having a product number of 133.4451.THF; and fluid level sensor from Omron were obtained under product number EESPX613. - The following describes a typical use scenario of injection systems of the present invention and assumes that all fluid path components are assembled/connected and located in their proper position, including contrast and saline containers.
- Typically, the first step in an injection procedure is replacing air in the fluid path with fluid. By operator initiation and machine control, the powered injector causes the syringe plunger to move rearward toward the powered injector, thereby creating a negative pressure at the connection point to a control valve in proximity to the contrast interim container. The control valve is positioned to allow fluid flow from the contrast bottle, into the interim container and into the syringe. Upon drawing a predetermined amount of contrast into the syringe, the injector drive preferably reverses direction creating a positive pressure and fluid movement in the direction of the contrast container or the catheter, which is not connected to a patient, to drive any entrapped air out of the fluid path into an “air gap” established in the interim container or through the catheter. Air is further preferably initially purged from the system during start-up by, for example, distributing a fluid such as saline through the fluid path, sometimes referred to as “priming”. The system is preferably maintained air-free during an injection procedure. Priming is preferably done once per patient or once per multi-patient, depending on disposable fluid path configuration.
- The system can include, for example, “contrast low” level (need for refill) and “stop filling” limit sensors on the interim reservoir as described above to help ensure that air is not aspirated into the contrast syringe during a fill cycle. An ultrasonic air column sensor or sensors and/or other types of sensors can also be included downstream of the injector to detect air gaps within the line as a secondary safety sensor.
- By operator initiation and machine control, a second fluid pump connected to a bulk source of saline, typically a prefilled bag, provides fluid flow in the direction of patient catheter. Enough saline is preferably pumped throughout disposable set to achieve elimination of all visible air during priming. Using the saline priming feature, a handheld controller that is in fluid connection with the fluid path to provide tactile feedback as described previously can, for example, be purged of air by opening an integral bleed valve. After priming is complete the bleed valve is closed.
- Once the system is properly set up and primed, it can be connected to the patient via the catheter. The system preferably has a range of parameters for flow, pressure, variable flow, alarms and performance limits as known in the art.
- To deliver contrast at low flow and low pressure, for example, to the coronary arteries, depressing a first button, piston or other controller on the handheld controller initiates flow of contrast and in some embodiments provides feedback, for example, tactile and/or audible feedback. Further depressing the button on the hand controller preferably increases the flow rate of contrast. If at any time the button is released, the fluid flow preferably stops and any feedback ends. This “dead-man” operability can be provided, for example, by biasing, for example spring loading, the first control or actuator toward the off position. The minimum and maximum flow are preferably established by the parameters set using a graphical user interface on the display.
- To deliver contrast at high flow and high pressure, for example, to the left ventricle, a separate switch or second actuator/controller on the hand control is preferably depressed. Alternatively, a second mode of the first actuator/controller can be entered to control high pressure flow. In embodiments in which the handheld control provides tactile feedback during low-pressure injection, preferably no such tactile feedback is provided during high pressure flow. However, other feedback such as an audible tone feedback different than any audible tone provided during the low-pressure mode can be provided. The high-pressure/high-flow function is preferably first input/selected from the parameters input/set using the graphical user interface on the display. The high-flow and high-pressure injection is preferably preprogrammed and the flow cannot be varied. As discussed above, any direct, tactile feedback is preferably eliminated, as the pressure is often over 1000 psi. If at any time the second button is released, the injection preferably stops.
- To deliver saline, a second or third switch, controller or actuator on the hand controller is preferably selected, causing saline flow at a pre-selected flow rate. Alternatively, a single controller or actuator having three different control modes can be used. As with the other actuators or actuator modes on the handheld controller, if at any time the third button is released, the saline flow preferably stops.
- A pressure sensor is preferably connected to a pressure isolation valve as described above. Patient pressure monitoring can be determined at any time except when an injection of fluid exceeds the pressure set by the pressure isolation valve.
- A multi-patient set can be designed so that at least some portions thereof can safely be reused for multiple patients. In such a design, for example, the syringe and interface to contrast/saline components, disposable valves and related tubing, and a multi-use high-pressure, aseptic connector can preferably be reused for multiple patients.
- Handheld controllers, whether or not in fluid connection with the fluid path, and related tubing and check valves are preferably replaced for each patient. Likewise, any waste port, pressure port, and the interface to catheter are preferably replaced for each patient. Aseptic connectors of a multi-patient set can, for example, be wiped clean before connecting a disposable set for each new patient. Reusable or multi-patient sets preferably have a limited numbers of reuses and preferably are not used for longer than a set period of time, for example, an 8-hour period.
- Another embodiment of a fluid injector or
delivery system 1200 is illustrated generally inFIG. 9 . In this embodiment, aninjector 1300 is operatively associated with afluid control module 1400. The details of theinjector 1300 are set forth in co-pending U.S. application Ser. No. 10/326,582, filed on Dec. 20, 2002, entitled FRONT LOAD PRESSURE JACKET SYSTEM WITH SYRINGE HOLDER AND LIGHT ILLUMINATION, and co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/818,477, filed Apr. 5, 2004 entitled FLUID INJECTION APPARATUS WITH FRONT LOAD PRESSURE JACKET, LIGHT ILLUMINATION, AND SYRINGE SENSING, which are each incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Theinjector 1300 is adapted to support and actuate a syringe, as described in the foregoing applications. Thefluid control module 1400 is associated with theinjector 1300 for controlling fluid flows delivered by theinjector 1300. Thefluid control module 1400 is generally adapted to support and control a fluid path set 1700 used to connect a syringe associated with theinjector 1300 to a catheter (not shown) to be associated with a patient. - The
fluid delivery system 1200 further includes asupport assembly 1600 adapted to support theinjector 1300 and thefluid control module 1400, as discussed further herein. Thesupport assembly 1600 may be configured as a movable platform or base so that thefluid delivery system 1200 is generally transportable, or for connection to a standard hospital bed or examination table on which a patient will be located during an injection procedure. Additionally, thefluid delivery system 1200 preferably further includes a user-input control section ordevice 1800 for interfacing with computer hardware/software (i.e., electronic memory) of thefluid control module 1400 and/or theinjector 1300. While the details of thefluid control module 1400 are set forth in detail hereinafter, thefluid control module 1400 generally includes ahousing 1402, avalve actuator 1404 for controlling a fluid control valve, a fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406, aperistaltic pump 1408, an automatic shut-off orpinch valve 1410, and anair detector assembly 1412. The details of thecontrol section 1800 are also set forth hereinafter in this disclosure. - As indicated, the
fluid control module 1400 is generally adapted to support and control the fluid path set 1700 used to connect a syringe associated with theinjector 1300 to a catheter (not shown). Referring now toFIGS. 9 and 10 , the fluid path set 1700 is shown in greater detail inFIG. 10 . The fluid path set 1700 may be considered to include asyringe 1702 that is to be associated with theinjector 1300. The fluid path set 1700 is generally used to associate thesyringe 1702 with a first or primary source ofinjection fluid 1704, also referred to herein as a primary fluid container, which will be loaded into thesyringe 1702 for an injection procedure. Theprimary fluid container 1704 may be contrast media in the case of an angiographic procedure, as an example. The fluid path set 1700 is further adapted to associate thefluid control module 1400 with a secondary or additional source of fluid 1706, also referred to herein as a secondary fluid container, to be supplied or delivered to the patient via the catheter. In a typical angiographic procedure, saline is used as a secondary flushing fluid which is supplied to the patient between injections of contrast media. - In a general injection procedure involving the
fluid delivery system 1200, theinjector 1300 is filled with fluid from theprimary fluid container 1704 and delivers the fluid via the fluid path set 1700 to the catheter and, ultimately, the patient. Thefluid control module 1400 generally controls or manages the delivery of the injection through a valve associated with the fluid path set 1700, which is controlled or actuated by thevalve actuator 1404 on thefluid control module 1400. Thefluid control module 1400 is further adapted to deliver the fluid from thesecondary fluid container 1706 under pressure via theperistaltic pump 1408 on thefluid control module 1400. - The fluid path set 1700, as illustrated in
FIG. 10 , generally comprises a first section or set 1710 and a second section or set 1720. Thefirst section 1710 is generally adapted to connect thesyringe 1702 to theprimary fluid container 1704, and to connect thesecond section 1720 to thesecondary fluid container 1706. Thefirst section 1710 is preferably multi-patient section or set disposed after a preset number of injection procedures are accomplished with thefluid delivery system 1200. Thus, thefirst section 1710 may be used for a preset number of injection procedures involving one or more with patients and may then be discarded. Optionally, thefirst section 1710 may be adapted to be re-sterilized for reuse. Thefirst section 1710 is preferably provided as a sterile set, preferably in a sterile package. Thesecond section 1720 is a per-patient section or set, which is preferably disposed of after each injection procedure involving thefluid delivery system 1200. The fluid path set 1700 is generally similar to the fluid path set illustrated inFIG. 7B , discussed previously, but includes the structures discussed hereinafter. Thefirst section 1710 andsecond section 1720 are placed in fluid communication by one ormore connectors 1708, the details of which are also set forth hereinafter. - The
first section 1710 includes amulti-position valve 1712, for example a 3-position stopcock valve, which is adapted to be automatically controlled or actuated by thevalve actuator 1404 on thefluid control module 1400. Themulti-position valve 1712 is adapted to selectively isolate thesyringe 1702, theprimary fluid container 1704, and thesecond section 1720 to selectively allow theinjector 1300 to fill thesyringe 1702 with fluid from theprimary fluid container 1704, deliver the fluid loaded into thesyringe 1702 to thesecond section 1720, or isolate thesyringe 1702 from theprimary fluid container 1704 and thesecond section 1720. Themulti-position valve 1712 is connected to thesyringe 1702 by aluer connection 1714, which may be a standard luer connection known in the art. - The
first section 1710 further includes interveningdrip chambers 1716 associated with theprimary fluid container 1704 and thesecondary fluid container 1706. Thedrip chambers 1716 are adapted to be associated with primary andsecondary fluid containers conventional spike members 1717. The fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406 on thefluid control module 1400 is used to sense fluid levels in thedrip chambers 1716 when the fluid path set 1700 is associated with theinjector 1300 and thefluid control module 1400. Generally, operation of thefluid delivery system 1200 includes filling, loading, or “priming” thesyringe 1402 with fluid from theprimary fluid container 1704, which passes to thesyringe 1402 via thedrip chamber 1716 associated with theprimary fluid container 1704. Similarly, during operation of thefluid delivery system 1200, fluid such as saline, from thesecondary fluid container 1706 is supplied to thesecond section 1720 via thedrip chamber 1716 associated with thesecondary fluid container 1706. Thedrip chambers 1716 are generally adapted to permit fluid level sensors associated with the fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406 to detect the level of fluid in thedrip chambers 1716, for example by using optical or ultrasonic methods.Respective output lines 1718 made, for example, of conventional low pressure medical tubing, are associated with thedrip chambers 1716 for connecting thedrip chambers 1716 to themulti-position valve 1712 and thesecond section 1720. The outlet of themulti-position valve 1712 is connected to anoutput line 1719, which is used to connect themulti-position valve 1712 andsyringe 1702 to thesecond section 1720. Due to the high injection pressures typically generated by theinjector 1300 during an injection procedure such as angiography, theoutput line 1719 is preferably constructed of high pressure medical tubing. An inlet to themulti-position valve 1712 is connected via aninlet line 1721 to thesyringe 1702, and is preferably also constructed of high pressure medical tubing. - The
second section 1720 generally includes a pressure isolation mechanism orvalve 1722. Thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 is connected byrespective input lines connectors 1708 to thefirst section 1710. Thefirst input line 1724 is preferably formed of conventional medical tubing and connects thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 with thedrip chamber 1716 associated with thesecondary fluid container 1706. Thesecond input line 1726 is preferably formed of high pressure medical tubing and connects thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 with theoutput line 1719 connected to themulti-position valve 1712 and, ultimately, thesyringe 1702 andprimary fluid container 1704. The tubing used for thesecond input line 1726 is preferably high pressure medical tubing. - An
output line 1728 is associated with thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 for connecting thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 with the catheter. A secondmulti-position valve 1730, for example in the form of a stopcock valve, may be provided in theoutput line 1728, as a shut-off feature. As shown inFIG. 10 , themulti-position valve 1730 may be provided as a simple shut-off valve to isolate the catheter from thefirst section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700. Theoutput line 1728 may further include acatheter connection 1732 for associating the fluid path set 1700 with a catheter to be used in a fluid injection procedure involving thefluid delivery system 1200. - Referring briefly to
FIG. 11 , one of thedrip chambers 1716 used in the fluid path set 1700 is shown in enlarged detail. Thedrip chamber 1716 shown inFIG. 11 generally has an elongatedbody 1734 with atop end 1736 and abottom end 1738. Thebody 1734 is formed with aprojection 1740, which generally extends longitudinally, laterally along thebody 1740, or in any configuration on thebody 1734 of thedrip chamber 1716, and may even be in the form of a handle with an opening such as those found on plastic bottles. Theprojection 1740 is generally provided to interact with the fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406 on thefluid control module 1400, and may be referred to as a “back” window because theprojection 1740 will generally face the fluid level sensors in the fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406 when thedrip chamber 1716 is associated with the fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406. - The
body 1734 is preferably formed of a plastic material and, more particularly, a resiliently deformable medical-grade plastic material to allow in-place “priming” of thedrip chamber 1716, when thedrip chamber 1716 is associated with the fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406. The fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406 is generally adapted to support and secure thedrip chambers 1716, as shown inFIG. 9 . Theprojection 1740 further permits thedrip chamber 1716 to be primed in place in the fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406. The plastic material comprising thebody 1734 may be substantially clear or slightly opaque, but theprojection 1740 is preferably clear to allow an optical fluid level sensor in the fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406 to detect the fluid level in thedrip chamber 1716. Theprojection 1740 is preferably raised from thebody 1734 of thedrip chamber 1716 to allow priming of thedrip chamber 1716. Generally, thebody 1734 of thedrip chamber 1716 is sufficiently clear to allow light transmission from lighting associated with the fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406. Thebody 1734 of thedrip chamber 1716 will generally act as a light conduit or “light pipe” that will illuminate the fluid flow path in the medical tubing forming theoutput lines 1718 associated with thedrip chambers 1716 connected to the primary andsecond fluid containers - Referring to
FIGS. 12-15 , thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 is shown in greater detail. Thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 includes ahousing 1742. Thehousing 1742 may be a unitary housing or, preferably, a multi-piece housing as shown inFIG. 13 . Preferably, thehousing 1742 is a two-piece housing including afirst portion 1744 and asecond portion 1746, which are adapted to connect together to form thehousing 1742. The first andsecond portions - The interference engagement is formed by engagement of a depending
annular flange 1748 formed on thefirst portion 1744 of thehousing 1742 with a corresponding recess orgroove 1749, for example, a circular recess or groove, formed or defined in thesecond portion 1746 of thehousing 1742. Therecess 1749 is purposely made slightly smaller in width than the thickness of theannular flange 1748, so that when the first andsecond portions housing 1742 are joined together there is interference engagement between theannular flange 1748 and therecess 1749. Thesecond portion 1746 of thehousing 1742 may include a raisedannular flange 1750 that engages or cooperates with a corresponding recess orgroove 1751 defined in thefirst portion 1744. The raisedannular flange 1750 may engage with therecess 1751 in a similar friction fit manner as theannular flange 1748 andrecess 1749 discussed previously. The combination of theannular flanges recesses shear interface 1752 between the first andsecond portions housing 1742, which increases their assembly strength. An adhesive or ultrasonic weld may be used along theshear interface 1752 to secure the first andsecond portions flanges recesses - The
first portion 1744 of thehousing 1742 defines a primary orhigh pressure lumen 1754, which forms a high pressure side of thepressure isolation mechanism 1722. Aninlet 1755 to the high pressure orprimary lumen 1754 is in fluid communication with thesecond input line 1726, which is the high pressure line connecting thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 with theoutput line 1719 associated with themulti-position valve 1712 and, ultimately, thesyringe 1702 and theprimary fluid container 1704. Anoutlet 1756 of theprimary lumen 1754 is connected to the secondmulti-position valve 1730, which may be provided in theoutput line 1728 as discussed previously. - The
second portion 1746 of thehousing 1740 defines a secondary orlow pressure lumen 1758, which generally forms a low pressure side of thepressure isolation mechanism 1722. Thesecondary lumen 1758 has aninlet 1759 that is in fluid communication with thefirst input line 1724, which is the low pressure line that connects thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 to thesecondary fluid container 1706 via theperistaltic pump 1408 on thefluid control module 1400 anddrip chamber 1716. Thesecond portion 1746 of thehousing 1742 includes avent hole 1760 provided for proper operation of thepressure isolation mechanism 1722. Thesecond portion 1746 of thehousing 1742 further includes apressure isolation port 1761 to which a pressure transducer (SeeFIGS. 7B through 7F ) may be connected. The structure forming thepressure isolation port 1761 may terminate in a luer connector for connecting a pressure transducer to thepressure isolation port 1761. - The first and
second portions housing 1742 may define aninternal chamber 1762, generally in fluid communication with theprimary lumen 1754 and thesecondary lumen 1758. Thefirst portion 1744 of thehousing 1742 may include a depending retainingmember 1763 extending into theinternal chamber 1762. Aninternal valve member 1764 is located in theinternal chamber 1762 and is used to isolate thepressure isolation port 1761 when thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 is associated with thesyringe 1702, (i.e., in fluid communication with an operating syringe 1702). Thevalve member 1764 is generally engaged by the retainingmember 1763 depending or extending from thefirst portion 1744 of thehousing 1742 to maintain a preload of thevalve member 1764. Thevalve member 1764 is generally adapted to bias thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 to a normally open position, wherein theprimary lumen 1754 is in fluid communication with thesecondary lumen 1758 and thepressure isolation port 1761 through theinternal chamber 1762. Thevalve member 1764 is generally further adapted to isolate thepressure isolation port 1761 once fluid pressure in theprimary lumen 1754 reaches a preset pressure, as described further herein. - The
valve member 1764 is preferably a two-piece structure comprising aseat member 1766 and abase portion 1767. Theseat member 1766 is generally adapted to seat against aseal ring 1768 formed on thesecond portion 1746 of thehousing 1742 in the closed position of thevalve member 1764, thereby isolating theprimary lumen 1754 from thesecondary lumen 1758 and thepressure isolation port 1761. Theseat member 1766 includes anintegral biasing portion 1770. The biasingportion 1770 is a generally conical shaped portion of theseat member 1766 that is hollow and preferably has a pre-established or preset spring force tension. Thebase portion 1767 is generally engaged by the retainingmember 1763 depending or extending from thefirst portion 1744 of thehousing 1742 to maintain a preload of the conical shaped biasingportion 1770 and form a seal with the body of thesecond portion 1746 of thehousing 1742, thereby preventing fluid from leaking or exiting via thevent hole 1760. Thevent hole 1760 allows for proper operation of thevalve member 1764 by allowing air to vent from the conical shaped biasingportion 1770 during operation of thevalve member 1764. When the pressure withinprimary lumen 1754 increases during an injection procedure, the biasingportion 1770 of theseat member 1764 responds by deforming within theinternal chamber 1762 until theseat member 1766 of thevalve member 1764 seats against theseal ring 1768 formed on thesecond portion 1746 of thehousing 1742. Once theseat member 1766 seats against theseal ring 1768, thevalve member 1764 is in a closed position. The pre-established or preset spring force tension is preferably selected to prevent damage to the pressure transducer, saline line, or other pressure sensitive devices typically connected to thepressure isolation port 1761 and may be pre-selected such that thevalve member 1764 is in the closed position when the fluid pressure in theprimary lumen 1754 is less than 70 psi. In the closed position of thevalve member 1764, theprimary lumen 1754 is isolated from thesecondary lumen 1758 and thepressure isolation port 1761. - As
FIG. 14 shows, theseat member 1766 may define anopening 1772 for receiving a tab orprojection 1773 on thebase portion 1767 for connecting thebase portion 1767 to theseat member 1766. Theseat member 1766 andbase portion 1767 may be secured together by mechanical devices (i.e., fasteners), adhesively secured together, or bonded together when thevalve member 1764 is formed. For example, theseat member 1766 and thebase portion 1767 may be formed of different polymeric materials that will adhere to one another, for example, when elevated heat or pressure are applied. For example, theseat member 1766 may be made of a thermoplastic elastomer and thebase portion 1767 formed of a polypropylene that will adhere to the thermoplastic elastomer when theseat member 1766 and thebase portion 1767 are molded together. -
FIGS. 16-19 illustrate the reduced oranti-contamination connector 1708 used to connect thefirst section 1710 andsecond section 1720 in the fluid path set 1700 shown inFIG. 10 in greater detail. As shown inFIG. 10 discussed previously, oneconnector 1708 connects the high pressure,second input line 1726 associated with thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 with the highpressure output line 1719 from themulti-position valve 1712 associated with controlling fluid flow from thesyringe 1702. Asecond connector 1708 connects the low pressure,first input line 1724 associated with thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 to theoutput line 1718 associated with thedrip chamber 1716 connected to thesecondary fluid container 1706. - The
connector 1708 generally includes afirst connector member 1774 that is adapted for removable connection to asecond connector member 1776. The first andsecond connector members second connector members connector 1708. The first andsecond connector members second connector members external wings 1775 for grasping by a user of theconnector 1708 while manipulating the first andsecond connector members second connector members second connector members members wings 1775 generally provide the mechanical advantage necessary to tighten the preferred threaded engagement between the first andsecond connector members first connector member 1774 defines acentral lumen 1777 that extends entirely through thefirst connector member 1774. Likewise, thesecond connector member 1776 defines acentral lumen 1778 extending entirely through thesecond connector member 1776, so that when the first andsecond connector members lumens - The
first connector member 1774 includes anouter housing 1780. Theouter housing 1780 is generally a cylindrical shaped hollow structure and may have a smooth or texturedouter surface 1781. Thefirst connector member 1774 further includes a first threadedmember 1782 located within theouter housing 1780. The first threadedmember 1782 may be coaxially located within theouter housing 1780. As shown inFIG. 17 , thelumen 1777 in thefirst connector member 1774 extends through the first threadedmember 1782. The first threadedmember 1782 is preferably externally threaded and may be in the form of an externally threaded female luer fitting. The first threadedmember 1782 is recessed within theouter housing 1780 by a recessed distance R1, as shown inFIG. 18 . The recessed distance R1 is preferably sufficient to prevent contact with the end or tip of the first threadedmember 1782 when a person touches the end or tip of thefirst connector member 1774. The recessed distance R1 thereby reduces the possibility of contaminating the first threadedmember 1774, when thefirst connector member 1774 is manipulated by a user of theconnector 1708. In particular, the recessed distance R1 is of sufficient distance that human skin on a person's finger or thumb will not penetrate to the depth of the first threadedmember 1782 and come into contact with the end or tip of the first threadedmember 1782. - The
second connector member 1776 includes a second threadedmember 1784, which generally forms the connecting portion or structure of thesecond connector member 1776. The second threadedmember 1784 is preferably internally threaded to receive the externally threaded first threadedmember 1782 for connecting the first andsecond connector members member 1782 may be in the form of an externally-threaded female luer. Thesecond connector member 1776 further includes aluer fitting 1786 located in the second threadedmember 1784. Theluer fitting 1786 is preferably in the form of a male luer adapted to cooperate with the first threadedmember 1782 when thefirst connector member 1774 is connected to thesecond connector member 1776. Theluer fitting 1786 is preferably coaxially disposed in the second threadedmember 1784. Thelumen 1778 in thesecond connector member 1776 extends entirely through theluer fitting 1786. Theluer fitting 1786 is recessed within the second threadedmember 1784 by a recessed distance R2, in a similar manner to how the first threadedmember 1782 is recessed within theouter housing 1780. The second threadedmember 1784 further includes one or more circumferentially-extended raisedstructures 1788, such as rings, on anouter surface 1789 thereof. -
FIG. 17 shows the connection between the first andsecond connector members connector 1708. In the connected arrangement of the first andsecond connector members member 1774 is secured to thesecond connector member 1776 by removable threaded engagement between the externally threaded first threadedmember 1782 and the internally threaded second threadedmember 1784. Theluer fitting 1786 recessed within the second threadedmember 1784 cooperates with the first threadedmember 1782 to provide fluid communication between the first andsecond connector members FIG. 17 , and the locations of the first threadedmember 1782 and the second threadedmember 1784 may be reversed in accordance with the present invention. Thus, the first threadedmember 1782 may be provided on thesecond connector member 1776 and the second threadedmember 1784 may be provided on thefirst connector member 1774. - In the connected arrangement between the first and
second connector members member 1782 and the second threadedmember 1784 are threadably engaged and coaxially overlap one another. Theouter housing 1780 of thefirst connector member 1774 generally encompasses the connection between the first and second threadedmembers outer housing 1780 generally coaxially encompasses the overall connection between the first and second threadedmembers outer housing 1780 has an internal wall orsurface 1790 located opposite from theouter surface 1789 of the second threadedmember 1784, when the first and second threadedmembers FIG. 18 illustrates, the inner wall orsurface 1790 of theouter housing 1780 and the first threadedmember 1782 generally define anannular cavity 1791 about the first threadedmember 1782, in which the second threadedmember 1784 is generally received when the first and second threadedmembers surface 1790 of theouter housing 1780 and the first threadedmember 1782 in theannular cavity 1791 is preferably sufficient to receive at least the overall wall thickness of the second threadedmember 1784, including the raisedstructures 1788 on theouter surface 1789 of the second threadedmember 1784 as generally depicted inFIG. 17 . - In the connected arrangement of the first and
second connector members annular cavity 1791 is substantially enclosed by the second threadedmember 1784 to form a substantiallyenclosed chamber 1792. Thechamber 1792 is generally bounded by the body of the first threadedmember 1782, the inner wall orsurface 1790 of theouter housing 1780, and the end or tip of the second threadedmember 1784. Thechamber 1792 is generally adapted to trap liquids, such as blood or contrast media, therein that may spill or leak from the first and second threadedmembers second sections - The
first connector member 1774 andsecond connector member 1776 define respective conduit-receivingcavities second connector members member 1782 and the second threadedmember 1784, respectively. The conduit-receivingcavities second connector members cavities secondary lumens pressure isolation mechanism 1722 to other components in the fluid path set 1700. A suitable medical-grade adhesive may be used in such cavities to secure the medical tubing. Similar structures and connections may also be provided in the inlet and outlet ports of thedrip chambers 1716. - As indicated previously, in the connected arrangement of the first and
second connector members chamber 1792 is formed, and is generally used to trap liquids that may spill or leak from the first andsecond connector members structures 1788 on theouter surface 1789 of thesecond connector member 1784 are adapted to form a tortuous path 1795 for inhibiting liquid flow out of or into the liquid-trappingchamber 1792. Thus, liquid-trapping generally means inhibiting liquid flow rather than fully containing liquid. The tortuous path 1795 will generally cause liquids present or leaking into thechamber 1792 to remain in thechamber 1792, and will further inhibit outside liquid from migrating into the sterile connection between the first threadedmember 1782 and the second threadedmember 1784. By maintaining contaminated liquids in thechamber 1792 or generally between theinner surface 1790 of theouter housing 1780 and the outer surface of 1780 of the second threadedmember 1784, the sterility of the connection between theluer fitting 1786 and the first threadedmember 1782 is generally maintained. Additionally, even when thefirst connector member 1774 is disconnected from thesecond connector member 1776, theannular cavity 1791 about the first threadedmember 1782 will act to maintain any contaminated liquids generally within theouter housing 1780, and maintain the sterility of theluer fitting 1786 within the second threadedmember 1784. Thus, thesecond connector member 1776 may be re-used in a connection arrangement involving a differentfirst connector member 1774. - Referring to
FIGS. 18 and 19 , the first andsecond connector members ribs 1796 adapted to secure removable protector caps 1798 on the first andsecond connector members second connector members FIGS. 18 and 19 show the protector caps 1798 engaged with the first andsecond connector members recesses 1799 for receiving the raisedribs 1796 on the first andsecond connector members rib 1796 on the first andsecond connector members second connector members members second connector members - Referring further to
FIG. 10 , the protector caps 1798 may be used to cover the first andsecond connector members connectors 1708 in the fluid path set 1700 before and after injection procedures involving the fluid path set 1700. Thus, the first andsecond sections fluid delivery system 1200 is being readied to carry out an injection procedure. Moreover, when an injection procedure is complete, additional,sterile protector caps 1798 may be used to cover the first orsecond connector members connectors 1708 associated with thefirst section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700, so that this portion of the fluid path set 1700 may be reused. - As the
connector 1708 of the present invention generally includes a male-threadedfirst connector member 1774 and a female-threadedsecond connector member 1776, the male-threaded/female-threaded orientation of the first andsecond connector members primary input line 1726 to thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 from being incorrectly connected to theoutput line 1718 associated with thesecondary fluid container 1706. Similarly, and more importantly, this feature may be used to prevent the low pressure,second input line 1724 to thepressure isolation mechanism 1722 from being incorrectly connected to the highpressure output line 1719 associated withmulti-position valve 1712 controlling flow rate from thesyringe 1702. AsFIG. 10 illustrates, the locations of the first andsecond connector members connectors 1708 used in the fluid path set 1700, which will prevent inadvertent, incorrect cross-connections between the first andsecond sections - Referring to
FIGS. 9-10 and 20-21 thefluid control module 1400 is shown in greater detail. The fluid control module ordevice 1400, as indicated previously, generally includes ahousing 1402, avalve actuator 1404, a fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406, aperistaltic pump 1408, an automatic shut-off orpinch valve 1410, and anair detector assembly 1412. The various components comprising the fluid control module ordevice 1400 will be discussed in detail herein. - The
housing 1402 generally defines aport 1420 for associating theinjector 1300 with thefluid control module 1400. In particular, theinjector 1300 is generally mounted to thefluid control module 1400 to be pivotal relative to thefluid control module 1400. Theport 1420 includes amating structure 1422 for connecting theinjector 1300 to thefluid control module 1400 and providing for the pivotal connection between theinjector 1300 and thefluid control module 1400. Theport 1420 defines anopening 1424 for passing electrical conduits (not shown) therethrough to operatively connect computer hardware provided in theinjector 1300 with computer hardware in thefluid control module 1400, so that theinjector 1300 andfluid control module 1400 are electrically connected. While theport 1420 is shown on the side of thefluid control module 1400, this configuration is just an exemplary arrangement for the pivotal connection between theinjector 1300 andfluid control module 1400 and other configurations are possible in accordance with the present invention such as mounting the injector at the top of thefluid control module 1400. - The
housing 1402 may be a multi-piece structure comprised of opposing sides orportions fluid control module 1400 is generally adapted to support anIV pole 1430 used to support containers of fluids, for example the primary fluid container 1704 (i.e., contrast media) and the secondary fluid container 1706 (i.e., saline), the contents of which are supplied to a patient via thefluid delivery system 1200. In particular, the rear side orportion 1428 of thehousing 1402 is adapted to support theIV pole 1430. Ahand controller support 1432 may be connected to the front side or portion of thehousing 1402 for supporting a hand controller used to operate thefluid delivery system 1200, as discussed further herein. Additionally, thefluid control module 1400 preferably includes aconnector 1433 adapted to operatively associate a hand controller with thefluid control module 1400. - Referring further to
FIGS. 22 and 23 , thevalve actuator 1404 is shown in greater detail. Generally, thevalve actuator 1404 is adapted to support and actuate themulti-position valve 1712 associated with theprimary section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700. Themulti-position valve 1712, as indicated previously, may be a three-position stopcock valve. Thevalve actuator 1404 is generally adapted to selectively move or actuate themulti-position valve 1712 between three set positions of themulti-position valve 1712, as will be discussed further herein. Generally, thevalve actuator 1404 is adapted to place themulti-position valve 1712 in one of three distinct positions, including (1) an inject or open position, (2) a fill position, and (3) a closed or isolation position. In the inject position, thesyringe 1702 of the fluid path set 1700 is in fluid communication with thesecondary section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700. In the fill position, thesyringe 1702 is in fluid communication with theprimary fluid container 1704 via thedrip chamber 1716 associated with theprimary fluid container 1704. Finally, in the closed position, thesyringe 1702 is isolated from theprimary fluid container 1704 and thesecond section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700. The specific components of thevalve actuator 1404 adapted to place themulti-position valve 1712 in the foregoing positions or states will be discussed further herein. - As
FIGS. 22 and 23 generally illustrate, thevalve actuator 1404 is a multi-piece apparatus adapted to accept, support, and actuate themulti-position valve 1712. Thevalve actuator 1404 includes abase support member 1440 which is generally used to support the various components of thevalve actuator 1404. Thebase support member 1440 may be a machined part, for example, a machined aluminum part. Astepper motor 1442 is secured bymechanical fasteners 1443 to one side of thebase support member 1440. Thestepper motor 1442 includes anoutput shaft 1444 that provides the motive forces for operating thevalve actuator 1404. Ashaft interface 1446 is disposed on the other side ofbase support member 1440 from thestepper motor 1442, and is in operative engagement with theoutput shaft 1444. Theshaft interface 1446 is associated with theoutput shaft 1444 to transfer the motor torque provided by thestepper motor 1442 to other components of thevalve actuator 1404, as discussed herein. Theshaft interface 1446 may be secured to thebase support member 1440 using the samemechanical fasteners 1443 used to secure thestepper motor 1442 to thebase support member 1440. - The
valve actuator 1404 further includes a photosensor assembly orarray 1448 that includes, preferably, twophotosensor position sensors 1450 for indicating the position of the handle of themulti-position valve 1712 when associated with thevalve actuator 1404, and athird photosensor 1451 for indicating the presence of themulti-position valve 1712 in thevalve actuator 1404. Thevarious photosensors plates 1452 joined by a connectingmember 1453. Theplates 1452 are secured to thebase support member 1440 bymechanical fasteners 1454, such that thephotosensor assembly 1448 is associated with theshaft interface 1446. In particular, theshaft interface 1446 includes two semi-circular structures or rings 1456, only one of which is shown inFIGS. 22 and 23 , that interface with theposition sensors 1450 to indicate the position of thestepper motor 1442. The position of thestepper motor 1442 may be correlated to the position of the handle of themulti-position valve 1712 and, thus, reflect the operational position of the multi-position valve 1712 (i.e., inject, fill, isolate). In particular, thesemi-circular structures 1456 may definewindows 1457 that correlate to the three possible operational positions of the handle of themulti-position valve 1712. Theshaft interface 1446 further provides a hard stop that interfaces with thebase support member 1440 to prevent over-rotation of the handle of themulti-position valve 1712 during operation of thevalve actuator 1404. - The
shaft interface 1446 defines one ormore slots 1458 for guiding an actuating member orpin 1460 into operational association with the valvepresent sensor 1451. Thus, the actuating member orpin 1460 is generally used to indicate the presence of themulti-position valve 1712 in thevalve actuator 1404. Theactuating member 1460 includes a plurality ofspokes 1461 that cooperate with theslots 1458 in theshaft interface 1446. Theactuating member 1460 further includes adistal structure 1462 adapted to coact with the body of themulti-position valve 1712. The engagement of the body of themulti-position valve 1712 with thedistal structure 1462 of theactuating member 1460 generally causes theactuating member 1460 to move proximally toward thebase support member 1440 andshaft interface 1442 and into operational engagement with the valvepresent sensor 1451, which preferably initiates a signal to the computer hardware/software associated with thefluid control module 1400 and/or in theinjector 1300 indicating the presence of themulti-position valve 1712 in thevalve actuator 1404. The proximal movement of theactuating member 1460 causes thespokes 1461 to move into further engagement with theslots 1458 defined in theshaft interface 1446, which allows for the general proximal movement of theactuating member 1460 into theshaft interface 1446. - The
distal structure 1462 of theactuating member 1460 cooperates with anadapter 1464 that is formed to interface with the handle of themulti-position valve 1712. Theadapter 1464 is generally formed to mate with the handle ofmulti-position valve 1712 and transfer the motor torque from thestepper motor 1442 to the handle to move the handle between the inject, fill, and isolate positions indicated previously. The secondmulti-position valve 1730 depicted inFIG. 10 , discussed previously, shows a conventional stopcock valve with a handle, and is the general type of valve that thevalve actuator 1404 is intended to operate in accordance with the present invention. Theadapter 1464 defines aside opening 1465 for receiving the handle of themulti-position valve 1712. - The
adapter 1464 coaxially associates with thedistal structure 1462 of theactuating member 1460. Additionally, theadapter 1464 is adapted to coact with adistal portion 1466 of theshaft interface 1446. Thedistal portion 1466 of theshaft interface 1446 defines theslots 1458 for receiving thespokes 1461 of theactuating member 1460. Theshaft interface 1446 is generally used to transfer the motor torque from theoutput shaft 1444 to theadapter 1464 to cause the rotation of the handle of themulti-position valve 1712 to place themulti-position valve 1712 in the respective inject, fill, and isolate positions discussed previously. As shown inFIG. 22 , theoutput shaft 1444 cooperates with aproximal portion 1467 of theshaft interface 1446, and theadapter 1464 is operationally associated with theoutput shaft 1444 via thedistal portion 1466 of theshaft interface 1446. Theshaft interface 1446 is generally adapted to transmit the rotary movement of theoutput shaft 1444 to theadapter 1464 via the operational engagement between thedistal portion 1466 of theshaft interface 1446 and theadapter 1464. Thus, the rotary motion of theoutput shaft 1444 is used to rotate theadapter 1464 to one of the three operational positions of themulti-position valve 1712 when thestepper motor 1442 is activated. The position signals from theposition sensors 1450 may be used to control the operation of thestepper motor 1442 to selectively place themulti-position valve 1712 in one of the three operational positions. In particular, the computer hardware/software associated with thefluid control module 1400 and/orinjector 1300 may use the position signals from theposition sensors 1450 as input signals and control operation of thestepper motor 1442 based on the information contained in the position signals (i.e., select a desired operational state for the multi-position valve 1412). - The
valve actuator 1404 further includes asupport assembly 1468 for supporting themulti-position valve 1712 in thevalve actuator 1404. The support assembly includes avalve retainer 1469 and ahousing 1470 for enclosing and supporting thevalve retainer 1469. Thevalve retainer 1469 includes three snap positions or mounts 1471 adapted to engage the body of themulti-position valve 1712 to secure themulti-position valve 1712 in thevalve actuator 1404. Thevalve retainer 1469 may be formed of a plastic material and thehousing 1470 may be formed of a more robust material for protecting themulti-position valve 1712 and may be provided, for example, as a machined aluminum part. - The
adapter 1464 generally extends through acentral opening 1472 in thevalve retainer 1469 to engage the body of themulti-position valve 1712 and, in particular, receive the handle of themulti-position valve 1712 in theside opening 1465, to operatively associate themulti-position valve 1712 with the actuating components of thevalve actuator 1404. Thevalve retainer 1469 has aproximal engagement structure 1473 that defines thecentral opening 1472. Theengagement structure 1473 coacts with a mating circumferentially-extendingedge 1474 on theactuator 1464 so that the axial force associated with inserting the body of themulti-position valve 1712 into thesnap positions 1471 is transmitted via theactuator 1464 to the body of theshaft interface 1446 and thebase support member 1440. The axial movement associated with inserting themulti-position valve 1712 into thevalve retainer 1469 causes the body of themulti-position valve 1712 to contact and engage thedistal structure 1462 of theactuating member 1460, thereby causing theactuating member 1460 to move proximally and operatively associate with the valvepresent sensor 1451. The valvepresent sensor 1451, once activated, initiates the valve present signal to thefluid control module 1400 and/orinjector 1300. - The
housing 1470 of thesupport assembly 1468 may be secured to theshaft interface 1446 and thebase support member 1440 using the samemechanical fasteners 1443 used to secure thestepper motor 1442 to thebase support member 1440. Thehousing 1470 preferably defines multiple semi-circular cut-outs orrecesses 1475 for accommodating the body of themulti-position valve 1712, and generally corresponding to the snap positions or mounts 1471 formed in thevalve retainer 1469. The cut-outs orrecesses 1475 provide hard stops for the body of themulti-position valve 1712, which are provided to prevent the snap positions or mounts 1471 from becoming over-stressed due to repeated insertions and removals ofmulti-position valves 1712 into and out of thevalve actuator 1404. Thevalve actuator 1404, after being assembled to include all of the various components discussed hereinabove, may be installed as a unit in thefluid control module 1400. - Generally, when the body of the
multi-position valve 1712 is inserted into thevalve retainer 1469 and engaged with the snap mounts 1471, the handle of themulti-position valve 1712 is received in theadapter 1464. The axial force associated with placing themulti-position valve 1712 in thevalve retainer 1469 is transmitted via the mating engagement between theengagement structure 1472 on thevalve retainer 1469 and thecircumferential edge 1474 on theadapter 1464 to theshaft interface 1446 and thebase support member 1440. As the body of the multi-position valve is inserted into thevalve retainer 1469, the body engages thedistal structure 1462 of theactuating member 1460, causing theactuating member 1460 to move proximally into theshaft interface 1446, with thespokes 1461 of theactuating member 1460 depressing or moving into further engagement with theslots 1458 in thedistal portion 1466 of theshaft interface 1446. The axial proximal movement imparted to theactuating member 1460 causes theactuating member 1460 to operatively associate with the valvepresent sensor 1451, which initiates a valve present signal to the fluid control module and orinjector 1300. As shown inFIG. 22 , theactuating member 1460 is preferably biased to a non-operative position relative to the valvepresent sensor 1451 by a biasing member or device such as aspring 1476, so that upon removal of themulti-position valve 1712 from thevalve retainer 1469, theactuating member 1460 is moved automatically out of operative association with the valvepresent sensor 1451. - Referring further to
FIGS. 24-26 , the fluid level sensing mechanism 1406 (hereinafter “fluid level sensor 1406”) provided on thefluid control module 1400 is shown in greater detail. Thefluid level sensor 1406 generally interfaces with thedrip chambers 1716 associated with the primary andsecondary fluid containers fluid level sensor 1406 is provided to indicate to the operator of thefluid delivery system 1200 that sufficient injection fluid, either primary contrast media or secondary saline, is available for an injection or flushing procedure. Thefluid level sensor 1406 is generally adapted to indicate to warn the operator when the fluid level in thedrip chambers 1716 is below a level sufficient to conduct an injection procedure. Thefluid level sensor 1406 is provided as a safety feature to ensure that air is not introduced into the fluid path set 1700 during an injection procedure or flushing procedure involving thefluid delivery system 1200. - The
fluid level sensor 1406 generally includes asupport plate 1480, adrip chamber support 1482, and one or more fluid level sensors 1484 (“hereinafterfluid sensors 1484”) which are adapted for association with thedrip chambers 1716 connected to the primary andsecondary fluid containers support plate 1480 generally supports the various components of thefluid level sensor 1406. Thedrip chamber support 1482 is generally secured to thesupport plate 1480 by suitablemechanical fasteners 1485 or another suitable attachment or mounting scheme. Thedrip chamber support 1482 is preferably a unitary structure that is integrally molded of plastic material, and includes a plurality of attachment orsupport locations 1486 adapted to support thedrip chambers 1716. In particular, thedrip chamber support 1482 includes snap mounts orpositions 1488 for securing thebodies 1734 of thedrip chambers 1716 in thefluid level sensor 1406, and operatively associated with thefluid sensors 1484. The snap mounts 1488 may be adapted to engage inlet and outlet ports of thedrip chambers 1716, as shown inFIG. 26 . - The
drip chamber support 1482 definesrespective openings 1490 for receiving thefluid sensors 1484, and associating thefluid sensors 1484 with thedrip chambers 1716. Theopenings 1490 are positioned to allow thefluid sensors 1484 to be operatively associated with theprojection 1740 formed on thebodies 1734 of therespective drip chambers 1716. As shown inFIG. 26 , thefluid sensors 1484 may physically contact theprojections 1740 on thedrip chambers 1716, when thedrip chambers 1716 are secured in thesupport locations 1486 on thedrip chamber support 1482. Thefluid sensors 1484 may be optical or ultrasonic sensors. A suitable ultrasonic sensor for thefluid sensors 1484 is manufactured by Omron. Agasket 1492 may be provided between thedrip chamber support 1482 and thesupport plate 1480 to prevent fluid intrusion between thedrip chamber support 1482 and thesupport plate 1480, which could damage thefluid sensors 1484.Indicator lights 1494 may be associated with thesupport locations 1486 to illuminate thedrip chambers 1716. The indicator lights 1494 are further adapted to visually indicate when the fluid level in thedrip chambers 1716 drops to an unsafe level during operation of thefluid delivery system 1200, for example by changing modes to an intermittent mode and blinking to indicate to the operator that insufficient fluid is available for an injection procedure. The indicator lights 1494 provide “back-lighting” for not only thedrip chambers 1716 but also the medical tubing associated with thedrip chambers 1716, and light the medical tubing anddrip chambers 1716 in such a manner that the medical tubing and thedrip chambers 1716 form a “light pipe” that illuminates at least part if not all of thefirst section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700. The back lighting allows the operator of thefluid delivery system 1200 to easily visually inspect thedrip chambers 1716 to check the fluid level present in thedrip chambers 1716. - The
fluid sensors 1484 are generally adapted to provide fluid level signals to the computer hardware/software associated with thefluid control module 1400 and/orinjector 1300 to indicate the fluid levels in thedrip chambers 1716. Thefluid sensors 1484 may be further adapted to initiate an alarm signal to the computer hardware/software associated with thefluid control module 1400 and/or theinjector 1300 when the fluid level in thedrip chambers 1716 falls to an unsafe level. The computer hardware/software associated with thefluid control module 1400 and/or theinjector 1300 may be adapted to respond to the alarm signal by halting the on-going injection procedure. - As
FIG. 26 illustrates, thefluid sensors 1484 are tilted or angled at a slight or small angle relative to a vertical axis generally parallel to the face of thesupport plate 1480. The slight angle, for example 3°, is selected to complement theprojection 1740 on thebodies 1734 of thedrip chambers 1716. Theprojection 1740 on the bodies of thedrip chambers 1716 is preferably tapered at a small angle, such as 3°. Theprojection 1740 on thebodies 1734 of thedrip chambers 1716 is preferably tapered inward at a small angle from thetop end 1736 to thebottom end 1738 on thedrip chambers 1716, as illustrated inFIG. 26 . Thefluid sensors 1784 are positioned in theopenings 1490 to compliment the taperedprojections 1740 on therespective drip chambers 1716, and preferably physically contact theprojections 1740 as indicated previously. - As shown in
FIG. 9 , thefluid control module 1400 includes aperistaltic pump 1408 that is associated with thesecondary fluid container 1706. Theperistaltic pump 1408, or an equivalent device, is used to deliver fluid from thesecondary fluid container 1706 to a patient typically between fluid injections from theprimary fluid container 1704, which are delivered via thesyringe 1702 and theinjector 1300. Theperistaltic pump 1408 is generally adapted to deliver a set flow rate of the secondary fluid, for example saline, to the patient via thesecond section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700. Theperistaltic pump 1408 may be a conventional pump known in the art. - The details of the
peristaltic pump 1408 are shown inFIGS. 9, 27 , and 28. Generally, theperistaltic pump 1408 includes apump head 1496, abase plate 1497 for mounting thepump head 1496 to the front portion orside 1426 of thehousing 1402, and an enclosure ordoor structure 1498 for enclosing thepump head 1496.Mechanical fasteners 1499 may be used to secure thepump head 1496 to thebase plate 1497, and may further be used to secure thebase plate 1497 to thefront side 1426 of thehousing 1402. - As shown in
FIGS. 20 and 21 , thefront side 1426 of thehousing 1402 preferably includes opposingguides peristaltic pump 1408 for securing medical tubing generally used to connect thesecondary fluid container 1706 to thesecond section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 via theperistaltic pump 1408. In particular, with particular reference toFIG. 10 , theoutput line 1718 from thedrip chamber 1716 associated with thesecondary fluid container 1706 is associated with theperistaltic pump 1408, and may be secured in operative engagement with theperistaltic pump 1408 using the opposingguides guides portion 1426 of thehousing 1402 and generally define L-shapedslots 1503, which are generally adapted to receive the medical tubing forming theoutput line 1718.FIG. 9 illustrates the use of theguides secondary fluid container 1706 and associated withperistaltic pump 1408 received in theguides door structure 1498 of theperistaltic pump 1408 may be adapted to prevent gravity flow from thesecondary fluid container 1706 when theperistaltic pump 1408 is not in operation, and further secures theoutput line 1718 in operative association with thepump head 1496, as is conventional in the art. - Referring further to
FIG. 28 , the shut-off orpinch valve 1410 of thefluid control module 1400 is shown. Thepinch valve 1410 is provided downstream of theperistaltic pump 1408 and is used as back-up fluid shut-off mechanism to discontinue fluid flow to thesecond section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 when theperistaltic pump 1408 ceases operation. Thepinch valve 1410 is adapted to open for fluid flow during operation of theperistaltic pump 1408, and is further adapted to automatically close when theperistaltic pump 1408 ceases operation to prevent air from being introduced into thesecond section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700. Thepinch valve 1410 generally prevents gravity flow to thesecond section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700 when theperistaltic pump 1408 is not in operation, and is generally provided as a back-up shut-off mechanism to theperistaltic pump 1408. Thepinch valve 1410 may be a conventional pinch valve, such as that manufactured by Acro Associates. Thepinch valve 1410 is mounted to the front side orportion 1426 of thehousing 1402 by abracket 1504 andmechanical fasteners 1505. Agasket 1506 may be used to seal the connection between thepinch valve 1410 and the front side orportion 1426 of thehousing 1402. - Referring further to
FIGS. 29-31 , theair detector assembly 1412 of thefluid control module 1400 is shown in greater detail. Theair detector assembly 1412 is adapted to detect gross air columns that may be present in theoutput line 1718 connected to thedrip chamber 1716 associated with thesecondary fluid container 1706, and theoutput line 1719 associated with themulti-position valve 1712. Theair detector assembly 1412 is generally adapted to initiate a signal to the computer hardware/software associated with thefluid control module 1400 and/orinjector 1300, if gross air is detected in the medical tubing forming theoutput line 1719 associated with themulti-position valve 1712 or in the medical tubing forming theoutput line 1718 and further associated with theperistaltic pump 1408. Thefluid control module 1400 andinjector 1300 are preferably adapted to discontinue any on-going fluid injection procedures if theair detector assembly 1412 detects gross air in theoutput line 1718 or theoutput line 1719. - The
air detector assembly 1412 generally includes asensor section 1508 and aretaining device 1510 for securing the medical tubing forming theoutput line 1718 andoutput line 1719. Thesensor section 1508 generally includes twoair column detectors 1512 adapted to detect the presence of gross air in the medical tubing secured by theretaining device 1510. Theair column detectors 1512 may be conventional air detectors such as those manufactured by Zevex. Thesensor section 1508 may be secured to theretaining device 1510 withmechanical fasteners 1513. - The
retaining device 1510 is generally adapted to secure the medical tubing forming theoutput line 1718 andoutput line 1719 in operative association with theair column detectors 1512. Theretaining device 1510 generally includes abase 1514 and aclosure assembly 1516 associated with thebase 1514. Thesensor section 1508 is secured to thebase 1514 with themechanical fasteners 1513. Thebase 1514 defines twofront openings 1518 for receiving theair column detectors 1512 and associating theair column detectors 1512 with the medical tubing. Theair column detectors 1512 each define arecess 1520 for receiving the medical tubing, as shown inFIG. 30 . - The
closure assembly 1516 is generally adapted to secure the engagement of the medical tubing in therecesses 1520 in theair column detectors 1512. Theclosure assembly 1516 is formed by two closure members ordoors 1522, which are generally adapted to move from a closed position securing the medical tubing in therecesses 1520, to an open position permitting removal or disengagement of the medical tubing from therecesses 1520. Theclosure members 1522 are pivotally connected to thebase 1514 bypins 1524, and are preferably biased to the open position byrespective torsion springs 1526 associated with thepins 1524. Theclosure members 1522 may includeprojections 1528 that cooperate at least partially with therecesses 1520 in theair column detectors 1512 to secure the medical tubing in therecesses 1520 when theclosure members 1522 are in the closed position. Theclosure members 1522 are preferably formed of a substantially clear plastic material to permit viewing of the medical tubing in therecesses 1520 when theclosure members 1522 are in the closed position. - A releasable locking mechanism or
device 1530 may be associated with theretaining device 1510 for securing theclosure members 1522 in the closed position. Thelocking mechanism 1530 is provided to counteract the biasing force of the torsion springs 1526. Thelocking mechanism 1530 includes twosliders 1532 that are spring-loaded by a spring 1533. Theclosure members 1522 generally engage thesliders 1532, as shown inFIG. 30 , and push against the spring-force to allow theclosure members 1522 to move past thesliders 1532, and then allow thesliders 1532 to engage theclosure members 1522 to hold theclosure members 1522 in the closed position. Thesliders 1532 may be retracted against the spring-force by twobuttons 1534 located on opposing sides of thebase 1514. By depressing thebuttons 1534, thesliders 1532 are retracted, which allows theclosure members 1522 to spring open under the biasing force of the torsion springs 1526. Acover plate 1535 may enclose thesliders 1532 of thelocking mechanism 1530. - The
base 1514 may include recessedstructures 1536 located below thefront openings 1518 that are adapted to engage the first andsecond connector members connectors 1708 in the fluid path set 1700 when theclosure members 1522 are in the closed position. In particular, theclosure members 1522 generally secure the first andsecond connector members structures 1536 when theclosure members 1522 are in the closed position, thereby preventing their movement when the first andsecond connector members structures 1536 are adapted to engage the bodies of the first andsecond connector members second connector members connectors 1708 of the fluid path set 1700 may be joined or connected with a one-handed operation. Thus, the recessedstructures 1536 are generally adapted to prevent rotation of the first andsecond connector members structures 1536, so that the corresponding mating components to be connected to the “engaged” first orsecond connector member second connector member - The installation and operation of the
fluid delivery system 1200 will now be discussed. Prior to turning on thefluid delivery system 1200, a source of power, such as 110 or 220 volts of electricity sent through a line cord from a wall socket (not shown) is provided to thefluid delivery system 1200. Thereafter, the operator turns on a master power switch (not shown), preferably situated on either thefluid control module 1400 or theinjector 1300 of thefluid delivery system 1200. Thefluid delivery system 1200 responds through visual indicia, such as the illumination of a green light (not shown) on thefluid control module 1400 or theinjector 1300, to indicate that thefluid delivery system 1200 is in a powered-up state. The operator then turns on the user display 210 (SeeFIG. 2 ) via a user display switch (not shown). It is to be understood that theuser display 210 may be turned on prior to thefluid delivery system 1200. After power has been supplied to theuser display 210, thefluid delivery system 1200 responds by undergoing various self-diagnostic checks to determine if thefluid delivery system 1200 exhibits any faults or conditions that would prevent proper operation of thefluid delivery system 1200. If any of the self-diagnostic checks fail and/or a fault is detected in thefluid delivery system 1200, a critical error window or screen is displayed on theuser display 210, which may instruct the operator to contact service personnel to remedy the fault or instruct the operator on how to remedy the fault himself or herself. Additionally, thefluid delivery system 1200 will not allow an operator to proceed with an injection if any of the self-diagnostic checks have failed. However, if all self-diagnostic checks are passed, thefluid delivery system 1200 proceeds to display a main control screen on theuser display 210. - The main control screen includes various on-screen controls, such as buttons, that may be accessed by the operator via the touch-screen of the
user display 210. The on-screen controls may include, but are not limited to, selectable options, menus, sub-menus, input fields, virtual keyboards, etc. The operator may therefore utilize the touch-screen of theuser display 210 to program one or more injection cycles of thefluid delivery system 1200, and to display performance parameters. It is to be understood that input to theuser display 210 may also be accomplished by providing an on-screen cursor and external pointing device, such as a trackball or mouse, that is operatively associated with the on-screen cursor. It is to be understood that the operator may stop any automatic functions of thefluid delivery system 1200 by touching an “Abort” button or anywhere on theuser display 210. - Desirably, the main control screen includes a “New Case Setup” button, that when touched, initiates a “New Case Setup” screen to be displayed on the
user display 210. In a practical sense, a “new case” is representative of one or more injections for a specific patient and, therefore, having specific parameters inputted and associated therewith. The operator touches the “New Case Setup” button and, subsequently, the resultant “New Case Setup” screen displays a “Multi-Patient Syringe” button. After touching the “Multi-Patient Syringe” button, the operator is presented with a screen displaying a “Retract” button and an “Engage Plunger” button displayed thereon. The operator touches the “Retract” button and thefluid delivery system 1200 retracts the piston associated with theinjector 1300. The operator may then remove thesyringe 1702 from its package, orient thesyringe 1702 to fit the pressure jacket assembly of theinjector 1300, and place thesyringe 1702 into the pressure jacket of the pressure jacket assembly. During the course of the syringe installation, the “Multi-Patient Syringe” screen remains on theuser display 210. Thus, after loading thesyringe 1702 properly in the pressure jacket assembly, the operator touches the “Engage Plunger” button, which causes the injector piston to move forward. Thefluid delivery system 1200 continues to move the injector piston forward until the injector piston engages the syringe plunger in thesyringe 1702, and mechanically locks thereto. An audible clicking noise is produced to indicate a secure coupling between the injector piston and the syringe plunger. Thereafter, the syringe plunger travels the length of thesyringe 1702 to the distal end of thesyringe 1702. Thefluid delivery system 1200 may provide visual feedback of this action to the operator via theuser display 210. Thereafter, the operator rotates the injector head of theinjector 1300 into an upright position to allow any air to collect at the distal end of thesyringe 1702 when thesyringe 1702 is subsequently filled. Theuser display 210 then reverts to the “New Case Setup” screen. - The
fluid delivery system 1200 is now ready to accept the installation of thefirst section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700. Specifically, the operator removes thefirst section 1710 from its package. Thefirst section 1710 is preferably provided in a sterile condition in the package. The operator then touches a “Multi-Patient Section” button, which causes theuser display 210 to show an image of thefluid control module 1400, bottle holders (i.e., primary andsecondary fluid containers 1704, 1706), andinjector 1300, with an overview of thefirst section 1710 highlighted in relation to these components. Additionally, theuser display 210 also displays an “Install Saline” and an “Install Contrast” button. The operator touches the “Install Saline” button, which causes an enumerated list of actions corresponding to enumerated sections of the image relating to thefirst section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700, and connecting thefirst section 1710 to thesecondary fluid container 1706, which typically contains saline. This enumerated list may include, but is not limited, to actions such as (1) Install saline tubing (which is depicted as a button); (2) Spike saline; (3) Fill drip chamber; and (4) Finish with saline. Thereafter, thefluid control module 1400 opens thepinch valve 1410. Next, the operator installs the saline container (i.e., secondary fluid container 1706). The operator now installs thedrip chamber 1716 associated with thesecondary fluid container 1706 into place, and then opens theperistaltic pump 1408. The operator then routes the medical tubing forming theoutput line 1718 from thedrip chamber 1716 through theperistaltic pump 1408 into thepinch valve 1410 and into theair detector assembly 1412. Then, the operator closes theperistaltic pump 1408. The text on the “Close Saline Tubing” button changes to read “Install Saline Tubing.” Then, the operator spikes thesecondary fluid container 1706 withspike 1717, fills thedrip chamber 1716 by squeezing or “priming” it, and touches a “Complete” button. Thefluid control module 1400 now closes thepinch valve 1410. Theuser display 210 may provide visual indicia, such as a darkening of the saline portion, to indicate that the saline installation is completed successfully. Then, the operator touches the “Install Contrast” button, which causes an enumerated list of actions corresponding to enumerated sections of the image relating to the contrast to be displayed. This enumerated list may include, but is not limited to actions such as: (1) Install contrast (which is depicted as a button); (2) Attach high pressure line (i.e., input line 1721) to syringe; (3) Spike contrast; (4) Fill drip chamber; and (5) Finish with contrast. Accordingly, the operator hangs the contrast bottle (i.e., primary fluid container 1704) and touches the “Install Contrast” button. Thereafter, thefluid control module 1400 turns thevalve actuator 1404 to the inject position. The operator now installs thedrip chamber 1716 associated with theprimary fluid container 1706 in place in the fluidlevel sensing mechanism 1406, themulti-position valve 1712 in thevalve retainer 1469 in thehousing 1470, and theoutput line 1718 in theair detector assembly 1412. Then, the operator closes theair detector assembly 1412. Thereafter, the operator attaches the highpressure input line 1721 to the multi-position valve to thesyringe 1702. Next, the operator spikes theprimary fluid container 1704, fills thedrip chamber 1716 by squeezing or “priming” it, and touches a “Complete” button. Theuser display 210 may provide visual indicia, such as a darkening of the contrast portion, to indicate that the contrast installation is completed. It is to be understood that the installation of the “contrast portion” and “saline portion” of thefirst section 1710 may be performed in parallel instead of serially. Furthermore, the order of installation between the contrast portion and the saline portion of thefirst section 1710 may be reversed. Moreover, the internal sequence for installing the contrast portion and the saline portion may vary in numerous ways in accordance with the present invention. - The
syringe 1702 may now be initially filled with contrast media from theprimary fluid container 1706. Specifically, the operator touches a “Fill Contrast” button on theuser display 210, which causes thefluid delivery system 1200 to enter an auto-fill mode, and to place themulti-position valve 1712 in the fill position. After verifying that there is sufficient contrast media in thecontrast drip chamber 1716 to initiate the fill process, thefluid delivery system 1200 moves the injector piston proximally at a controlled rate, such as 3 mL/s, which causes contrast media to be drawn from theprimary fluid container 1704. Thefluid delivery system 1200 may provide visual feedback of this action to the operator via theuser display 210. Thus, thefluid delivery system 1200 may display on theuser display 210 the current volume in thesyringe 1702 based upon the position of the injector piston. Thefluid delivery system 1200 proceeds to draw contrast until a predetermined event occurs, such as the total remaining volume in thesyringe 1702 reaches a preset or pre-chosen amount or the contrast media volume in theprimary fluid container 1706 is depleted completely. Themulti-position valve 1712 is then turned to the closed or isolate position by thefluid delivery system 1200. - The
fluid delivery system 1200 is now configured to undergo a purge of any air in the tubing of thefirst section 1710 of the fluid path set 1700. Specifically, the operator removes theprotective caps 1798 from thefirst section 1710. Thereafter, the operator touches a “Purge Contrast” button on the “New Case Setup” screen, which causes thefluid delivery system 1200 to move themulti-position valve 1712 to the inject position. Then, thefluid delivery system 1200 moves the injector piston forward at a predetermined rate, such as 1.0 to 1.5 mL/s, which causes any gas or liquid to be discharged from thesyringe 1702, and thefirst section 1710. The operator ensures that the discharged fluid is caught manually in a suitable container. After the operator is satisfied that all or most of the visible air is discharged, the operator touches the “Purge Contrast” button again to stop the purge. However, if the operator does not manually stop the purge, thefluid delivery system 1200 may stop the purge automatically, for example, once 5 mL of liquid or air is purged, based upon the relative injector piston movement. The operator may facilitate the removal of any remaining trapped air by tapping the body of the pressure jacket, joints, valves, and medical tubing in thefirst section 1710. It is to be understood that the purging operation may be repeated as necessary to ensure that all air is expelled from thesyringe 1702 and thefirst section 1710. Thereafter, the operator touches a “Complete” button, which causes themulti-position valve 1712 to move to the closed or isolate position, thereby stopping the flow of contrast media. Thefluid delivery system 1200 then causes theuser display 210 to return to the “New Case Setup” screen. The operator may now install a new set ofprotector caps 1798 to the exposed ends of thefirst section 1710. - The
fluid delivery system 1200 now may undergo a purge of any air in the saline portion of thefirst section 1710. Specifically, the operator touches a “Purge Saline” button on the “New Case Setup” screen, which causes thefluid delivery system 1200 to open thepinch valve 1410, and turn on theperistaltic pump 1408. Saline from thesecondary fluid container 1706 begins to drip at a predetermined flow rate, such as 1.25 mL/s, which causes any gas or liquid to be discharged from thefirst section 1710. The operator ensures that the discharged fluid is caught manually in a suitable container. After the operator is satisfied that all or most of the visible air is discharged, the operator touches the “Purge Saline” button again to stop the purge. However, if the operator does not manually stop the purge, thefluid delivery system 1200 may stop the purge automatically after, for example, 5 seconds have passed since the initiation of the purge. The operator may facilitate the removal of any remaining trapped air by manually tapping the joints, valves, and tubing in thefirst section 1710. It is to be understood that the purging operation may be repeated as necessary to ensure that substantially all air, particularly gross air, is expelled from thefirst section 1710. Thereafter, the operator touches a “Complete” button, which causes theuser display 210 to return to the “New Case Setup” screen. It is to be understood that the order of purging the contrast and saline portions of thefirst section 1710 may be reversed. - At this point, the
fluid delivery system 1200 is ready to accept the installation of thesecond section 1720 of the fluid path set 1700. Specifically, the operator removes the protector caps 1798 from thefirst section 1710 and removes thesecond section 1720 from its package. Then, the operator may secure the patient end of thesecond section 1720 to an imaging table or other securing point. The operator then removes the protector caps 1798 from thesecond section 1720. Thereafter, the operator connects theconnectors 1708 associated with the first andsecond sections first section 1710 and attaches the female contrast connector of the high-pressure contrast tubing to the male connector of thefirst section 1710. It is to be understood that the order of connecting the low pressure saline tubing and the high pressure contrast tubing to theirrespective connectors 1708 may be reversed. The operator may now optionally place a sterile cover (not shown) on theuser display 210 to maintain a sterile environment. - The
fluid delivery system 1200 is now configured to undergo a purge of any air in both the contrast portion (i.e., contrast lines), and saline portion, (i.e., saline lines), of thefirst section 1710 and thesecond section 1720. To purge the air in the contrast portion, the operator removes a cap (not shown) on thepressure isolation port 1761. The operator then touches the “Purge Contrast” button on theuser display 210, which causes thefluid delivery system 1200 to move themulti-position valve 1712 to the inject position. The contrast begins to flow through the contrast tubing, to fill thepressure isolation mechanism 1722, and then to flow out of thepressure isolation port 1761. The operator then touches the “Purge Contrast” button again to stop the purge. However, if the operator does not manually stop the purge, thefluid delivery system 1200 may stop the purge automatically, once a predetermined amount, for example 5 mL, of fluid or air is purged, based upon the relative piston movement. When the purge is complete, thefluid delivery system 1200 moves themulti-position valve 1712 to the closed position. The operator then attaches a pressure transducer (SeeFIGS. 7B-7F ) or line to thepressure isolation port 1761. The operator initiates a contrast purging by touching the “Purge Contrast” button on theuser display 210, which causes thefluid delivery system 1200 to move themulti-position valve 1712 to the inject position. The contrast begins to flow through thepressure isolation port 1761 and pressure transducer. Subsequently, the operator turns thetransducer multi-position valve 1712 to the inject position. Thefluid delivery system 1200 then moves the injector piston forward at a predetermined rate, such as 1.0 to 1.5 mL/s, which causes any gas or liquid to be discharged from thesyringe 1702,first section 1710, and thesecond section 1720. The operator ensures that the discharged fluid is caught manually in a suitable container. After the operator is satisfied that all or most of the visible gross air is discharged, the operator touches the “Purge Contrast” button again to stop the purge. However, if the operator does not manually stop the purge, thefluid delivery system 1200 may stop the purge automatically, once a predetermined amount, for example 5 mL, of fluid or air is purged, based upon the relative piston movement. When the purge is complete, thefluid delivery system 1200 moves themulti-position valve 1712 to the closed position. The operator may facilitate the removal of any remaining trapped air by manually tapping thepressure isolation mechanism 1722, connectors, valves, and tubing in both thefirst section 1710 and thesecond section 1720, and adjusting the secondmulti-position valve 1730 as necessary. It is to be understood that the purging operation may be repeated as necessary to ensure that all gross air has been expelled from the fluid path set 1700. - To purge the air in the saline portion, the operator touches the “Purge Saline” button, which causes the
fluid delivery system 1200 to open thepinch valve 1410 and turn on theperistaltic pump 1408. Saline from thesecondary fluid container 1706 begins to drip at a predetermined flow rate, such as 1.25 mL/s, which causes any air in the saline portion of the fluid path set 1700 to be expelled. The operator ensures that the discharged saline is manually caught in a suitable container. After the operator is satisfied that all or most of the visible air is discharged, the operator touches the “Purge Saline” button again to stop the purge. However, if the operator does not manually stop the purge, thefluid delivery system 1200 may stop the purge automatically after, for example, 5 seconds have passed since the initiation of the purge. The operator may facilitate the removal of any remaining trapped air by manually tapping the various components of the fluid path set 1700 in the manner discussed previously. It is to be understood that the purging operation may be repeated as necessary to ensure that all air is expelled from the fluid path set 1700. Thereafter, the operator touches the “Complete” button, which causes the display to return to the “New Case Setup” screen. It is to be understood that the order of purging the contrast portion and then the saline portion of the fluid path set 1700, may be reversed. - The
fluid delivery system 1200 may be configured to allow an operator to purge the contrast and saline portions of the fluid path set 1700 line by utilizing thehand controller 400 as opposed to solely utilizing the on-screen controls. Furthermore, it is to be understood that thehand controller 400 may be connected to thefluid control module 1400 at any time during the installation of thefluid delivery system 1200. Specifically, the connector end of the hand controller connector secures to the hand controller plug of thefluid control module 1400. Connection of thehand controller 400 may cause an icon representing theconnected hand controller 400 to be displayed on theuser display 210. A preferred embodiment of thehand controller 400 is disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Ser. No. 60/560,496, filed Apr. 8, 2004, and entitled HAND HELD CONTROL DEVICE FOR A FLUID DELIVERY SYSTEM, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. - With reference to
FIG. 34-36 , the operator may utilize a setup wizard interface 1801 to aid in the installation and operation of thefluid delivery system 1200. Specifically, the setup wizard interface 1801 allows the operator of thefluid delivery system 1200 to follow graphical representations and textual instructions concerning the installation of various components and steps to be followed in ensuring proper operation of thefluid delivery system 1200. The exemplary setup wizard interface 1801 is accessed from the main control screen and is displayed on theuser display 210. The setup wizard interface 1801 may be divided into distinct portions, such as agraphical portion 1802, aninstructional portion 1804, and an individual component andprocess setup portion 1806. The individual component andprocess setup portion 1806 may include a series of on-screen buttons such as a “Multi-Patient Syringe” button, a “Multi-Patient Section” button, and a “Single Patient Section” button, relating to respective components of the fluid delivery system. Additionally, the individual component setup andprocess setup portion 1806 may include another series of buttons such as a “Fill Syringe” button, a “Purge Contrast” button, and a “Purge Saline” button, relating to respective processes of thefluid delivery system 1200. Desirably, each of these buttons maintains a series of corresponding instructions associated therewith, that display within theinstructional portion 1804 of the setup wizard when the respective button is selected. The instructions displayed within theinstructional portion 1804 may also reference related portions of thefluid delivery system 1200, or parts thereof that are graphically depicted within thegraphical portion 1802. Furthermore, the instructions of theinstructional portion 1804 may also contain embedded buttons associated with other instructions for components or installation procedures related thereto. When these additional buttons are selected, the instructions associated therewith are then displayed in the sameinstructional portion 1804. For example, if the operator selects an “Install Saline Tubing” 1808 button, as shown inFIG. 35 , the instructions associated therewith, namely: (1) Install drip chamber; (2) Open pump door; (3) Install saline line; (4) Close pump door; (5) Spike saline bag; and, (6) Fill drip chamber, appear within theinstructional portion 1804, as shown inFIG. 36 . Theinstructional portion 1804 may also display related tips, warnings, or advisements. For example, a message informing the operator that the patient must be disconnected prior to engagement of the plunger, displays beneath the “Engage plunger” instruction, as shown inFIG. 34 . - As shown in
FIGS. 34-36 , the setup wizard interface 1801 is laid out such that certaininstructional portions 1804 of the pre-injection setup sequence may be bypassed depending upon the operator's familiarity with the setup of thefluid delivery system 1200. Thus, the operator need not follow the instructions provided by the setup wizard interface 1801 in a linear fashion. For example, a novice operator may want to proceed linearly with the instructions for setup, whereas a more skilled operator may want to view only instructions regarding setup of specific components and installation steps of thefluid delivery system 1200. The setup wizard interface 1801, therefore, efficiently conveys the requisite information for proper setup of thefluid delivery system 1200 to operators of various degrees of familiarity and knowledge of thefluid delivery system 1200. - Once the necessary components of the fluid delivery system are properly installed, the operator of the
fluid delivery system 1200 may administer either a fixed rate injection or a variable rate injection in conjunction with a saline flush delivery. The user display allows the operator to input various data relating to each type of injection to be administered. Additionally, theuser display 210 preferably provides visual and/or audio feedback during the delivery of the contrast in the injection cycle including, but not limited to, values corresponding to the flow rate, volume, and pressure limit relating to that particular injection cycle. It is to be understood that values displayed on thedisplay 210 unit may be dynamic, such that with each varying plunger depression of thehand controller 400, new values for the flow rate, volume, and pressure limit may be displayed on the user display. - The
fluid delivery system 1200 provides for various modes of refilling the syringe once thefluid delivery system 1200 determines that there is insufficient contrast media to perform an injection. A full automatic type refill is defined as a refill that occurs after the initial filling of thesyringe 1702. The full automatic type of refill automatically fills thesyringe 1702 with a maximum volume of contrast media that thesyringe 1702 may hold, for example, 150 mL. Thus, in a full automatic type refill, refill commands are automatically given from theuser display 210 without any operator intervention. A predetermined automatic type of refill fills thesyringe 1702 with a predetermined operator specified volume, for example 25, 50, 75, or 100 mL. Thus, if there is insufficient contrast in thesyringe 1702 to complete the next injection, the operator is prompted for permission by the user display as to whether or not the fluid delivery system should be allowed to initiate a refill to the predetermined volume. A manual type of fill allows the operator to fill thesyringe 1702 by utilizing the on-screen controls, whenever the operator deems a refill to be necessary. Thus, a manual type fill includes a start and stop refill function associated therewith. However, the manual fill is still subject to programming of thefluid delivery system 1200 and the operator, in the manual fill mode, will be selecting from a menu of fill levels rather than an independently chosen level. Prior to each injection, the operator may indicate to thefluid delivery system 1200 which refill type is to be used when additional contrast is required to finish an injection. Once a refill type is selected, the refill type remains in place until changed by the operator. In an exemplary embodiment, the operator may touch a “Protocol” button on the main control screen to display a protocol screen with an “Options” button displayed thereon. The operator touches the “Options” button, which causes a list of options to appear, such as a “Refill Type” button. After touching the “Refill Type” button, the operator is typically presented with three refill types, namely (1) Full Automatic, for example to 150 mL; (2) Predetermined, for example 25, 50, 75, or 100 mL; and, (3) Manual. If the operator selects the full automatic refill, then a pop-up window confirming the automatic refill request may appear. If the operator selects the predetermined refill, a list of fill volumes appears, which requires the operator to choose from one of the fill volumes. Desirably, the fill volumes are listed in manageable 25 mL increments, as an example. If the operator selects the manual refill, then a pop-up window confirming the manual refill request may appear. Once the operator is satisfied with using a particular refill type for the instant injection cycle, the operator may then confirm the use of this refill type by touching another confirmation button, such as an “OK” button. - The
fluid delivery system 1200 may maintain pre-programmed fluid delivery programs, (i.e., protocols), stored therein. Thus, instead of manually entering the desired flow rate, volume, pressure limit, rise time, and optionally delay for each injection cycle, the operator may program and store protocols, and recall previously stored protocols corresponding to injection elements, such as the desired flow rate, volume, pressure limit, rise time, and optionally delay. In an exemplary embodiment, a protocol is programmed and recalled via the on-screen controls of theuser display 210. Specifically, the operator navigates to the protocol screen by touching, for example, the “Protocol” button, if not there already. Thereafter, the operator touches a “Fixed Flow” or “Variable Flow” mode button, which indicates whether a protocol relating to a fixed or variable flow injection, respectively, will be programmed. It is to be understood that not all injection elements may be changed by the operator when entering values relating to the variable flow injection. - A pop-up window confirming the request to enter into programming mode may appear, which requires the operator to confirm the request. The operator then touches a flow rate button. Visual indicia, such as inversing the color of the button, may indicate that indeed this or any button was touched by the operator. A parameter range for the allowable flow rate is displayed, along with the virtual numeric keyboard for entering the flow rate. The operator enters the desired flow rate and may touch a confirmation button, such as “Enter” to confirm the entered flow rate. Next, the operator touches a volume button. A parameter range for the allowable volume is displayed, along with the virtual numeric keyboard for entering the volume. The operator enters the desired volume and may confirm the volume by touching the “Enter” button. Then, the operator touches a pressure limit button. A parameter range for the allowable pressure range is displayed, along with the virtual numeric keyboard for entering the pressure. The operator enters the desired pressure and may confirm the pressure by touching the “Enter” button. Then, the operator touches a “Rise” button. A parameter range for the allowable rise time is then displayed, along with the virtual numeric keyboard for entering the rise time. The operator enters the rise time and may confirm the rise time by touching the “Enter” button. It is to be understood that any of the above values be entered in varying orders. The
fluid delivery system 1200 is programmed to alert the operator if a requested command or entered value is outside the predefined parameters. This alert may be accomplished through either audio or visual indicia, such as a beep or an on-screen alert message, respectively. - After entering the appropriate values for a protocol, the operator may store the protocol into any available memory position of the
fluid delivery system 1200 for future use of the protocol in other injection cycles with other patients. Specifically, the operator touches a “Store” button. The virtual alphanumeric keyboard for entering a name for the corresponding protocol is displayed. The operator may enter an appropriate name and confirm the name by touching the “Enter” button. - The operator may recall any previously stored protocol from the memory of the
fluid delivery system 1200. For example, the operator may navigate to the protocol screen by touching a “Protocol” button, if not already there. Thereafter, the operator touches a “Recall” button. The fluid delivery system displays a screen showing all available, saved, preprogrammed protocols. The operator may recall, or select any of the protocols by touching the corresponding button of the protocol. Accordingly, the fluid delivery system displays the values associated with that particular protocol, as previously stored in memory. If the operator is satisfied with using this protocol for the instant injection cycle, the operator may confirm the use of this protocol by touching another confirmation button, such as an “OK” button. - Once the appropriate protocol is selected and is initiated with the
fluid delivery system 1200, the corresponding fixed rate injection or a variable rate injection may be performed. It is to be understood that either the fixed rate or the variable rate injections may be performed by thehand controller 400. Alternatively, injections may be performed directly through the on-screen controls of theuser display 210, bypassing the need for thehand controller 400 or the foot pedal. - In an exemplary embodiment, the fixed rate injection is initiated by the operator by depressing the plunger on the
hand controller 400. Subsequently, theair detector assembly 1412 turns on and begins to monitor for any air within the lines. Themulti-position valve 1712 rotates to the inject position. The injector piston accelerates to a programmed rate in the rise time allotted. The contrast media flows until either the operator releases the plunger or the programmed volume, as specified by the protocol, is delivered. After any of these conditions has been met, the injector piston ceases forward movement. Then themulti-position valve 1712 rotates to a closed or isolate position preferably after a set period of time to allow residual contrast media to exit thesyringe 1702, and theair detector assembly 1412 enters into a sleep-mode. - In an exemplary embodiment, the variable rate injection is initiated by the operator by depressing the plunger on the
hand controller 400. Subsequently, theair detector mechanism 1412 turns on to monitor for any air within the lines. Themulti-position valve 1712 rotates to the inject position. The injector piston moves forward corresponding to a percentage of an acceleration rate as determined by the position of the plunger of thehand controller 400. The contrast flows until either the operator releases the plunger or the programmed volume, as specified by the protocol, is delivered. After any of these conditions is met, the injector piston ceases forward movement. Thereafter, themulti-position valve 1712 preferably remains open for a preset or predetermined amount of time, to allow residual contrast media to exit thesyringe 1702. Then, themulti-position valve 1712 rotates to a closed position. If the entire programmed volume is delivered in a variable flow rate mode, then theinjector 1300 rearms. If the operator releases the hand controller actuating member or assembly before the entire programmed volume is delivered, themulti-position valve 1712 remains open for the predetermined amount of time and then closes. It is to be understood that at the end of each variable rate injection, thefluid delivery system 1200 creates a sharp bolus within the contrast tubing downstream of themulti-position valve 1712, by suppressing the delivery of contrast media that is not delivered at the programmed flow rate. A sharp bolus of contrast media may be defined as a distinct or defined column of liquid having well-defined opposing ends or boundaries. However, the creation of the sharp bolus results in pressure buildup upstream of themulti-position valve 1712. To remove the excess pressure, themulti-position valve 1712 may have a simple vent for expelling liquid and relieving the excess pressure. Alternatively, the injector piston may be moved slowly backward or proximally in a controlled manner, so that no vacuum is created in the contrast tubing, and so that no audible sound, such as a whizzing sound, is produced. Desirably, this result is accomplished by having thefluid delivery system 1200 turning the voltage applied to the injector head motor on and off in short increments, thereby creating a controlled sequence of release/stop movements of the injector piston until the pressure in thesyringe 1702 is equalized. After the pressure drops to the system friction of thefluid delivery system 1200, which is mostly comprised of the static friction between the syringe plunger and thesyringe 1702 and the internal mechanical components of the injector head of theinjector 1300, thefluid delivery system 1200 is ready for another injection. This process is repeated until the programmed volume has been delivered. Thereafter, theair detector assembly 1412 enters into a sleep-mode. - The saline flush delivery or injection may be performed at any time during the injection cycle, except when contrast is flowing. In an exemplary embodiment, initiating the saline injection requires the operator to depress the saline actuator or saline button of the
hand controller 400. Subsequently, theair detector assembly 1412 of thefluid control module 1400 turns on to monitor for any air in the medical tubing associated with the saline portion of the fluid path set 1700. Thepinch valve 1410 retracts to allow for the flow of saline from thesecondary fluid container 1706. Thefluid delivery system 1200 may be configured to permit the flow of saline until the operator releases the saline button on thehand controller 400, presses the saline button again, or until a predetermined amount of time lapses from the initiation of the flow of saline. The saline flow stops once movement in theperistaltic pump 1408 ceases. Thereafter, thepinch valve 1410 moves to a closed position and theair detector assembly 1412 enters into a sleep-mode. - During either the fixed rate injection cycle or the variable rate injection cycle, the
fluid delivery system 1200 may display an instantaneous average value for a corresponding flow rate, fluid pressure, volume delivered for the most recent individual injection within the injection cycle, and a cumulative volume delivered to the patient, up to and including, the most recent injection. At the conclusion of the delivery, thefluid delivery system 1200 may display a peak flow rate, a peak fluid pressure, a volume delivered for the most recent individual injection within the injection cycle, and a cumulative volume delivered to the patient during the entire delivery. - It is to be understood that the fluid delivery system may exist in either an armed or unarmed state, which corresponds respectively to whether or not the operator is allowed to perform an injection. The
fluid delivery system 1200 may enter a disarmed or safe state when certain conditions are met including, but not limited to, failure of a self-diagnostic check, detection of air in either the contrast or saline portions of the fluid path set 1700, absence of some of the requisite components, and the reaching of a pressure limit that is deemed to be unsafe for the patient. The converse of these conditions and/or other factors must be present for thefluid delivery system 1200 to enter the armed state. Thefluid delivery system 1200 may provide various visual and/or audible alarms to the operator to identify specific conditions that arise during the functioning of thefluid delivery system 1200. Such conditions may include, but are not limited to the arming/disarming of thefluid delivery system 1200 and the state thereof, the detection of air in the fluid path, the insufficiency or unavailability of fluid in the fluid delivery path or fluid supply to perform an injection, and the reaching of a pressure disarm limit. - With reference to
FIGS. 32 and 33 and with continuing reference toFIG. 9 , thesupport assembly 1600 of thefluid delivery system 1200 includes asupport arm 1602 for supporting thecontrol section 1800 and theuser display 210 in particular. Asecond support arm 1604 extends from asupport column 1606 that generally supports the injector andfluid control module 1400. Thesupport arms rail interface 1608 which is generally adapted to attach thefluid delivery system 1200 to a hospital bed or examination table 1610. Thesupport column 1606 may include apedestal interface 1612 for attaching thefluid delivery system 1200 to amovable pedestal 1614. As shown inFIG. 32 , thefluid delivery system 1200 may either be attached to the examination table 1610 or themovable pedestal 1614 to provide the maximum amount of flexibility and ease in utilizing thefluid delivery system 1200. Thus, when thefluid delivery system 1200 is mounted to the examination table 1610, arail mount 1616 is attached to arail 1618 of the examination table 1610. This allows therail interface 1608 to be removably attached to therail mount 1616. Thus, therail mount 1616 indirectly supports theuser display 210, theinjector 1300, and thefluid control module 1400. In an alternative embodiment, as shown inFIG. 33 , only theinjector 1300 and thefluid control module 1400 are indirectly supported by therail mount 1616, and anadditional rail mount 1616 may be utilized to independently support theuser display 210 at a different location on therail 1618 of the examination table 1610. Returning toFIG. 32 , themovable pedestal 1614 provides mobility to thefluid delivery system 1200 and height adjustability features. Themovable pedestal 1614 includes apedestal interface mount 1620 extending therefrom, for attaching thepedestal interface 1612 to themovable pedestal 1614. Thepedestal interface mount 1620 may be configured to interface with electrical connections from thepedestal interface 1612. Themovable pedestal 1614 further includes abase 1622 for holding loose components related to thefluid delivery system 1200 and the power cables associated therewith. Ahandle 1624 provides access to the interior of thebase 1622. Thebase 1622 may also include apower socket 1626 that interfaces with the power cables (not shown) within thebase 1622. Thus, a single external power cable (not shown) may be plugged directly into thepower socket 1626 to provide sufficient power for operation of the entirefluid delivery system 1200. Themovable pedestal 1614 may also include a plurality ofcasters 1628 havinglockable brakes 1630 andwheels 1632. Ahandle 1634 may be attached to themovable pedestal 1614 to facilitate movement of thefluid delivery system 1200. By aligning therail interface 1608 over therail mount 1616 and then lowering the height of themovable pedestal 1614, thefluid delivery system 1200 may easily be transferred from thepedestal 1614 and to thebed 1610. It is to be understood that the aforementioned configurations are not to be considered as limiting the placement and positioning of thefluid delivery system 1200. - With additional reference to
FIGS. 37-50 , thesupport assembly 1600 is supported by thepedestal 1614 to enable thefluid delivery system 1200 to be a mobile or transportable fluid delivery system for use in multiple locations in a medical treatment environment, such as a hospital cardiology suite. Thus, thefluid delivery system 1200 is not tied to a particular location in a hospital setting, such as the angiographic suite, and may be transported to different locations within a hospital as desired. Thesupport assembly 1600, as discussed previously, is adapted to detachably interface with thepedestal 1614, and the detachable interface between thesupport assembly 1600 and thepedestal 1614, as well as additional features of thesupport assembly 1600 andpedestal 1614 will be discussed now in further detail. - The “mobile” fluid delivery or
injector system 1200 is generally comprised by thesupport assembly 1600, the fluid delivery and control components supported by thesupport assembly 1600, and thepedestal 1614. The components supported by thesupport assembly 1600 generally include theinjector 1300,fluid control module 1400, and the control section orassembly 1800. Primarily, thesupport assembly 1600 supports the graphicaluser interface display 210 of thecontrol assembly 1800, as indicated previously. Thus, thesupport assembly 1600 and the components supported thereon may be considered to be afluid delivery superstructure 1636. It is thisfluid delivery superstructure 1636 that detachably connects or associates with thepedestal 1614. - The mobile fluid delivery or
injector system 1200 illustrated inFIG. 37 is substantially the same as the mobilefluid delivery system 1200 depicted inFIGS. 32 and 33 , with slight variations. InFIGS. 32 and 33 , as discussed previously, therail interface 1608 is adapted to detachably connect to the examination table 1610 and, more particularly, to therail mount 1616 connected to therail 1618 of the examination table 1610, also referred to herein as a patient examination platform. Details of therail mount 1616 are discussed herein in connection withFIGS. 42-46 . InFIGS. 32 and 33 , therail interface 1608 engages a receiving opening (not shown) in therail mount 1616, and thepedestal interface 1612 located substantially at a lower end of thesupport column 1606 is adapted to receive thepedestal interface mount 1620 of thepedestal 1614. The connection between thepedestal interface 1612 and thepedestal interface mount 1620 is a detachable female-male connection as will be evident when viewingFIG. 32 . - The
rail interface 1608,support arm 1604, andpedestal interface 1612 may be considered to collectively form aninterface link 1638. Theinterface link 1638 provides for the detachable association or connection between thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 and thepedestal 1614, and the detachable association or connection between thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 and thepatient examination platform 1610 via therail mount 1616. Since therail interface 1608 is used to connect thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 to thepatient examination platform 1610, this component may also be referred to as a “platform interface” 1608. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 could be adapted to detachably connect directly to thepatient examination platform 1610 rather than therail mount 1616. In such an arrangement, for example, areceiving opening 1639 may be provided in the top of the patient examination table 1610, as illustrated inFIG. 40 . In one possible embodiment in accordance with this aspect of the present invention, the receivingopening 1639 may be provided in a movable slide provided in a racetrack in the top of the patient examination table 1610. - In
FIGS. 37-44 , theinterface link 1638 is substantially the same as theinterface link 1638 depicted inFIGS. 32 and 33 . In each version, theinterface link 1638 is generally H-shaped and includes thepedestal interface 1612 and the rail orplatform interface 1608. The difference between the tworespective interface links 1638 lies only in the specific configuration of the detachable connection between theinterface link 1638 and thepedestal 1614. However, each variation of theinterface link 1638 utilizes male-female detachable/removable connections and operate to detachably connect thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 to thepedestal 1614 or thepatient examination platform 1610. - As shown in
FIG. 37 , theinterface link 1638 is used to connect thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 to thepedestal 1614 so that thesuperstructure 1636 may be transported via thepedestal 1614. Thesupport arm 1602 supporting theuser display 210 is preferably pivotally connected to theinterface link 1638. As shown inFIG. 40 , theuser display 210 is preferably removable from thesupport arm 1602 and adapted for connection to anadditional rail mount 1616 associated with thepatient examination platform 1610, as described previously in connection withFIG. 33 . Theuser display 210 will interface with therail mount 1616 in the same manner to be described herein in connection withFIGS. 42-44 illustrating the specific detachable/removable connection between theinterface link 1638 and therail mount 1616. - The
support column 1606 is connect to the opposite lateral side or portion of theinterface link 1638 from theuser display 210. Thesupport column 1606 is preferably pivotally connected to theinterface link 1638 to allow pivotal movement of thesuperstructure 1636 when thesuperstructure 1636 is associated with either thepatient examination platform 1610 or thepedestal 1614. Thesupport column 1606 supports thefluid control module 1400 and theinjector 1300. Preferably, theinjector 1300 is pivotally connected to thesupport column 1606, while thefluid control module 1400 is preferably fixed to the support column 1606 (i.e., non-pivotal). - The
pedestal 1614 depicted inFIGS. 37 and 39 , as with thepedestal 1614 shown inFIG. 33 , haswheels 1632 for providing mobility andbrakes 1630 for maintaining thepedestal 1614 in a static position. The trunk of thepedestal 1614 includes gas springlift assist mechanism 1640 for raising and lowering thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 relative to thepedestal base 1622. In particular, thelift assist mechanism 1640 is associated with the structure of thehandle 1634 to raise and lower thehandle structure 1634 and, hence, thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 relative to thepedestal base 1622. Thelift assist mechanism 1640 may be a conventional gas spring device that assists the operator of thefluid delivery system 1200 to raise/lower thefluid delivery superstructure 1636. Such gas spring lift assist devices are commonly found on automobile liftgates and in like applications, but have not previously been applied to medical equipment generally. - Referring now to
FIGS. 42-47 in particular, thepedestal interface 1612 and theplatform interface 1608 may be formed as male inserts each adapted to mate with receivingopenings pedestal 1614 and therail mount 1616, respectively. The receivingopening 1642 associated with thepedestal 1614 is preferably provided in thehandle structure 1634. As indicated previously, thesuperstructure 1636 may be connected directly to thepatient examination platform 1610. In such an alternative configuration, themale platform interface 1608 could be inserted directly into the receiving opening 1639 (FIG. 40 ) provided in the top of thepatient examination platform 1610. - The receiving
openings insert platform interface 1608 and the maleinsert pedestal interface 1612 being correspondingly D-shaped to mate with the receivingopenings openings fluid delivery superstructure 1636 once thesuperstructure 1636 is associated with either thepedestal 1614 of thepatient examination platform 1610 via therail mount 1616. The D-shape of thereceiving opening 1644 in therail mount 1616 may also be used a “key” to set thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 into the proper orientation for a medical fluid injection procedure. Preferably, as discussed further herein, the receivingopenings 1642, 1644 (and receiving opening 1639) and are tapered to guide entry of the maleinsert platform interface 1608 and maleinsert pedestal interface 1612. The maleinsert platform interface 1608 and maleinsert pedestal interface 1612 are preferably tapered to correspond to the taperedreceiving openings FIG. 44 . The corresponding tapering between the male inserts forming theplatform interface 1608 andpedestal interface 1612 and the receivingopenings openings openings pedestal interfaces pedestal interfaces openings openings openings - As shown in
FIGS. 44-47 in particular, therail mount 1616 is generally a unitary structure having amain body 1648. Themain body 1648 may be made of metal such as aluminum or steel and preferably a metal suitable for medical applications such as aluminum or stainless steel. Themain body 1648 defines the receivingopening 1642 for receiving theplatform interface 1608. The receivingopening 1642 may extend entirely through themain body 1648 as shown in cross section inFIG. 44 , or be a blind hole. In either case, the receivingopening 1642 andplatform interface 1608 are preferably tapered in the manner described previously. Themain body 1648 further defines anelongated recess 1650 at one end for engaging therail 1618 of thepatient examination platform 1610. The engagement of therail 1618 in therecess 1650 connects themain body 1648 to therail 1618. - The
rail mount 1616 further includes a pair of locking devices ormechanisms rail 1618 of thepatient examination platform 1610 in therecess 1650 and theplatform interface 1608 in thereceiving opening 1642, respectively. Thelocking devices handles Locking device 1651 is used to secure themain body 1648 of therail mount 1616 at desired location along therail 1618 where thesuperstructure 1636 is to be situated for use in a medical fluid injection procedure. InFIG. 44 ,locking device 1652 is depicted as a simple set screw mechanism, whereas lockingdevice 1651 is adapted to engage atab 1658 extending from thepatient examination platform 1610 to secure themain body 1648 at a desired location on therail 1618. - An additional,
third locking device 1660 is preferably provided on the trunk of thepedestal 1614, and is preferably associated with thehandle structure 1634 for locking thepedestal interface 1612 in receivingopening 1644. The third locking device ormechanism 1660 may also be a set screw type device. The male inserts forming the platform andpedestal interfaces slots 1662 for receiving the set screws of thelocking devices pedestal interfaces respective receiving openings - As shown in
FIG. 45 , therail mount 1616 may include aspacer element 1664 inrecess 1650 to accommodate differentsized rails 1618 used on different makes and models of thepatient examination platform 1610. Therefore, therail mount 1616 may be used with different makes and models of the patient examination table 1610. Thespacer element 1664 is inserted in therecess 1650 to reduce the cross sectional area of therecess 1650 so that therail mount 1616 may be used with asmaller rail 1618 if necessary. -
FIG. 47 shows an alternative embodiment of lockingdevices pin 1666 which may inserted intorespective openings platform interface 1608 andpedestal interface 1612. Thepin 1666 secures the removable insertion of theplatform interface 1608 in receivingopening 1644 and removable insertion of thepedestal interface 1612 in receivingopening 1642. Themain body 1648 of therail mount 1616 defines anaperture 1669 corresponding to opening 1667 inplatform interface 1608 for accepting thepin 1666 and securing the detachable or removable connection between theplatform interface 1608 and therail mount 1616. A similar opening toaperture 1669 may be provided in place of lockingdevice 1660 shown inFIG. 42 for example, to allow for an analogous detachable or removable connection between thepedestal interface 1612 and thepedestal 1614. -
FIGS. 48 and 49 show an alternative configuration of theplatform interface 1608 and receivingopening 1642 in therail mount 1616. In the alternative configuration, theplatform interface 1608 is a formed as a plate and, more particularly, a tapered or triangular-shaped plate. The plate-shapedplatform interface 1608 cooperates with a tapered, generally triangular-shaped receiving opening orrecess 1642. In this disclosure, the term “receiving opening” is intended into include any type of void, such as a hole, a recess, or a groove. Thus, the receiving “recess” shown inFIGS. 48 and 49 is just one subset or form of the “receivingopening 1642”. The receivingopenings FIGS. 42-47 are depicted a D-shaped holes and this is presently a preferred embodiment of the receivingopenings locking device 1652 associated with therail mount 1616 shown inFIGS. 48 and 49 may be provided as aremovable pin 1670 that engages anopening 1672 in the plate-shapedplatform insert 1608. The correspondingly tapered, generally triangular shapes of theplatform interface 1608 and receivingrecess 1642 are effective to guide side (i.e., horizontal), sliding entry of theplatform interface 1608 into themain body 1648 of therail mount 1616. - With reference to
FIGS. 50 and 51 , while the discussion hereinabove is directed to a mobilefluid delivery system 1200 with a detachablefluid delivery superstructure 1636,FIGS. 50 and 51 , illustrate that thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 may take other forms in accordance with the present invention. InFIGS. 50 and 51 , the fluid delivery superstructure is anIV pole 1680 that is adapted to detachably interface with therail mount 1616 in the same manner as thefluid delivery superstructure 1636 described previously. TheIV pole 1680 is formed by abase member 1682 and asupport member 1684 preferably telescopically connected to thebase member 1682. Thebase member 1682 includes amale insert portion 1686 that is adapted to engage thereceiving opening 1642 in themain body 1648 of therail mount 1616. Themale insert portion 1686 preferably defines a transverse locking recess or slot 1688 for receiving the set screw oflocking device 1652. Thebase member 1682 is removably associated with themain body 1648 of therail mount 1616 via themale insert portion 1686 in the same manner as the way in which theinterface link 1636 is removably or detachably connected to themain body 1648 of therail mount 1616 discussed previously. - Although the present invention has been described in detail in connection with the above embodiments and/or examples, it is to be understood that such detail is solely for that purpose and that variations can be made by those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. The scope of the invention is indicated by the following claims rather than by the foregoing description. All changes and variations that come within the meaning and range of equivalency of the claims are to be embraced within their scope.
Claims (68)
1. An injector system, comprising:
a mobile pedestal; and
a fluid delivery superstructure detachably connected to the pedestal and comprising a pump device and a fluid control device.
2. The injector system of claim 1 , further comprising a fluid path set operatively associating the pump device with the fluid control device.
3. The injector system of claim 1 , the pedestal comprising wheels for providing mobility of the pedestal.
4. The injector system of claim 3 , the wheels comprising brakes for maintaining the pedestal in a static position.
5. The injector system of claim 1 , the pedestal comprising a handle for moving the pedestal.
6. The injector system of claim 1 , the pedestal comprising a lift assist mechanism for raising and lower the superstructure.
7. The injector system of claim 1 , the pedestal comprising a locking device for releasably locking the superstructure to the pedestal.
8. The injector system of claim 1 , the superstructure comprising an interface link adapted to detachably connect the superstructure to the pedestal.
9. The injector system of claim 8 , the superstructure comprising a support column connected to the interface link and supporting the pump device and fluid control device.
10. The injector system of claim 9 , wherein the pump device is pivotally connected to the support column and the fluid control device is non-pivotally connected to the support column.
11. The injector system of claim 9 , wherein the support column is pivotally connected to the interface link.
12. The injector system of claim 8 , the superstructure comprising a user display pivotally connected to the interface link via a support arm.
13. The injector system of claim 12 , wherein the user display is detachably connected to the support arm.
14. The injector system of claim 8 , the interface link comprising a pedestal interface adapted to detachably connect the interface link to the pedestal.
15. The injector system of claim 14 , the pedestal comprising a locking device for releasably locking the pedestal interface to the pedestal.
16. The injector system of claim 14 , the pedestal interface comprising a male pedestal insert for engaging a receiving opening in the pedestal.
17. The injector system of claim 16 , wherein the male pedestal insert and the receiving opening are correspondingly tapered to guide entry of the male pedestal insert into the receiving opening.
18. The injector system of claim 16 , wherein the male pedestal insert is generally D-shaped in horizontal cross section and the receiving opening is correspondingly D-shaped to receive the D-shaped male pedestal insert.
19. The injector system of claim 8 , the interface link comprising a platform interface adapted to detachably connect the interface link to a patient examination platform.
20. The injector system of claim 19 , the platform interface comprising a male platform insert for engaging a receiving opening associated with the patient examination platform.
21. The injector system of claim 20 , wherein the male platform insert and the receiving opening are correspondingly tapered to guide entry of the male platform insert into the receiving opening.
22. The injector system of claim 20 , wherein the male platform insert is generally D-shaped in horizontal cross section and the receiving opening is correspondingly D-shaped to receive the D-shaped male platform insert.
23. The injector system of claim 20 , wherein the male platform insert is formed as a plate and the receiving opening is formed as a receiving recess shaped to receive the plate.
24. The injector system of claim 23 , wherein the plate and receiving recess are correspondingly tapered to accommodate sliding entry of the plate into the receiving recess.
25. The injector system of claim 19 , the patient examination platform comprising a rail and a rail mount connected to the rail, and wherein the platform interface is adapted to detachably connect the interface link to the rail mount.
26. The injector system of claim 25 , the rail mount comprising a locking device for releasably locking the platform interface to the rail mount.
27. The injector system of claim 25 , the platform interface comprising a male platform insert for engaging a receiving opening in the rail mount.
28. The injector system of claim 27 , wherein the male platform insert and the receiving opening are correspondingly tapered to guide entry of the male platform insert into the receiving opening.
29. The injector system of claim 27 , wherein the male platform insert is generally D-shaped in horizontal cross section and the receiving opening is correspondingly D-shaped to receive the D-shaped male platform insert.
30. The injector system of claim 27 , wherein the male platform insert is formed as a plate and the receiving opening is formed as a receiving recess shaped to receive the plate.
31. The injector system of claim 30 , wherein the plate and receiving recess are correspondingly tapered to accommodate sliding entry of the plate into the receiving recess.
32. The injector system of claim 25 , wherein the rail mount is movably connected to the rail, and comprises a locking device for releasably locking the rail mount at a desired location on the rail.
33. The injector system of claim 8 , the interface link comprising a pedestal interface adapted to detachably connect the interface link with the pedestal, and a platform interface adapted to detachably connect the interface link with a patient examination platform.
34. A method of preparing an injector system for a medical fluid injection procedure, comprising:
providing an injector system comprising a mobile pedestal and a fluid delivery superstructure detachably connected to the pedestal and comprising a pump device and a fluid control device;
associating the superstructure with a patient examination platform; and
detaching the pedestal from the superstructure.
35. The method of claim 34 , further comprising releasably locking the superstructure to the patient examination platform with a locking device.
36. The method of claim 34 , the superstructure comprising a platform interface, such that the step of associating the superstructure with the patient examination platform comprises connecting the platform interface to the patient examination platform.
37. The method of claim 36 , the platform interface comprising a male platform insert and the patient examination platform comprising a receiving opening associated therewith, such that the step of associating the superstructure with the patient examination platform comprises inserting the male platform insert into the receiving opening to connect the superstructure to the patient examination platform.
38. The method of claim 37 , further comprising releasably locking the male platform insert in the receiving opening with a locking device.
39. The method of claim 37 , wherein the male platform insert is formed as a plate and the receiving opening is formed as a receiving recess shaped to receive the plate, such that the step of associating the superstructure with the patient examination platform comprises sliding the plate into the receiving recess to connect the superstructure to the patient examination platform.
40. The method of claim 37 , the patient examination platform comprising a rail and a rail mount connected to the rail, wherein the rail mount defines the receiving opening for receiving the male platform insert.
41. The method of claim 40 , wherein the rail mount defines a tapered receiving opening and the male platform insert is correspondingly tapered, such that the step of associating the superstructure with the patient examination platform comprises guiding entry of the male platform insert into the receiving opening in the rail mount.
42. The method of claim 40 , further comprising locating the rail mount at a desired location on the rail prior to the step of associating the superstructure with the patient examination platform.
43. The method of claim 42 , further comprising releasably locking the rail mount at the desired location on the rail with a locking device.
44. The method of claim 34 , further comprising removing the pedestal after the step of detaching the superstructure from the pedestal.
45. A rail mount for attachment to a rail of a patient examination platform, comprising:
a main body defining an elongated recess for engaging the rail of the patient examination platform, the main body adapted to detachably support a support member for a medical component; and
a locking device adapted to releasably lock the main body to the rail at a desired location on the rail.
46. The rail mount of claim 45 , wherein the main body defines a receiving opening adapted to receive a male insert portion of the support member.
47. The rail mount of claim 46 , further comprising a second locking device associated with the main body and adapted to releasably lock the male insert portion in the receiving opening.
48. The rail mount of claim 46 , wherein the receiving opening is tapered to guide entry of the male insert portion into the receiving opening.
49. The rail mount of claim 46 , wherein the receiving opening is D-shaped to receive a D-shaped male insert portion.
50. The rail mount of claim 49 , wherein the D-shaped receiving opening is tapered to guide entry of the male insert portion into the receiving opening.
51. The rail mount of claim 46 , wherein the receiving opening is formed as a tapered receiving recess shaped to accommodate sliding entry of a plate-shaped male insert portion into the receiving recess.
52. The rail mount of claim 51 , wherein the receiving recess is generally triangular-shaped.
53. The rail mount of claim 51 , further comprising a second locking device associated with the main body and adapted to releasably lock the plate-shaped male insert portion in the receiving recess.
54. The rail mount of claim 45 , further comprising a removable spacer disposed in the elongated recess for accommodating different sized rails.
55. In combination, a mount supporting a fluid delivery superstructure, the mount comprising:
a main body adapted for connection to a patient examination platform, and further adapted to detachably support a support member of the superstructure; and
a locking device adapted to releasably lock the support member to the main body.
56. The combination of claim 55 , the superstructure comprising a pump device and a fluid control device.
57. The combination of claim 56 , the support member comprising an interface link detachably associated with the main body and a support column connected to the interface link, the support column supporting the pump device and the fluid control device.
58. The combination of claim 57 , wherein the pump device is pivotally connected to the support column and the fluid control device is non-pivotally connected to the support column.
59. The combination of claim 55 , the superstructure comprising an IV pole.
60. The combination of claim 59 , wherein the support member comprises a base of the IV pole.
61. The combination of claim 60 , the IV pole further comprising a telescoping member connected to the base for adjusting the height of the IV pole relative to the main body.
62. The combination of claim 55 , the main body defining a receiving opening adapted to receive a male insert portion of the support member.
63. The combination of claim 62 , wherein the receiving opening is tapered to guide entry of the male insert portion into the receiving opening.
64. The combination of claim 62 , wherein the receiving opening is D-shaped to receive a D-shaped male insert portion.
65. The combination of claim 64 , wherein the D-shaped receiving opening is tapered to guide entry of the male insert portion into the receiving opening.
66. The combination of claim 62 , wherein the receiving opening is formed as a tapered receiving recess shaped to accommodate sliding entry of a plate-shaped male insert portion into the receiving recess.
67. The combination of claim 55 , wherein the main body defines an elongated recess for engaging a rail on the patient examination platform.
68. The combination of claim 67 , further comprising a removable spacer disposed in the elongated recess for accommodating different sized rails.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/955,246 US20050230575A1 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2004-09-30 | Mobile fluid delivery system with detachable pedestal |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US10/825,866 US7556619B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2004-04-16 | Fluid delivery system having a fluid level sensor and a fluid control device for isolating a patient from a pump device |
US10/955,246 US20050230575A1 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2004-09-30 | Mobile fluid delivery system with detachable pedestal |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/825,866 Continuation-In-Part US7556619B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2004-04-16 | Fluid delivery system having a fluid level sensor and a fluid control device for isolating a patient from a pump device |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20050230575A1 true US20050230575A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 |
Family
ID=35095322
Family Applications (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/825,866 Active 2025-07-31 US7556619B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2004-04-16 | Fluid delivery system having a fluid level sensor and a fluid control device for isolating a patient from a pump device |
US10/955,246 Abandoned US20050230575A1 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2004-09-30 | Mobile fluid delivery system with detachable pedestal |
US12/476,513 Active 2025-03-29 US8147464B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2009-06-02 | Drip chamber and fluid level sensing mechanism for a fluid delivery system |
US13/437,143 Expired - Lifetime US8808253B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2012-04-02 | Drip chamber and fluid level sensing mechanism for a fluid delivery system |
US14/457,528 Active 2024-10-21 US9669206B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2014-08-12 | Connector and fluid path set for a fluid delivery system |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US10/825,866 Active 2025-07-31 US7556619B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2004-04-16 | Fluid delivery system having a fluid level sensor and a fluid control device for isolating a patient from a pump device |
Family Applications After (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US12/476,513 Active 2025-03-29 US8147464B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2009-06-02 | Drip chamber and fluid level sensing mechanism for a fluid delivery system |
US13/437,143 Expired - Lifetime US8808253B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2012-04-02 | Drip chamber and fluid level sensing mechanism for a fluid delivery system |
US14/457,528 Active 2024-10-21 US9669206B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2014-08-12 | Connector and fluid path set for a fluid delivery system |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (5) | US7556619B2 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2005104687A2 (en) |
Cited By (62)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20040242996A1 (en) * | 2000-10-18 | 2004-12-02 | Trombley Frederick W. | Injector system and fluid control device providing air purging and sharp bolus injection |
US20070106263A1 (en) * | 2005-10-24 | 2007-05-10 | Ward Russell C | Intravenous identification luminaire (IV-ID) and light pipe, and light conductive intravenous delivery system |
US20070129705A1 (en) * | 2005-12-01 | 2007-06-07 | Medrad, Inc. | Fluid delivery system, fluid path, and medical connector for use with the fluid delivery system and fluid path |
WO2008079540A2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2008-07-03 | Medrad, Inc. | Flow based pressure isolation and fluid delivery system including flow based pressure isolation and flow initiating mechanism |
US20080302925A1 (en) * | 2007-06-05 | 2008-12-11 | John Ruehl | Advanced IV Transfer System |
WO2009000806A1 (en) * | 2007-06-25 | 2008-12-31 | Biotest Ag | Perfusion device for hollow organs, and the use thereof for the perfusion of an explanted hollow organ |
US20090149743A1 (en) * | 2005-11-21 | 2009-06-11 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Medical Fluid Injection System |
US20100200076A1 (en) * | 2006-06-14 | 2010-08-12 | ACIST Medical Systems , Inc. | Fluid purge in a medical injection system |
WO2011011346A1 (en) | 2009-07-24 | 2011-01-27 | Medrad, Inc. | Multi-fluid medical injector system and methods of operation |
US20110108689A1 (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2011-05-12 | American Sterilizer Company | Connection system for mounting a device onto a support arm |
ES2372511A1 (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2012-01-23 | Nicolas Anthony Costovici | Fluid-injection system for medical use in the vascular system of a patient |
EP2448612A1 (en) * | 2009-06-29 | 2012-05-09 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Method and system for removing air from a flow path of a fluid injection device |
US20130072791A1 (en) * | 2011-09-15 | 2013-03-21 | Philip Paspa | Contrast saver for invasive angiographic procedures |
CN103191489A (en) * | 2012-01-09 | 2013-07-10 | 朱清毅 | Intelligent infusion controller |
CN103239772A (en) * | 2013-05-29 | 2013-08-14 | 齐开春 | Hospital ward integration network type visible probe monitoring vein infusion apparatus |
US20130281974A1 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2013-10-24 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Pump assembly with switch |
WO2014012802A1 (en) * | 2012-07-20 | 2014-01-23 | Fresenius Vial Sas | Syringe pump with pivotable display |
US8684145B2 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2014-04-01 | Alcon Research, Ltd. | Systems and methods for console braking |
US20140208251A1 (en) * | 2013-01-21 | 2014-07-24 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Power injector device and method of use |
US8910344B2 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2014-12-16 | Alcon Research, Ltd. | Systems and methods for caster obstacle management |
US9011377B2 (en) | 2008-11-05 | 2015-04-21 | Bayer Medical Care Inc. | Fluid mixing control device for a multi-fluid delivery system |
CN104689421A (en) * | 2013-12-03 | 2015-06-10 | 乌尔里希有限及两合公司 | Injector for injecting a fluid and method for controlling an injector |
US9089367B2 (en) | 2010-04-08 | 2015-07-28 | Alcon Research, Ltd. | Patient eye level touch control |
USRE45717E1 (en) | 2007-10-30 | 2015-10-06 | Bayer Medical Care Inc. | System and method for proportional mixing and continuous delivery of fluids |
US20150283322A1 (en) * | 2013-11-25 | 2015-10-08 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Methods and systems for filling iv bags with therapeutic fluid |
US20150314074A1 (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2015-11-05 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Apparatus And Methods For Purging Catheter Systems |
EP2793978A4 (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2015-12-16 | Icu Medical Inc | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
EP2779982A4 (en) * | 2011-11-15 | 2016-02-10 | Smiths Medical Asd Inc | Medical tubing detection and management |
US9308051B2 (en) | 2011-11-15 | 2016-04-12 | Smiths Medical Asd, Inc. | Illuminated tubing set |
US9433730B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2016-09-06 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid mixing control device for a multi-fluid delivery system |
US9511989B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2016-12-06 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US9526920B2 (en) | 2010-10-12 | 2016-12-27 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Medical device |
US20170072131A1 (en) * | 2012-04-03 | 2017-03-16 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | High pressure sensor for use with a fluid delivery system |
US20170113005A1 (en) * | 2015-10-22 | 2017-04-27 | Human Med Ag | Device for transplanting body fat |
USD788911S1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-06-06 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Attachment for securing a therapy device |
US20170193766A1 (en) * | 2015-12-31 | 2017-07-06 | Create Technologies, Inc. | Method of making and using a tactile array device |
US9707342B2 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2017-07-18 | Bayer Healthcare | Shield adapted to fit medical injector syringe |
US9737649B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-08-22 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Systems and methods for applying reduced pressure therapy |
US9750953B2 (en) | 2008-06-06 | 2017-09-05 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Apparatus and methods for delivery of fluid injection boluses to patients and handling harmful fluids |
US9889288B2 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2018-02-13 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Tubing connectors |
US9943652B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2018-04-17 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Adhesive and peripheral systems and methods for medical devices |
US10155070B2 (en) | 2013-08-13 | 2018-12-18 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Systems and methods for applying reduced pressure therapy |
USD837983S1 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2019-01-08 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer device |
US20190015589A1 (en) * | 2017-07-13 | 2019-01-17 | Lior Shtram | Accurate flow rate adjustment for iv pump |
US10272195B2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2019-04-30 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump assembly |
US10272263B2 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2019-04-30 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Radiopharmaceutical delivery and tube management system |
USD851745S1 (en) | 2016-07-19 | 2019-06-18 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Medical fluid transfer system |
US10582981B2 (en) | 2016-02-02 | 2020-03-10 | Stryker Corporation | Accessory support and coupling systems for an accessory support |
US10893817B2 (en) * | 2012-01-18 | 2021-01-19 | Medspira Llc | Motility manometer priming manifold system with icon-based user interface and wireless connectivity |
US11007102B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2021-05-18 | Stryker Corporation | Patient transport system |
US11020541B2 (en) | 2016-07-25 | 2021-06-01 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Systems, methods, and components for trapping air bubbles in medical fluid transfer modules and systems |
US11109766B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2021-09-07 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Fluid flow measurement systems and methods |
US11404776B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2022-08-02 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Split ring resonator antenna adapted for use in wirelessly controlled medical device |
US11478162B2 (en) | 2018-05-23 | 2022-10-25 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Flow measurement using image data |
US11497686B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2022-11-15 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
US11534542B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2022-12-27 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
US11590057B2 (en) | 2020-04-03 | 2023-02-28 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Systems, methods, and components for transferring medical fluids |
US11607489B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2023-03-21 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Injector state logic with hemodynamic monitoring |
US11633534B2 (en) | 2020-08-18 | 2023-04-25 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Angiogram injections using electrocardiographic synchronization |
US11642283B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2023-05-09 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Method for fluid delivery |
US11723841B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2023-08-15 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
EP4110256A4 (en) * | 2020-02-28 | 2024-03-27 | Technologies CGC Inc. | Coupling systems for releasably coupling equipment to a patient transport system |
Families Citing this family (110)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
USD1031029S1 (en) | 2003-11-25 | 2024-06-11 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Syringe plunger |
US7556619B2 (en) | 2004-04-16 | 2009-07-07 | Medrad, Inc. | Fluid delivery system having a fluid level sensor and a fluid control device for isolating a patient from a pump device |
US20080004818A1 (en) * | 2006-02-27 | 2008-01-03 | Siemens Medical Solutions Health Services Corporation | System for Monitoring and Managing Patient Fluid Input and Output |
DE102006016331A1 (en) * | 2006-04-06 | 2007-10-11 | Siemens Ag | Overall medical system |
DE102006023301A1 (en) * | 2006-05-18 | 2008-02-28 | Raumedic Ag | Medical work equipment, medical assembly with such work equipment and use of such a medical work equipment |
US8257286B2 (en) * | 2006-09-21 | 2012-09-04 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Safety connector apparatus |
US20080103445A1 (en) * | 2006-09-29 | 2008-05-01 | Blaine David H | Method and Apparatus for Detecting Air Bubbles |
US7805978B2 (en) * | 2006-10-24 | 2010-10-05 | Zevex, Inc. | Method for making and using an air bubble detector |
US20090069830A1 (en) * | 2007-06-07 | 2009-03-12 | Piezo Resonance Innovations, Inc. | Eye surgical tool |
US9987468B2 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2018-06-05 | Actuated Medical, Inc. | Reduced force device for intravascular access and guidewire placement |
US8328738B2 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2012-12-11 | Actuated Medical, Inc. | Medical tool for reduced penetration force with feedback means |
US8043229B2 (en) * | 2007-06-29 | 2011-10-25 | Actuated Medical, Inc. | Medical tool for reduced penetration force |
US10219832B2 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2019-03-05 | Actuated Medical, Inc. | Device and method for less forceful tissue puncture |
EP2183564B1 (en) | 2007-08-24 | 2019-01-02 | Moog Inc. | Ultrasonic air and fluid detector |
JP5749011B2 (en) * | 2007-09-14 | 2015-07-15 | バイエル メディカル ケア インコーポレーテッド | Channel set to prevent gravity flow |
WO2009051995A1 (en) * | 2007-10-19 | 2009-04-23 | Medrad, Inc. | Methods for capicitance volume correction in fluid delivery systems |
US8430859B2 (en) * | 2007-11-14 | 2013-04-30 | Sandra M. McConnell | Purge bag for an IV line and methods of addressing the causes of the growth in resistant bacterial infections in hospitals |
US8303613B2 (en) | 2007-12-07 | 2012-11-06 | Zevex, Inc. | Ultrasonic instrument using langevin type transducers to create transverse motion |
US8257287B2 (en) * | 2008-03-20 | 2012-09-04 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Safety connector assembly |
WO2009120692A2 (en) * | 2008-03-25 | 2009-10-01 | Animal Innovations, Inc. | Syringe mechanism for detecting syringe status |
EP2158930B1 (en) * | 2008-08-27 | 2017-06-28 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG | Flow control valves for leakage detection, free-flow prevention and occlusion detection |
US8758323B2 (en) * | 2009-07-30 | 2014-06-24 | Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | Infusion pump system with disposable cartridge having pressure venting and pressure feedback |
US9151646B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2015-10-06 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | System, method, and apparatus for monitoring, regulating, or controlling fluid flow |
US8539672B2 (en) | 2010-10-01 | 2013-09-24 | Zevex, Inc. | Method for improving accuracy in a peristaltic pump system based on tubing material properties |
EP2704759A4 (en) * | 2011-05-05 | 2015-06-03 | Eksigent Technologies Llc | Gel coupling for electrokinetic delivery systems |
EP3639870B1 (en) | 2011-05-12 | 2023-08-02 | Bayer Healthcare LLC | Fluid injection system having various systems for controlling an injection procedure |
ITRM20110479A1 (en) * | 2011-09-09 | 2013-03-10 | O P A Medical S R L | GROUP FOR CIFOPLASTIC INTERVENTIONS |
WO2013075127A1 (en) | 2011-11-17 | 2013-05-23 | Medrad, Inc. | Methods and techniques for collecting, reporting, and managing information about medical diagnostic procedures |
US9746093B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2017-08-29 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Flow meter and related system and apparatus |
US9435455B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2016-09-06 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | System, method, and apparatus for monitoring, regulating, or controlling fluid flow |
US10228683B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2019-03-12 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | System, method, and apparatus for monitoring, regulating, or controlling fluid flow |
US9746094B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2017-08-29 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Flow meter having a background pattern with first and second portions |
US9724466B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2017-08-08 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Flow meter |
US10488848B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2019-11-26 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | System, method, and apparatus for monitoring, regulating, or controlling fluid flow |
US9372486B2 (en) | 2011-12-21 | 2016-06-21 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | System, method, and apparatus for monitoring, regulating, or controlling fluid flow |
FR2988006B1 (en) * | 2012-03-16 | 2014-05-09 | Technoflex | SECURE LIQUID TRANSFER ASSEMBLY FOR MEDICAL USE |
US9320846B2 (en) * | 2012-08-28 | 2016-04-26 | Osprey Medical, Inc. | Devices and methods for modulating medium delivery |
US9259527B2 (en) | 2012-10-17 | 2016-02-16 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid delivery system with high and low pressure hand manifold |
US9759343B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2017-09-12 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Flow meter using a dynamic background image |
US9555379B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2017-01-31 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid path set with turbulent mixing chamber, backflow compensator |
US9814871B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-11-14 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Connector assembly for syringe system |
US10441775B2 (en) | 2013-05-01 | 2019-10-15 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid path set bolus control device |
AU2014277993A1 (en) | 2013-06-14 | 2016-01-21 | Bayer Healthcare, Llc. | Portable fluid delivery system |
USD752209S1 (en) | 2013-11-06 | 2016-03-22 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus to control fluid flow through a tube |
USD751690S1 (en) | 2013-11-06 | 2016-03-15 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus to control fluid flow through a tube |
USD751689S1 (en) | 2013-11-06 | 2016-03-15 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus to control fluid flow through a tube |
USD749206S1 (en) | 2013-11-06 | 2016-02-09 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus to control fluid flow through a tube |
USD745661S1 (en) | 2013-11-06 | 2015-12-15 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus to control fluid flow through a tube |
NZ722989A (en) | 2014-01-10 | 2018-10-26 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Single-use disposable set connector |
CA2974780C (en) * | 2014-01-27 | 2022-04-19 | Fivamed Inc. | Fluid level monitoring device |
EP3119453B1 (en) | 2014-03-19 | 2019-02-27 | Bayer Healthcare LLC | System for syringe engagement to an injector |
US10832495B2 (en) * | 2014-04-18 | 2020-11-10 | Carefusion 303, Inc. | Remote maintenance of medical devices |
WO2015191438A2 (en) | 2014-06-09 | 2015-12-17 | Bayer Medical Care Inc. | Tubing assembly |
KR102528289B1 (en) | 2015-01-09 | 2023-05-03 | 바이엘 헬쓰케어 엘엘씨 | Multiple fluid delivery systems with multiple use disposable sets and features thereof |
FR3037798A1 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2016-12-30 | Serenite-Forceville | COMPOSITION COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE COMPOUND SELECTED FOR THE TREATMENT OF SEPSIS AND / OR ANY GENERALIZED HYPER-INFLAMMATION (SIRS) OR CELLULAR DAMAGE |
EP3180068B1 (en) * | 2015-07-01 | 2018-11-07 | Poly Medicure Limited | Intravenous catheter apparatus with an integrated three way stop cock |
US10940292B2 (en) | 2015-07-08 | 2021-03-09 | Actuated Medical, Inc. | Reduced force device for intravascular access and guidewire placement |
EP3513822B1 (en) | 2015-08-28 | 2021-11-03 | Bayer Healthcare LLC | System and method for syringe fluid fill verification and image recognition of power injector system features |
US11793543B2 (en) | 2015-09-18 | 2023-10-24 | Obvius Robotics, Inc. | Device and method for automated insertion of penetrating member |
CA3005970A1 (en) | 2015-11-25 | 2017-06-01 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Syringe and connector system |
CN108289994B (en) * | 2015-12-31 | 2021-11-26 | 康尔福盛303公司 | System and method for intermittent infusion |
US11744935B2 (en) | 2016-01-28 | 2023-09-05 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus for monitoring, regulating, or controlling fluid flow |
USD905848S1 (en) | 2016-01-28 | 2020-12-22 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus to control fluid flow through a tube |
EP3423130A1 (en) | 2016-03-03 | 2019-01-09 | Bayer Healthcare LLC | System and method for improved fluid delivery in multi-fluid injector systems |
USD854145S1 (en) | 2016-05-25 | 2019-07-16 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus to control fluid flow through a tube |
TWI651107B (en) | 2016-06-15 | 2019-02-21 | 拜耳保健公司 | Multi-use disposable system and syringe therefor |
US10532166B2 (en) * | 2016-07-08 | 2020-01-14 | Bayer Heatlhcare Llc | System and method for identifying a fill volume of a fluid chamber |
EP3266481B1 (en) | 2016-07-08 | 2022-09-07 | Bayer Healthcare LLC | System and method for identifying a fill volume of a fluid chamber |
WO2018017447A1 (en) | 2016-07-18 | 2018-01-25 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid injector and patient set therefor |
US10751485B2 (en) * | 2016-08-29 | 2020-08-25 | Cephea Valve Technologies, Inc. | Methods, systems, and devices for sealing and flushing a delivery system |
US10842983B2 (en) * | 2016-10-06 | 2020-11-24 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Syringe with enteral connection feature |
JP7191821B2 (en) | 2016-11-14 | 2022-12-19 | バイエル・ヘルスケア・エルエルシー | Method and system for confirming contents of syringes used for medical fluid delivery |
WO2018098130A1 (en) | 2016-11-22 | 2018-05-31 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | System and method for delivering a fluid with a consistent total volumetric flowrate |
JP7027423B2 (en) | 2016-11-22 | 2022-03-01 | バイエル・ヘルスケア・エルエルシー | Synthetic magnetic resonance imaging with contrast agent and magnetic resonance fingerprinting, as well as determination of contrast injection protocol |
USD816831S1 (en) | 2017-04-05 | 2018-05-01 | Alcor Scientific, Inc. | Drip chamber |
JP7234149B2 (en) | 2017-07-07 | 2023-03-07 | バイエル・ヘルスケア・エルエルシー | Systems, methods and computer program products for peer exchange of data between infusion systems |
US11232862B2 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2022-01-25 | Bayer Healtcare Llc | System, method, and computer program product for predictive maintenance |
WO2019046260A1 (en) | 2017-08-31 | 2019-03-07 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Method for dynamic pressure control in a fluid injector system |
CA3067625C (en) | 2017-08-31 | 2024-04-30 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Injector pressure calibration system and method |
US11478581B2 (en) | 2017-08-31 | 2022-10-25 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid injector system volume compensation system and method |
WO2019046261A1 (en) | 2017-08-31 | 2019-03-07 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | System and method for drive member position and fluid injector system mechanical calibration |
US11141535B2 (en) | 2017-08-31 | 2021-10-12 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid path impedance assessment for improving fluid delivery performance |
US11090440B2 (en) * | 2018-04-10 | 2021-08-17 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Independent workflow aware user interfaces for power injector system operation |
CN109106998B (en) * | 2018-07-10 | 2021-02-09 | 佳木斯大学 | Infusion device for medical automatic detection of infusion flow |
CA3105589A1 (en) * | 2018-07-25 | 2020-01-30 | Acist Medical Systems Inc. | Improved injection system and day set assembly therefor |
CN109157699B (en) * | 2018-09-05 | 2021-02-12 | 胡楚祾 | Infusion device with automatic bag changing function |
CN109045393B (en) * | 2018-10-29 | 2020-11-10 | 青岛大学附属医院 | Hospital uses transfusion bottle stores pylon |
USD888226S1 (en) | 2019-02-15 | 2020-06-23 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid injector |
US11536645B2 (en) * | 2019-05-13 | 2022-12-27 | Verily Life Sciences Llc | Detecting backscatter from drops dispensed from a handheld dropper and associated systems, devices, and methods |
CN111939379A (en) * | 2019-05-17 | 2020-11-17 | 南京感控通化工产品经营部 | High-pressure injection auxiliary device, high-pressure injection system and injection system loop |
CN110327518A (en) * | 2019-05-20 | 2019-10-15 | 南京感控通化工产品经营部 | Automatic injection system, method, computer equipment and readable storage medium storing program for executing |
US11839741B2 (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2023-12-12 | Deka Products Limited Partneship | Apparatus for monitoring, regulating, or controlling fluid flow |
USD964563S1 (en) | 2019-07-26 | 2022-09-20 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Medical flow clamp |
CN114390888A (en) * | 2019-09-26 | 2022-04-22 | 巴特尔纪念研究院 | Plant supplement delivery assembly, plant supplement delivery assembly insert and method for delivering plant supplement |
AU2021224642B2 (en) | 2020-02-21 | 2024-06-27 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid path connectors for medical fluid delivery |
MX2022010694A (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2022-09-26 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid mixing set. |
EP4154494A1 (en) | 2020-05-19 | 2023-03-29 | Bayer HealthCare, LLC | System, method, and computer program product for providing quick response (qr) codes for injection systems |
CN115836355A (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-03-21 | 拜耳医药保健有限责任公司 | System, method and computer program product for controlling a fluid injection system based on hydraulic resistance |
JP2023530475A (en) | 2020-06-18 | 2023-07-18 | バイエル・ヘルスケア・エルエルシー | Systems and methods for syringe plunger engagement with injector |
JP2023530473A (en) | 2020-06-18 | 2023-07-18 | バイエル・ヘルスケア・エルエルシー | Inline Bubble Suspension Device for Angiographic Injector Fluid Path |
WO2022015560A1 (en) | 2020-07-14 | 2022-01-20 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | System, method, and computer program product for providing a gateway to connect a fluid delivery system and external systems |
WO2022119837A2 (en) | 2020-12-01 | 2022-06-09 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Cassette for retention of fluid path components for fluid injector system |
CA3201843A1 (en) * | 2020-12-23 | 2022-06-30 | Tejasvi DESAI | System and method for injection and retraction of fluid |
AU2022213313A1 (en) | 2021-01-29 | 2023-07-20 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | System, method, and computer program product for protcol conversion |
CN113663160B (en) * | 2021-07-27 | 2024-01-23 | 武汉联影智融医疗科技有限公司 | Insulin glucagon injection device and medical instrument |
WO2023178072A1 (en) | 2022-03-15 | 2023-09-21 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | System, method, and computer program product for managing automated healthcare data applications using artificial intelligence |
WO2023212188A1 (en) | 2022-04-29 | 2023-11-02 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | System, method, and computer program product for associating injector and imager protocols |
WO2023215387A1 (en) | 2022-05-04 | 2023-11-09 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | System, method, and computer program product for guided workflow features for operating a fluid injector system |
US11547630B1 (en) | 2022-07-21 | 2023-01-10 | Omar Hassad | Intravenous “Y” shaped (yaseen) adapter |
WO2024054586A1 (en) | 2022-09-08 | 2024-03-14 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Systems and methods for generating protocols embodying contrast and radiation dose management techniques |
Citations (25)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2702547A (en) * | 1950-02-27 | 1955-02-22 | Antonina S Glass | Motor-driven medical injection apparatus and cartridges therefor |
US4243031A (en) * | 1978-12-18 | 1981-01-06 | Abbott Laboratories | Intravenous pump filter protector |
US4351332A (en) * | 1979-01-08 | 1982-09-28 | Whitney Douglass G | Split nut for injector |
US4677980A (en) * | 1984-06-06 | 1987-07-07 | Medrad, Inc. | Angiographic injector and angiographic syringe for use therewith |
US4858127A (en) * | 1986-05-30 | 1989-08-15 | Kdl Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method for measuring native mammalian blood viscosity |
US5002528A (en) * | 1989-12-15 | 1991-03-26 | Aubrey Palestrant | Percutaneous irrigation and drainage system |
US5300031A (en) * | 1991-06-07 | 1994-04-05 | Liebel-Flarsheim Company | Apparatus for injecting fluid into animals and disposable front loadable syringe therefor |
US5379205A (en) * | 1993-10-08 | 1995-01-03 | Peng; Chih-Wen | Structure for a swingable arm mounting base |
US5383858A (en) * | 1992-08-17 | 1995-01-24 | Medrad, Inc. | Front-loading medical injector and syringe for use therewith |
US5460609A (en) * | 1993-11-22 | 1995-10-24 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Electromechanical inflation/deflation system |
US5515851A (en) * | 1993-07-30 | 1996-05-14 | Goldstein; James A. | Angiographic fluid control system |
US5569208A (en) * | 1995-08-01 | 1996-10-29 | Merit Medical Systems, Inc. | System for managing delivery of contrast media |
US5573515A (en) * | 1995-04-20 | 1996-11-12 | Invasatec, Inc. | Self purging angiographic injector |
US5779675A (en) * | 1995-08-25 | 1998-07-14 | Medrad, Inc. | Front load pressure jacket system with syringe holder |
US5800397A (en) * | 1995-04-20 | 1998-09-01 | Invasatec, Inc. | Angiographic system with automatic high/low pressure switching |
US5840026A (en) * | 1994-09-21 | 1998-11-24 | Medrad, Inc. | Patient specific dosing contrast delivery systems and methods |
US5873861A (en) * | 1996-11-12 | 1999-02-23 | Medrad, Inc. | Plunger systems |
US5916165A (en) * | 1997-11-06 | 1999-06-29 | Invasatec, Inc. | Pneumatic controller and method |
US5947935A (en) * | 1996-11-12 | 1999-09-07 | Medrad, Inc. | Syringes, syringe plungers and injector systems |
US5950262A (en) * | 1998-04-22 | 1999-09-14 | American Echo, Inc. | Rotatable examination table |
US6096011A (en) * | 1998-01-29 | 2000-08-01 | Medrad, Inc. | Aseptic connector and fluid delivery system using such an aseptic connector |
US6221045B1 (en) * | 1995-04-20 | 2001-04-24 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Angiographic injector system with automatic high/low pressure switching |
US6336913B1 (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 2002-01-08 | Medrad, Inc. | Front-loading syringe adapter for front-loading medical injector |
US6471674B1 (en) * | 2000-04-21 | 2002-10-29 | Medrad, Inc. | Fluid delivery systems, injector systems and methods of fluid delivery |
US7065812B2 (en) * | 2003-03-18 | 2006-06-27 | Hill-Rom Services, Inc. | Patient care equipment management system |
Family Cites Families (47)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4370983A (en) * | 1971-01-20 | 1983-02-01 | Lichtenstein Eric Stefan | Computer-control medical care system |
US3768486A (en) * | 1972-03-09 | 1973-10-30 | American Optical Corp | Atrial and ventricular demand pacer having wide range atrial escape interval |
US4094318A (en) * | 1976-07-09 | 1978-06-13 | Burron Medical Products, Inc. | Electronic control means for a plurality of intravenous infusion sets |
US4187848A (en) * | 1977-07-18 | 1980-02-12 | The Kendall Company | Adapter assembly |
US4181130A (en) * | 1977-11-04 | 1980-01-01 | Ivac Corporation | Drop discriminator system |
US4225162A (en) * | 1978-09-20 | 1980-09-30 | Amp Incorporated | Liquid tight connector |
US4508367A (en) * | 1979-01-09 | 1985-04-02 | Oreopoulos Dimitrios G | Connector |
US4346703A (en) * | 1979-01-23 | 1982-08-31 | Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. | Solution container for continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis |
US4321461A (en) * | 1980-04-18 | 1982-03-23 | K/W/D Associates | Flow rate monitor and totalizer with count display |
US4397648A (en) * | 1980-11-07 | 1983-08-09 | Ivac Corporation | Drop sensing unit and associated drip chamber for IV fluid administration |
US4433973A (en) * | 1982-01-12 | 1984-02-28 | Bioresearch Inc. | Reusable tube connector assembly |
SE437348B (en) * | 1983-07-29 | 1985-02-25 | Pharmacia Ab | CLOSING DEVICE FOR THE FLUID DUMP CONNECTION OF AN OPENING OF A FLUIDUM CONTAINER OR FLUIDUM PIPE |
US4596551A (en) * | 1983-12-05 | 1986-06-24 | Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. | Tubing clamp |
DE3344632A1 (en) * | 1983-12-09 | 1985-06-20 | Siemens AG, 1000 Berlin und 8000 München | DEVICE FOR REGISTERING THE DROPS IN AN INFUSION DEVICE |
US4734091A (en) * | 1985-02-11 | 1988-03-29 | Atlantic Optical Systems, Inc. | Filtered manifold apparatus and method for ophthalmic irrigation |
US4668216A (en) * | 1985-03-11 | 1987-05-26 | Ivac Corporation | System for mounting a drop sensor to a drip chamber |
US4673397A (en) * | 1985-08-02 | 1987-06-16 | Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc. | Splash back reduction drip chamber |
US4909797A (en) * | 1987-01-16 | 1990-03-20 | Sherwood Medical Company | Enteral delivery set with shaded drip chamber |
US4858619A (en) * | 1987-06-29 | 1989-08-22 | Toth Marie A | Intracranial pressure monitoring system |
US4838856A (en) * | 1987-07-02 | 1989-06-13 | Truckee Meadows Research & Development | Fluid infusion flow control system |
US5057081A (en) * | 1990-06-15 | 1991-10-15 | Sherwood Medical Company | Peristaltic infusion device |
US5176415A (en) * | 1990-08-16 | 1993-01-05 | Choksi Pradip V | Taper fitting with protective skirt |
US5584671A (en) * | 1994-11-28 | 1996-12-17 | Sherwood Medical Company | Apparatus for delivering fluid to a patient |
US5531734A (en) * | 1995-01-13 | 1996-07-02 | Abbott Laboratories | Method of altering composition of nutritional product during enteral tube feeding |
US6099502A (en) * | 1995-04-20 | 2000-08-08 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Dual port syringe |
US5772624A (en) * | 1995-07-20 | 1998-06-30 | Medisystems Technology Corporation | Reusable blood lines |
US5681294A (en) * | 1995-09-21 | 1997-10-28 | Abbott Laboratories | Fluid delivery set |
US5810792A (en) * | 1996-04-03 | 1998-09-22 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Locking blunt cannula |
JPH1147274A (en) * | 1997-06-03 | 1999-02-23 | Takeda Chem Ind Ltd | Two-compartment-type syringe and connector for two compartment type syringe |
CN1307491A (en) * | 1998-06-01 | 2001-08-08 | 丰收技术股份有限公司 | System for withdrawal of blood |
EP1105175A1 (en) | 1998-08-21 | 2001-06-13 | Medrad Inc. | Connector and tubing assembly for use with a syringe |
ES2157799B1 (en) * | 1999-06-04 | 2002-02-01 | Badia Marcelo Segura | PERFECTION IN CONNECTION DEVICES FOR CATHETERS, PERFUSION EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INTENDED TO DRILL OR DRAIN LIQUIDS IN THE HUMAN BODY. |
AUPQ867900A0 (en) | 2000-07-10 | 2000-08-03 | Medrad, Inc. | Medical injector system |
US7094216B2 (en) * | 2000-10-18 | 2006-08-22 | Medrad, Inc. | Injection system having a pressure isolation mechanism and/or a handheld controller |
JP3760785B2 (en) * | 2001-03-21 | 2006-03-29 | 株式会社ジェイ・エム・エス | Rotary connector with valve |
US7563249B2 (en) * | 2002-12-20 | 2009-07-21 | Medrad, Inc. | Syringe having an alignment flange, an extending lip and a radial expansion section of reduced wall thickness |
US7549977B2 (en) * | 2002-12-20 | 2009-06-23 | Medrad, Inc. | Front load pressure jacket system with syringe holder and light illumination |
US8540698B2 (en) * | 2004-04-16 | 2013-09-24 | Medrad, Inc. | Fluid delivery system including a fluid path set and a check valve connector |
US7611503B2 (en) * | 2004-04-16 | 2009-11-03 | Medrad, Inc. | Fluid delivery system, fluid path set, sterile connector and improved drip chamber and pressure isolation mechanism |
US7198611B2 (en) * | 2002-02-11 | 2007-04-03 | Baxter International Inc. | Dialysis connector and cap having an integral disinfectant |
US6802836B2 (en) * | 2002-02-19 | 2004-10-12 | Scimed Life Systems, Inc. | Low profile adaptor for use with a medical catheter |
US6800072B2 (en) * | 2002-06-26 | 2004-10-05 | Medex, Inc. | Contrast dispensing system |
WO2005102412A2 (en) | 2004-04-08 | 2005-11-03 | Medrad, Inc. | Control device for a fluid delivery system |
US7556619B2 (en) * | 2004-04-16 | 2009-07-07 | Medrad, Inc. | Fluid delivery system having a fluid level sensor and a fluid control device for isolating a patient from a pump device |
US7837651B2 (en) * | 2004-08-31 | 2010-11-23 | Ethicon Endo-Surgery, Inc. | Infusion pump |
US20060079842A1 (en) | 2004-10-13 | 2006-04-13 | Liebel-Flarsheim Company | Powerhead control in a power injection system |
US20080051732A1 (en) * | 2006-06-23 | 2008-02-28 | Thaiping Chen | Drop sensing device for monitoring intravenous fluid flow |
-
2004
- 2004-04-16 US US10/825,866 patent/US7556619B2/en active Active
- 2004-09-30 US US10/955,246 patent/US20050230575A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2005
- 2005-04-14 WO PCT/US2005/012562 patent/WO2005104687A2/en active Search and Examination
-
2009
- 2009-06-02 US US12/476,513 patent/US8147464B2/en active Active
-
2012
- 2012-04-02 US US13/437,143 patent/US8808253B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2014
- 2014-08-12 US US14/457,528 patent/US9669206B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (26)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2702547A (en) * | 1950-02-27 | 1955-02-22 | Antonina S Glass | Motor-driven medical injection apparatus and cartridges therefor |
US4243031A (en) * | 1978-12-18 | 1981-01-06 | Abbott Laboratories | Intravenous pump filter protector |
US4351332A (en) * | 1979-01-08 | 1982-09-28 | Whitney Douglass G | Split nut for injector |
US4677980A (en) * | 1984-06-06 | 1987-07-07 | Medrad, Inc. | Angiographic injector and angiographic syringe for use therewith |
US4858127A (en) * | 1986-05-30 | 1989-08-15 | Kdl Technologies, Inc. | Apparatus and method for measuring native mammalian blood viscosity |
US5002528A (en) * | 1989-12-15 | 1991-03-26 | Aubrey Palestrant | Percutaneous irrigation and drainage system |
US5300031A (en) * | 1991-06-07 | 1994-04-05 | Liebel-Flarsheim Company | Apparatus for injecting fluid into animals and disposable front loadable syringe therefor |
US5383858B1 (en) * | 1992-08-17 | 1996-10-29 | Medrad Inc | Front-loading medical injector and syringe for use therewith |
US5383858A (en) * | 1992-08-17 | 1995-01-24 | Medrad, Inc. | Front-loading medical injector and syringe for use therewith |
US5515851A (en) * | 1993-07-30 | 1996-05-14 | Goldstein; James A. | Angiographic fluid control system |
US5379205A (en) * | 1993-10-08 | 1995-01-03 | Peng; Chih-Wen | Structure for a swingable arm mounting base |
US5460609A (en) * | 1993-11-22 | 1995-10-24 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Electromechanical inflation/deflation system |
US5840026A (en) * | 1994-09-21 | 1998-11-24 | Medrad, Inc. | Patient specific dosing contrast delivery systems and methods |
US5573515A (en) * | 1995-04-20 | 1996-11-12 | Invasatec, Inc. | Self purging angiographic injector |
US6221045B1 (en) * | 1995-04-20 | 2001-04-24 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Angiographic injector system with automatic high/low pressure switching |
US5800397A (en) * | 1995-04-20 | 1998-09-01 | Invasatec, Inc. | Angiographic system with automatic high/low pressure switching |
US5569208A (en) * | 1995-08-01 | 1996-10-29 | Merit Medical Systems, Inc. | System for managing delivery of contrast media |
US5779675A (en) * | 1995-08-25 | 1998-07-14 | Medrad, Inc. | Front load pressure jacket system with syringe holder |
US6336913B1 (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 2002-01-08 | Medrad, Inc. | Front-loading syringe adapter for front-loading medical injector |
US5873861A (en) * | 1996-11-12 | 1999-02-23 | Medrad, Inc. | Plunger systems |
US5947935A (en) * | 1996-11-12 | 1999-09-07 | Medrad, Inc. | Syringes, syringe plungers and injector systems |
US5916165A (en) * | 1997-11-06 | 1999-06-29 | Invasatec, Inc. | Pneumatic controller and method |
US6096011A (en) * | 1998-01-29 | 2000-08-01 | Medrad, Inc. | Aseptic connector and fluid delivery system using such an aseptic connector |
US5950262A (en) * | 1998-04-22 | 1999-09-14 | American Echo, Inc. | Rotatable examination table |
US6471674B1 (en) * | 2000-04-21 | 2002-10-29 | Medrad, Inc. | Fluid delivery systems, injector systems and methods of fluid delivery |
US7065812B2 (en) * | 2003-03-18 | 2006-06-27 | Hill-Rom Services, Inc. | Patient care equipment management system |
Cited By (158)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9833559B2 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2017-12-05 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Pressure isolation mechanisms, method of use thereof and fluid delivery systems including pressure isolation mechanisms |
US8747358B2 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2014-06-10 | Bayer Medical Care Inc. | Injector system with a manual control device |
US8852147B2 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2014-10-07 | Bayer Medical Care Inc. | Fluid delivery system including a valve and a pressure transducer |
US9764081B2 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2017-09-19 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid path containing a pressure isolation valve |
US20040242996A1 (en) * | 2000-10-18 | 2004-12-02 | Trombley Frederick W. | Injector system and fluid control device providing air purging and sharp bolus injection |
US7326186B2 (en) | 2000-10-18 | 2008-02-05 | Medrad, Inc. | Injector system and fluid control device providing sharp bolus injection |
US20080091142A1 (en) * | 2000-10-18 | 2008-04-17 | Medrad, Inc. | Injector system and fluid control device providing air purging and sharp bolus injection |
US20050104444A1 (en) * | 2000-10-18 | 2005-05-19 | Callan Gerald W. | Pressure isolation mechanisms, method of use thereof and fluid delivery systems including pressure isolation mechanisms |
US10137294B2 (en) | 2001-10-18 | 2018-11-27 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Flow based pressure isolation and fluid delivery system including flow based pressure isolation and flow initiating mechanism |
US9526829B2 (en) | 2001-10-18 | 2016-12-27 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Flow based pressure isolation and fluid delivery system including flow based pressure isolation and flow initiating mechanism |
US8919384B2 (en) | 2002-12-20 | 2014-12-30 | Bayer Medical Care Inc. | Flow based pressure isolation mechanism for a fluid delivery system |
US20070106263A1 (en) * | 2005-10-24 | 2007-05-10 | Ward Russell C | Intravenous identification luminaire (IV-ID) and light pipe, and light conductive intravenous delivery system |
US10226568B2 (en) | 2005-11-21 | 2019-03-12 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Customizable medical fluid injection system and method |
EP2469438A1 (en) * | 2005-11-21 | 2012-06-27 | ACIST Medical Systems, Inc. | Method to provide graphical setup information to a user of a powered medical fluid injection system |
EP2469437A1 (en) * | 2005-11-21 | 2012-06-27 | ACIST Medical Systems, Inc. | Medical fluid injection system with stored injection parameters |
US9259526B2 (en) | 2005-11-21 | 2016-02-16 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Medical fluid injection system and method for guided setup |
US20090149743A1 (en) * | 2005-11-21 | 2009-06-11 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Medical Fluid Injection System |
US9566381B2 (en) | 2005-11-21 | 2017-02-14 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Disposable fluid connector having multiple tubing components and an electrical connector |
US9457140B2 (en) | 2005-11-21 | 2016-10-04 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Medical fluid injection system |
US8852167B2 (en) | 2005-12-01 | 2014-10-07 | Bayer Medical Care Inc. | Medical connector |
US9827410B2 (en) | 2005-12-01 | 2017-11-28 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Medical connector for use with the fluid delivery system and fluid path |
WO2007100396A2 (en) * | 2005-12-01 | 2007-09-07 | Medrad, Inc. | Fluid delivery system, fluid path, and medical connector for use with the fluid delivery system and fluid path |
WO2007100396A3 (en) * | 2005-12-01 | 2007-12-13 | Medrad Inc | Fluid delivery system, fluid path, and medical connector for use with the fluid delivery system and fluid path |
US20070129705A1 (en) * | 2005-12-01 | 2007-06-07 | Medrad, Inc. | Fluid delivery system, fluid path, and medical connector for use with the fluid delivery system and fluid path |
US10383999B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2019-08-20 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Fluid delivery systems and methods |
US12036387B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2024-07-16 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Device to determine volume of fluid dispensed |
US10975854B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2021-04-13 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Pumping fluid delivery systems and methods using force application assembly |
US10328215B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2019-06-25 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Patch-sized fluid delivery systems and methods |
US9943652B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2018-04-17 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Adhesive and peripheral systems and methods for medical devices |
US8147463B2 (en) * | 2006-06-14 | 2012-04-03 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Fluid purge in a medical injection system |
US20100200076A1 (en) * | 2006-06-14 | 2010-08-12 | ACIST Medical Systems , Inc. | Fluid purge in a medical injection system |
EP2099517A4 (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2016-11-16 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Flow based pressure isolation and fluid delivery system including flow based pressure isolation and flow initiating mechanism |
US8251092B2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2012-08-28 | Medrad, Inc. | Flow based pressure isolation mechanism for a fluid delivery system |
US20100076307A1 (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2010-03-25 | Medrad, Inc. | Flow based pressure isolation mechanism for a fluid delivery system |
WO2008079540A2 (en) | 2006-12-22 | 2008-07-03 | Medrad, Inc. | Flow based pressure isolation and fluid delivery system including flow based pressure isolation and flow initiating mechanism |
US10272195B2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2019-04-30 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump assembly |
US20080302925A1 (en) * | 2007-06-05 | 2008-12-11 | John Ruehl | Advanced IV Transfer System |
US20100129784A1 (en) * | 2007-06-25 | 2010-05-27 | Biotest Ag | Perfusion device for hollow organs, and the use thereof for the perfusion of an explanted hollow organ |
WO2009000806A1 (en) * | 2007-06-25 | 2008-12-31 | Biotest Ag | Perfusion device for hollow organs, and the use thereof for the perfusion of an explanted hollow organ |
USRE45717E1 (en) | 2007-10-30 | 2015-10-06 | Bayer Medical Care Inc. | System and method for proportional mixing and continuous delivery of fluids |
US11497686B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2022-11-15 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
US10912882B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2021-02-09 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump assembly |
US11642283B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2023-05-09 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Method for fluid delivery |
US11534542B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2022-12-27 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
US11894609B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2024-02-06 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Split ring resonator antenna adapted for use in wirelessly controlled medical device |
US9526830B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2016-12-27 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Wearable pump assembly |
US20130281974A1 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2013-10-24 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Pump assembly with switch |
US11723841B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2023-08-15 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
US11701300B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2023-07-18 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Method for fluid delivery |
US9931461B2 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2018-04-03 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Pump assembly with switch |
US11404776B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2022-08-02 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Split ring resonator antenna adapted for use in wirelessly controlled medical device |
US9750953B2 (en) | 2008-06-06 | 2017-09-05 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Apparatus and methods for delivery of fluid injection boluses to patients and handling harmful fluids |
US9889289B2 (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2018-02-13 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Apparatus and methods for purging catheter systems |
US20150314074A1 (en) * | 2008-09-23 | 2015-11-05 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Apparatus And Methods For Purging Catheter Systems |
US10561796B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2020-02-18 | Beckton, Dickinson And Company | Apparatus and methods for purging catheter systems |
US11964139B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2024-04-23 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Apparatus and methods for purging catheter systems |
US11266790B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2022-03-08 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Apparatus and methods for purging catheter systems |
US10441716B2 (en) | 2008-11-05 | 2019-10-15 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid mixing control device for a multi-fluid delivery system |
US9861742B2 (en) | 2008-11-05 | 2018-01-09 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid mixing control device for a multi-fluid delivery system |
US9011377B2 (en) | 2008-11-05 | 2015-04-21 | Bayer Medical Care Inc. | Fluid mixing control device for a multi-fluid delivery system |
EP2448612A1 (en) * | 2009-06-29 | 2012-05-09 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Method and system for removing air from a flow path of a fluid injection device |
US8905969B2 (en) | 2009-06-29 | 2014-12-09 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Method and system for removing air from a flow path of a fluid injection device |
EP2448612A4 (en) * | 2009-06-29 | 2013-03-06 | Acist Medical Sys Inc | Method and system for removing air from a flow path of a fluid injection device |
CN102612412A (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2012-07-25 | 梅德拉股份有限公司 | Multi-fluid medical injector system and methods of operation |
CN104888306A (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2015-09-09 | 拜耳医疗保健公司 | Multi-fluid medical injector system and methods of operation |
US10751465B2 (en) | 2009-07-24 | 2020-08-25 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Multi-fluid medical injector system and methods of operation |
US9474857B2 (en) | 2009-07-24 | 2016-10-25 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Multi-fluid medical injector system and methods of operation |
US20120123257A1 (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2012-05-17 | Stokes Jr Jerry A | Multi-Fluid Medical Injector System and Methods of Operation |
EP2735376A1 (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2014-05-28 | BAYER Medical Care Inc. | Multi-fluid medical injector system |
US8945051B2 (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2015-02-03 | Bayer Medical Care Inc. | Multi-fluid medical injector system and methods of operation |
WO2011011346A1 (en) | 2009-07-24 | 2011-01-27 | Medrad, Inc. | Multi-fluid medical injector system and methods of operation |
US9827163B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2017-11-28 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US11007119B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2021-05-18 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US11806308B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2023-11-07 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US9931276B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2018-04-03 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US10314765B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2019-06-11 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US9511989B2 (en) | 2009-07-29 | 2016-12-06 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US8205847B2 (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2012-06-26 | American Sterilizer Company | Connection system for mounting a device onto a support arm |
US20110108689A1 (en) * | 2009-11-06 | 2011-05-12 | American Sterilizer Company | Connection system for mounting a device onto a support arm |
US8910344B2 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2014-12-16 | Alcon Research, Ltd. | Systems and methods for caster obstacle management |
US8684145B2 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2014-04-01 | Alcon Research, Ltd. | Systems and methods for console braking |
US9089367B2 (en) | 2010-04-08 | 2015-07-28 | Alcon Research, Ltd. | Patient eye level touch control |
US10086216B2 (en) | 2010-10-12 | 2018-10-02 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Medical device |
US9526920B2 (en) | 2010-10-12 | 2016-12-27 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Medical device |
US10639502B2 (en) | 2010-10-12 | 2020-05-05 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Medical device |
US11565134B2 (en) | 2010-10-12 | 2023-01-31 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Medical device |
US20130072791A1 (en) * | 2011-09-15 | 2013-03-21 | Philip Paspa | Contrast saver for invasive angiographic procedures |
EP2779982A4 (en) * | 2011-11-15 | 2016-02-10 | Smiths Medical Asd Inc | Medical tubing detection and management |
US9308323B2 (en) | 2011-11-15 | 2016-04-12 | Smiths Medical Asd, Inc. | Systems and methods for illuminated medical tubing detection and management indicating a characteristic of at least one infusion pump |
US9308051B2 (en) | 2011-11-15 | 2016-04-12 | Smiths Medical Asd, Inc. | Illuminated tubing set |
EP2786773A4 (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2015-12-23 | Nicolas Anthony Costovici | Fluid-injection system for medical use in the vascular system of a patient |
WO2013079743A1 (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2013-06-06 | Costovici Nicolas Anthony | Fluid-injection system for medical use in the vascular system of a patient |
CN104080494A (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2014-10-01 | 尼古拉斯·安东尼·科斯托维奇 | Fluid-injection system for medical use in the vascular system of a patient |
ES2372511A1 (en) * | 2011-12-02 | 2012-01-23 | Nicolas Anthony Costovici | Fluid-injection system for medical use in the vascular system of a patient |
US11439570B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2022-09-13 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US10314764B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2019-06-11 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US9883987B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2018-02-06 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US12023304B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2024-07-02 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
EP2793978A4 (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2015-12-16 | Icu Medical Inc | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US11439571B2 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2022-09-13 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
CN103191489A (en) * | 2012-01-09 | 2013-07-10 | 朱清毅 | Intelligent infusion controller |
US10893817B2 (en) * | 2012-01-18 | 2021-01-19 | Medspira Llc | Motility manometer priming manifold system with icon-based user interface and wireless connectivity |
US20170072131A1 (en) * | 2012-04-03 | 2017-03-16 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | High pressure sensor for use with a fluid delivery system |
US9808571B2 (en) * | 2012-04-03 | 2017-11-07 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | High pressure sensor for use with a fluid delivery system |
US11109766B2 (en) | 2012-05-25 | 2021-09-07 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Fluid flow measurement systems and methods |
US9889288B2 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2018-02-13 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Tubing connectors |
US10272263B2 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2019-04-30 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Radiopharmaceutical delivery and tube management system |
US9707342B2 (en) | 2012-06-07 | 2017-07-18 | Bayer Healthcare | Shield adapted to fit medical injector syringe |
WO2014012802A1 (en) * | 2012-07-20 | 2014-01-23 | Fresenius Vial Sas | Syringe pump with pivotable display |
CN104582754A (en) * | 2012-07-20 | 2015-04-29 | 费森尤斯维尔公司 | Syringe pump with pivotable display |
US11369739B2 (en) * | 2013-01-21 | 2022-06-28 | Medline Industries, Lp | Method to provide injection system parameters for injecting fluid into patient |
US20140208251A1 (en) * | 2013-01-21 | 2014-07-24 | Angiodynamics, Inc. | Power injector device and method of use |
US12002566B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2024-06-04 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Attachment system for mounting apparatus |
USD818581S1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2018-05-22 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Attachment for securing a therapy device |
US10610624B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2020-04-07 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Reduced pressure therapy blockage detection |
USD788911S1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-06-06 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Attachment for securing a therapy device |
US10328188B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2019-06-25 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Systems and methods for applying reduced pressure therapy |
US10905806B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2021-02-02 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Reduced pressure wound therapy control and data communication |
US11633533B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2023-04-25 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Control architecture for reduced pressure wound therapy apparatus |
US9737649B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2017-08-22 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Systems and methods for applying reduced pressure therapy |
US9433730B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2016-09-06 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Fluid mixing control device for a multi-fluid delivery system |
CN103239772A (en) * | 2013-05-29 | 2013-08-14 | 齐开春 | Hospital ward integration network type visible probe monitoring vein infusion apparatus |
US10155070B2 (en) | 2013-08-13 | 2018-12-18 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Systems and methods for applying reduced pressure therapy |
US10912870B2 (en) | 2013-08-13 | 2021-02-09 | Smith & Nephew, Inc. | Canister fluid level detection in reduced pressure therapy systems |
US9849236B2 (en) * | 2013-11-25 | 2017-12-26 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Methods and systems for filling IV bags with therapeutic fluid |
US20150283322A1 (en) * | 2013-11-25 | 2015-10-08 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Methods and systems for filling iv bags with therapeutic fluid |
US11541171B2 (en) | 2013-11-25 | 2023-01-03 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Methods and systems for filling IV bags with therapeutic fluid |
RU2628647C2 (en) * | 2013-12-03 | 2017-08-21 | Ульрих Гмбх Унд Ко.Кг | Injector for fluid injection into human or animal body and method to control this injector |
EP2881129A1 (en) * | 2013-12-03 | 2015-06-10 | Ulrich GmbH & Co. KG | Injector for injecting a fluid and method for controlling an injector |
CN104689421A (en) * | 2013-12-03 | 2015-06-10 | 乌尔里希有限及两合公司 | Injector for injecting a fluid and method for controlling an injector |
US20170113005A1 (en) * | 2015-10-22 | 2017-04-27 | Human Med Ag | Device for transplanting body fat |
USD1018849S1 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2024-03-19 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer device |
USD948044S1 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2022-04-05 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer device |
US11865295B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2024-01-09 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Systems, methods, and components for transferring medical fluids |
US10188849B2 (en) * | 2015-12-04 | 2019-01-29 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Systems, methods, and components for transferring medical fluids |
US10420927B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2019-09-24 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Systems, methods, and components for transferring medical fluids |
US11135416B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2021-10-05 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Systems, methods, and components for transferring medical fluids |
USD837983S1 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2019-01-08 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer device |
US9836930B2 (en) * | 2015-12-31 | 2017-12-05 | Create Technologies, Inc. | Method of making and using a tactile array device |
US20170193766A1 (en) * | 2015-12-31 | 2017-07-06 | Create Technologies, Inc. | Method of making and using a tactile array device |
US10582981B2 (en) | 2016-02-02 | 2020-03-10 | Stryker Corporation | Accessory support and coupling systems for an accessory support |
US11540891B2 (en) | 2016-02-02 | 2023-01-03 | Stryker Corporation | Accessory support and coupling systems for an accessory support |
US11000340B2 (en) | 2016-02-02 | 2021-05-11 | Stryker Corporation | Accessory support and coupling systems for an accessory support |
USD851745S1 (en) | 2016-07-19 | 2019-06-18 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Medical fluid transfer system |
USD943732S1 (en) | 2016-07-19 | 2022-02-15 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Medical fluid transfer system |
USD905228S1 (en) | 2016-07-19 | 2020-12-15 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Medical fluid transfer system |
USD874644S1 (en) | 2016-07-19 | 2020-02-04 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Medical fluid transfer system |
US11583637B2 (en) | 2016-07-25 | 2023-02-21 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Systems, methods, and components for trapping air bubbles in medical fluid transfer modules and systems |
US11951293B2 (en) | 2016-07-25 | 2024-04-09 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Systems, methods, and components for trapping air bubbles in medical fluid transfer modules and systems |
US11020541B2 (en) | 2016-07-25 | 2021-06-01 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Systems, methods, and components for trapping air bubbles in medical fluid transfer modules and systems |
US11607489B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2023-03-21 | Bayer Healthcare Llc | Injector state logic with hemodynamic monitoring |
US20190015589A1 (en) * | 2017-07-13 | 2019-01-17 | Lior Shtram | Accurate flow rate adjustment for iv pump |
US11185631B2 (en) * | 2017-07-13 | 2021-11-30 | Flex Ltd. | Accurate flow rate adjustment for IV pump |
US11007102B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2021-05-18 | Stryker Corporation | Patient transport system |
US11478162B2 (en) | 2018-05-23 | 2022-10-25 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Flow measurement using image data |
EP4110256A4 (en) * | 2020-02-28 | 2024-03-27 | Technologies CGC Inc. | Coupling systems for releasably coupling equipment to a patient transport system |
US11590057B2 (en) | 2020-04-03 | 2023-02-28 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Systems, methods, and components for transferring medical fluids |
US11633534B2 (en) | 2020-08-18 | 2023-04-25 | Acist Medical Systems, Inc. | Angiogram injections using electrocardiographic synchronization |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2005104687A3 (en) | 2006-06-01 |
US9669206B2 (en) | 2017-06-06 |
US8147464B2 (en) | 2012-04-03 |
US7556619B2 (en) | 2009-07-07 |
US20050234407A1 (en) | 2005-10-20 |
US20090247865A1 (en) | 2009-10-01 |
US20140350521A1 (en) | 2014-11-27 |
US20120253271A1 (en) | 2012-10-04 |
WO2005104687A2 (en) | 2005-11-10 |
US8808253B2 (en) | 2014-08-19 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9669206B2 (en) | Connector and fluid path set for a fluid delivery system | |
US7611503B2 (en) | Fluid delivery system, fluid path set, sterile connector and improved drip chamber and pressure isolation mechanism | |
US9895527B2 (en) | Fluid delivery system, fluid path set, and pressure isolation mechanism with hemodynamic pressure dampening correction | |
US8540698B2 (en) | Fluid delivery system including a fluid path set and a check valve connector | |
US20090208385A1 (en) | Mounting mats and pollution control devices using same | |
US20210106753A1 (en) | Fluid injection system having various systems for controlling an injection procedure | |
US9833559B2 (en) | Pressure isolation mechanisms, method of use thereof and fluid delivery systems including pressure isolation mechanisms | |
EP1753481A2 (en) | Fluid delivery systems, pressure isolation mechanisms, injector control mechanisms, and methods of use thereof | |
JP2007222656A (en) | Fluid delivery system, pressure isolation mechanism, injector control mechanism, and method of using them |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |